Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 415

Report Manager (PD_Report)

User’s Guide

Document Number Version Date Pages


DPDS3-PB-200035A PDS 7.1 April 2002 1-374
DPDS3-PB-200035B PDS 7.2 February 2003 375-415
Warranties and Liabilities

All warranties given by Intergraph Corporation about equipment or software are set forth in your purchase contract, and nothing stated in, or
implied by, this document or its contents shall be considered or deemed a modification or amendment of such warranties.

The information and the software discussed in this document are subject to change without notice and should not be considered
commitments by Intergraph Corporation. Intergraph Corporation assumes no responsibility for any error that may appear in this document.

The software discussed in this document is furnished under a license and may be used or copied only in accordance with the terms of this
license.

No responsibility is assumed by Intergraph for the use or reliability of software on equipment that is not supplied by Intergraph or its
affiliated companies.

Trademarks
CLIX and Intergraph are registered trademarks of Intergraph Corporation. DesignReview, DIALOG, and SEE are trademarks of Intergraph
Corporation. All other brands and product names are trademarks of their respective owners.

Copyright
 1984-2002 Intergraph Corporation
All Rights Reserved
Including software, file formats, and audiovisual displays; may be used pursuant to applicable software license agreement; contains
confidential and proprietary information of Intergraph and/or third parties which is protected by copyright and trade secret law and may not
be provided or otherwise made available without proper authorization.

RESTRICTED RIGHTS LEGEND


Use, duplication, or disclosure by the government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c) (1) (ii) of The Rights in Technical
Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013 or subparagraphs (c) (1) and (2) of Commercial Computer
Software — Restricted Rights at 48 CFR 52.227-19, as applicable.

Unpublished — rights reserved under the copyright laws of the United States.

Intergraph Corporation
Huntsville, Alabama 35894-0001
________________ If You Need Assistance

If You Need Assistance

Intergraph Online
Our web site brings you fast, convenient, up-to-the-minute information about Intergraph’s
products, services, and direction. Our web address is: http://www.intergraph.com.

Support
For the lasest Support Services information, use a World Wide Web browser to connect to
http://www.intergraph.com/ppo/services/support.asp.

If you are outside of the United States, please call your local Intergraph office. The most up-
to-date list of international offices and distributors is available on the web at
http://www.intergraph.com.

Intergraph Directory
The following numbers are only valid in the United States unless otherwise indicated. If you
are outside the United States, please call your local Intergraph office.

Intergraph General Information


All countries — 1-256-730-2000

Training Registration
1-800-766-7701 (U.S. Only)

1-256-730-5400 (Outside the U.S.)

Mailing Address
Intergraph Process, Power & Offshore
300 Intergraph Way
Madison, Alabama 35758
U.S.A.

You can also reach us by electronic mail at info@intergraph.com.

3
________________
Documentation Contacts
We are constantly working on updates and improvements to the documents and other
educational media. If you have any suggestions on where we can improve the documentation
or where you think more information is needed, let us know. You can reach us by:

Mail Intergraph Process, Power & Offshore


Documentation Manager
300 Intergraph Way
Madison, AL 35758

4
________________ Table of Contents

Table of Contents
If You Need Assistance ........................................................................................................ 3
Intergraph Directory ............................................................................................................. 3

General Conventions .................................................................................................................... 13

Keyboard Conventions ......................................................................................................... 14


Terminology ......................................................................................................................... 15

1. Welcome to Report Manager (PD_Report) .................................................................................. 17

1.1 Reporting Overview ............................................................................................................ 18


1.2 Processing Reports .............................................................................................................. 23
1.3 Report Types ....................................................................................................................... 24
1.4 Queue Setup ........................................................................................................................ 26

2. The Report Manager Interface ..................................................................................................... 27

2.1 Report Format Form ............................................................................................................ 29

2.1.1 Format Creation/Revision Form ............................................................................. 31


2.1.2 Format Deletion Form ............................................................................................. 33

2.2 Discrimination Data Form ................................................................................................... 35

2.2.1 Discrimination Data Creation Form ........................................................................ 37

2.2.1.1 Define Volume Form ............................................................................... 40

2.2.2 Discrimination Data Revision Form ....................................................................... 42


2.2.3 Discrimination Data Deletion Form ........................................................................ 45

2.3 Search Criteria Data Form .................................................................................................. 47

2.3.1 Search Criteria Data Creation Form ........................................................................ 49

2.3.1.1 Search Criteria - Piping Segment Form ................................................... 52


2.3.1.2 Search Criteria - Component Form .......................................................... 56

2.3.2 Search Criteria Data Revision Form ....................................................................... 61


2.3.3 Search Criteria Deletion Form ................................................................................ 63

2.4 Report Form ........................................................................................................................ 65

2.4.1 Report Creation Form ............................................................................................. 67


2.4.2 Revise Report Form ................................................................................................ 70

5
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

2.4.3 Report Deletion Form ............................................................................................. 73


2.4.4 Report Approval Form ............................................................................................ 75

2.4.4.1 Approval/Revision Interface Form .......................................................... 76

2.4.5 Report Multiple Submit Form ................................................................................. 78

2.5 Report Management Defaults Form .................................................................................... 80

3. Report Format File ....................................................................................................................... 83

3.1 Format File Syntax .............................................................................................................. 84

3.1.1 Format File Syntax - Definitions ............................................................................ 85


3.1.2 Optional Report Type Line ..................................................................................... 89

3.2 Output Fields ....................................................................................................................... 90


3.3 Indices for MTO Reporting (With Implied Items) .............................................................. 91

3.3.1 MTO Indices for Piping Segments .......................................................................... 93


3.3.2 MTO Indices for Pipes ............................................................................................ 94
3.3.3 MTO Indices for Piping Components ..................................................................... 95
3.3.4 MTO Indices for Counters for Pipes and Piping Components ............................... 96
3.3.5 MTO Indices for Implied Material .......................................................................... 97
3.3.6 MTO Indices for Instrument Components .............................................................. 99
3.3.7 MTO Indices for Pipe Supports .............................................................................. 100
3.3.8 MTO Indices for Special Options ........................................................................... 101
3.3.9 MTO Indices for Equipment ................................................................................... 102
3.3.10 Implied Material from Specification Data ............................................................ 104
3.3.11 Global Data ........................................................................................................... 105
3.3.12 Project Data ........................................................................................................... 106
3.3.13 Induction Bends .................................................................................................... 107
3.3.14 Report Management Data ..................................................................................... 108

3.4 Sample MTO Report Format Files ...................................................................................... 111


3.5 Indices for Spec Reporting .................................................................................................. 113
3.6 Indices for Project and Interference Reporting ................................................................... 122
3.7 Sorting ................................................................................................................................. 129
3.8 Reporting Weights and Center of Gravities ........................................................................ 131

4. Understanding Implied Items ....................................................................................................... 135

4.1 Types of Implied Items ....................................................................................................... 136

4.1.1 Mating-Implied Items .............................................................................................. 136


4.1.2 (*) Spec-Implied Items ............................................................................................ 136
4.1.3 (+) Table-Implied Items .......................................................................................... 137

4.2 Material Takeoff Options .................................................................................................... 139

6
________________ Table of Contents

4.2.1 Bolt Length Roundoff ............................................................................................. 142


4.2.2 Almost Precise and Precise Length Calculation / Bolt Reporting .......................... 143
4.2.3 Bolt Commodity Codes ........................................................................................... 144
4.2.4 Alternate Gasket Search .......................................................................................... 145

4.3 Special Rules for Implied Items .......................................................................................... 146

4.3.1 Ownership (Piping Material Class and Line Name) ............................................... 146
4.3.2 Special Attributes .................................................................................................... 146

4.4 Bolts .................................................................................................................................... 148

4.4.1 Retrieving and Reporting Bolt Data ........................................................................ 148


4.4.2 Lap Joint Flanges .................................................................................................... 150
4.4.3 Bolt Type Definition ............................................................................................... 151

4.5 Gaskets ................................................................................................................................ 152

4.5.1 Retrieving and Reporting Gasket Data ................................................................... 152


4.5.2 Gasket Diameters .................................................................................................... 153
4.5.3 Gasket and Bolt Priority Selection at Spec Break ................................................... 153
4.5.4 Gasket Separation .................................................................................................... 154

4.6 Nuts ..................................................................................................................................... 156


4.7 Weld Data ............................................................................................................................ 157

4.7.1 Weld Type Field Fit Length .................................................................................... 157

4.7.1.1 Sample Weld Table .................................................................................. 158


4.7.1.2 Sample Weld Format File ........................................................................ 158

4.8 Induction Bends .................................................................................................................. 159


4.9 MTO Notes .......................................................................................................................... 160
4.10 Size Dependent and Independent Reporting ..................................................................... 161

4.10.1 Size Independent Setting ..................................................................................... 162


4.10.2 Size Dependent Setting ....................................................................................... 163

4.10.2.1 System/System Commodity Code Settings ....................................... 163


4.10.2.2 Size-Dependent/System Commodity Code Settings .......................... 165
4.10.2.3 System/Size-Dependent Commodity Code Settings .......................... 167
4.10.2.4 Size-Dependent/Size-Dependent Commodity Code Settings ............ 169

5. Libraries and Database Table/Column Information ..................................................................... 171

5.1 Material Description Libraries ............................................................................................ 171

5.1.1 Short Material Description Library ......................................................................... 173

7
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

5.1.1.1 Neutral Files ............................................................................................. 173


5.1.1.2 Material Descriptions from commodity.acd ............................................ 175
5.1.1.3 Tap Descriptions from tapdescr.acd ......................................................... 176

5.1.2 Long Material Description Library ......................................................................... 178

5.1.2.1 Neutral Files ............................................................................................. 178


5.1.2.2 Listing from longdescr.acd ....................................................................... 179

5.1.3 Specialty Material Description Library ................................................................... 180

5.1.3.1 Neutral Files ............................................................................................. 180

5.2 Labels in Material Descriptions .......................................................................................... 182


5.3 Database Table/Column Information for Reporting ........................................................... 184

5.3.1 Piping Design Database (dd_projname) .................................................................. 185


5.3.2 Equipment Modeling Database ............................................................................... 193
5.3.3 Project Control Database ......................................................................................... 199
5.3.4 Model Management Data ........................................................................................ 200
5.3.5 Structural Management Data ................................................................................... 201
5.3.6 Drawing Management Data .................................................................................... 202
5.3.7 Interference Management Data ............................................................................... 205
5.3.8 Report Management Data ....................................................................................... 207
5.3.9 Package/Release Management Data ........................................................................ 209
5.3.10 Pipe Support Drawing Management Data ............................................................. 209
5.3.11 Isometric Drawing Management Data .................................................................. 210
5.3.12 Specification/Material Reference Database .......................................................... 213
5.3.13 FrameWorks Plus Data ......................................................................................... 218
5.3.14 Material Takeoff Database .................................................................................... 221

6. Material Data Publisher ................................................................................................................ 239

6.1 Material Data Publisher Interface ....................................................................................... 240

6.1.1 Tree View ................................................................................................................ 240


6.1.2 List View ................................................................................................................. 241

6.2 Workflow ............................................................................................................................ 242

6.2.1 Create a Selection Set File ...................................................................................... 242


6.2.2 Publish Material Data .............................................................................................. 243
6.2.3 Check or Change MDP Project Lock Status ........................................................... 243
6.2.4 Access published data ............................................................................................. 244

6.3 Command Reference ........................................................................................................... 245

6.3.1 File Menu ................................................................................................................ 245

8
________________ Table of Contents

6.3.1.1 New .......................................................................................................... 245


6.3.1.2 Open ......................................................................................................... 245
6.3.1.3 Save .......................................................................................................... 245
6.3.1.4 Save As ..................................................................................................... 245
6.3.1.5 Exit ........................................................................................................... 245

6.3.2 Edit Menu ................................................................................................................ 246

6.3.2.1 Select All .................................................................................................. 246


6.3.2.2 Unselect All .............................................................................................. 246
6.3.2.3 Invert Selection ........................................................................................ 246

6.3.3 Publish Menu .......................................................................................................... 247

6.3.3.1 Start Publishing ........................................................................................ 247


6.3.3.2 Setup Scheduled Jobs ............................................................................... 248
6.3.3.3 Unlock MDP Lock ................................................................................... 251

6.3.4 Help Menu ............................................................................................................... 252

6.3.4.1 PDS Material Data Publisher Help .......................................................... 252


6.3.4.2 About PDS Material Data Publisher ........................................................ 252

6.3.5 MDP Error Messages .............................................................................................. 253

Appendix A: Sample Format Files and Output ................................................................................ 257

Sample MTO Report Format Files ...................................................................................... 257


Sample Spec Report Format Files ....................................................................................... 261
Sample Project Control Report Format Files ...................................................................... 262
Sample Interference Report Format File ............................................................................. 263
Sample P&ID Consistency Check Report Format File ....................................................... 263

Material Takeoff Reporting (Report Manager) ............................................................................ 264

Sample MTO Format (segment.fmt) ................................................................................... 264


Sample MTO Output (segment.rpt) .................................................................................... 265
Sample MTO Format (piping_a.fmt) .................................................................................. 265
Sample MTO Output (piping_a.rpt) .................................................................................... 268
Sample MTO Format (piping_b.fmt) .................................................................................. 269
Sample MTO Output (piping_b.rpt) ................................................................................... 271
Sample MTO Format (piping_c.fmt) .................................................................................. 272
Sample MTO Output (piping_c.rpt) .................................................................................... 276
Sample MTO Format (piping_d.fmt) .................................................................................. 277
Sample MTO Output (piping_d.rpt) ................................................................................... 279
Sample MTO Format (piping_e.fmt) .................................................................................. 280
Sample MTO Output (piping_e.rpt) .................................................................................... 283
Sample MTO Format (piping_f.fmt) ................................................................................... 284
Sample MTO Output (piping_f.rpt) .................................................................................... 286
Sample MTO Format (piping_g.fmt) .................................................................................. 287

9
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Sample MTO Output (piping_g.rpt) ................................................................................... 289


Sample MTO Format (weight.fmt) ..................................................................................... 290
Sample MTO Output (weight.rpt) ....................................................................................... 292
Sample MTO Format (equip_a.fmt) ................................................................................... 294
Sample MTO Output (equip_a.rpt) ..................................................................................... 295
Sample MTO Format (weldno.fmt) .................................................................................... 301
Sample MTO Output (weldno.rpt) ...................................................................................... 302
Sample MTO Format (14_equip.fmt) ................................................................................. 303
Sample MTO Output (14_equip.rpt) ................................................................................... 304
Sample MTO Format (16_classes.fmt) ............................................................................... 305
Sample MTO Output (16_classes.rpt) ................................................................................. 308
Sample MTO Format (17_seglist.fmt) ................................................................................ 310
Sample MTO Output (17_seglist.rpt) ................................................................................. 311
Sample MTO Format (18_linelst.fmt) ................................................................................ 313
Sample MTO Output (18_linelst.rpt) .................................................................................. 313
Sample MTO Format (21_dwg_id.fmt) .............................................................................. 316
Sample MTO Output (21_dwg_id.rpt) ................................................................................ 316
Sample MTO Format (22_line_id.fmt) ............................................................................... 318
Sample MTO Output (22_line_id.rpt) ................................................................................. 318
Sample MTO Format (23_comp.fmt) ................................................................................. 320
Sample MTO Output (23_comp.rpt) ................................................................................... 320
Sample MTO Format (27_comp_ld.fmt) ............................................................................ 323
Sample MTO Output (27_comp_ld.rpt) .............................................................................. 323
Sample MTO Format (28_pipe_ld.fmt) .............................................................................. 325
Sample MTO Output (28_pipe_ld.rpt) ................................................................................ 325
Sample MTO Format (29_pipspt1.fmt) .............................................................................. 327
Sample MTO Output (29_pipspt1.rpt) ................................................................................ 327
Sample MTO Format (30_pipspt2.fmt) .............................................................................. 330
Sample MTO Output (30_pipspt2.rpt) ................................................................................ 330
Sample MTO Format (40_instr.fmt) ................................................................................... 333
Sample MTO Output (40_instr.rpt) ..................................................................................... 333
Sample MTO Format (60_pid_pip.fmt) .............................................................................. 336
Sample MTO Output (60_pid_pip.rpt) ............................................................................... 337
Sample MTO Format (65_pcalc.fmt) .................................................................................. 338
Sample MTO Output (65_pcalc.rpt) ................................................................................... 338
Sample MTO Format (68_chkmdl.fmt) .............................................................................. 341
Sample MTO Output (68_chkmdl.rpt) ................................................................................ 341

Drawing Reporting (Drawing Manager) ...................................................................................... 344


Spec Reporting (Reference Data Manager) .................................................................................. 345

Sample Spec Format (piping_rdb.fmt) ................................................................................ 345

Table Checker Reporting (Reference Data Manager) .................................................................. 347

Sample Table Checker Format (tbl_chk_3.fmt) .................................................................. 347


Sample Table Checker Output (tbl_chk_3.fmt) .................................................................. 347

Project Reporting (Project Administrator) ................................................................................... 349

10
________________ Table of Contents

Sample Project Format (model_mgt.fmt) ........................................................................... 349

Interference Reporting (Interference Checker/Manager) ............................................................. 350

Sample Interference Format (clash_mgt.fmt) ..................................................................... 350

Appendix B: Revise AND/OR Relations Examples ........................................................................ 351

Pipeline Discrimination Data Example ........................................................................................ 353


Gate Valve Discrimination Data Example ................................................................................... 361
Equipment Discrimination Data Example ................................................................................... 368

Index .................................................................................................................................................... 371

11
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

12
________________ Table of Contents

General Conventions
This document contains many visual cues to help you understand the meaning of certain
words or phrases. The use of different fonts for different types of information allows you to
scan the document for key concepts or commands. Symbols help abbreviate and identify
commonly used words, phrases, or groups of related information.

Typefaces
Italic Indicates a system response, which is an explanation of what the software is
doing. For example,

The text is placed in the viewing plane.

Bold Indicates a command name, parameter name, or dialog box title. Command
paths are shown using an arrow between command names. For example,

Choose File > Open to load a new file.

Sans serif Indicates a system prompt or message, which requires an action be taken by
the user. For example,

Select first segment of alignment

Bold Typewriter
Indicates what you should literally type in. For example,

Key in original.dat to load the ASCII file.

Normal Typewriter
Indicates an actual file or directory name. For example,

The ASCII report is stored in the layout.rpt file.

13
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Symbols
This document uses the following symbols to represent mouse buttons and to identify special
information:

<C> Command button


<D> Data button (usually the left mouse button)
<R> Reset/reject button (usually the right mouse button)
<T> Tentative button (usually the center mouse button)

Note — Important supplemental information.

Warning — Critical information that could cause the loss of data if not followed.

Technical tip or information — provides information on what the software is


doing or how it processes information.

Map or path — shows you how to get to a specific command or form.

More information — indicates there is additional or related information.

Need a hint — used with activities and labs, provides a tip or hint for doing the
exercises.

Keyboard Conventions
The following list outlines the abbreviations this document uses for keyboard keys and
describes how to use them in combination. You can make some menu selections through the
use of keyboard accelerators, which map menu selections to key combinations.

ALT Alternate key


CTRL Control key
DEL Delete key
ENTER Enter key
ESC Escape key

CTRL+z To hold down the Control key and press Z.


ESC,k To press the Escape key, then K.

14
________________ Table of Contents

Terminology
Click To use a mouse or key combination to pick an item that begins an
action. For example,

Click Apply to save the changes.

Select To mark an item by highlighting it with key combinations or by picking


it with your cursor. Selecting does not initiate an action. After
selecting an item, you click the action you want to affect the item. For
example,

Select the file original.dat from the list box, then click Delete to
remove it from the directory.

In addition, you would select items to define parameters, such as


selecting toggle buttons. This also applies to selecting graphic
elements from the design file. For example,

Select the line string to define the graphic template.

Tentative-select To place a tentative point on an existing graphic element in a design


file. If you are using the CLIX operating system, you tentative-select
by double-clicking with a mouse or pressing <T> on a hand-held
cursor. If you are using the Windows NT operating system, you
tentative-select by pressing a left-button, right-button chord.

Double-click To select and execute a command by clicking the mouse or hand-held


cursor button twice in rapid succession. This term implies that you are
clicking the data button (<D>) as part of a menu or dialog box action.
For example,

Double-click on the file original.dat to load it into the new surface.

Drag To press and hold the data button (<D>) while moving the mouse or
hand-held cursor.

Type To key a character string into a text box.

Key in To type in data and press ENTER to enter the data and execute the
default action.

In a dialog box, pressing TAB after keying in data will


enter the data and move the cursor to the next field.

15
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

16
________________ Welcome to Report Manager (PD_Report)

1. Welcome to Report Manager


(PD_Report)

1.Overview
Material take-off reports (MTOs) can be generated on piping and equipment models through
PD_Report. The MTO process generates reports by using the graphical data in the specified
models to refer to the Design Database, Reference Database, Project Database, and Material
Description Libraries for the data on which to report. This data includes implied materials,
such as bolts, gaskets, and welds, that are not represented in the model but are necessary for
the specified connectivity.

17
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

1.1 Reporting Overview


There are two main tasks necessary for creating reports: maintaining all of the data that
defines the format, content and approval status of the reports; and processing reports by
activating the interface to extract data from all of the PDS models, databases, and libraries that
are involved in a project.

What Happens When I Report On a


Component?
When you place a component, the system writes the engineering data for the component to the
design database. For the gate valve placed in Chapter 4, the system writes information to the
Piping Segment Data table and the Piping Component Data table. When you create a Material
Take-Off (MTO) report using the Report Manager, the system will use this data and
information in the project reference data for reporting.

In addition to the engineering data in the design database, PDS 3D uses the Material
Description Library and the material data in the Material Reference Database to provide
material descriptions for commodity items and specialty items.

18
________________ Reporting Overview

Reporting Process
These are the basic steps in the Material Take-Off process.

1.Overview
1. The system reads the user-defined report data, determines the discrimination data (such
as which models to process) and the format (content and layout) of the report.

2. For the specified models (and using any additional discrimination data, such as line
size), the system scans the physical elements in the model.

3. The system determines the number of items present in the model by unique commodity
code. In addition to the physical elements, it determines any implied items based on
configuration of mating components or designations in the Piping Commodity
Specification Data (PCD).

4. The system looks up the material descriptions for the located components and implied
items in the Material Description Library.

5. The system writes a report of the located and calculated items based on pre-defined
report format.

Maintaining Report Definition Data


The Report Manager uses both report definition files (in other words, discrimination data
files and format files) and database records that represent these files to generate reports.

The two most important files that must be maintained in a report creation process are the
discrimination data file and the format file. The discrimination data file, which defines the
search criteria for a report, is maintained interactively with the Report Manager. The format
file is generated outside of the interface using an ASCII text editor. There are several sample
format files that are sent with the PDS product suite. You can use these files as examples for
creating format files to meet your specific needs.

For more information on format files, see Chapter 3.

The following section explains all of the files and records in the reporting process.

Understanding Report Files and Records


The Report Manager uses discrimination data files, format files, and database records that
represent these files to generate reports. The following definitions explain all of the files and
records in the reporting process.

19
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Format File and Record


The format file is a user-defined, ASCII file which must be created with a text editor outside
of the Report Manager. It contains special indices identifying what data appears in the
report and how the data is sorted. It also defines how the data is formatted in the report. A set
of basic format files are delivered for each type of reporting. Using the Report Format
option, you can create a numbered record for each format file, so that it can be accessed for
report processing. Without the format record, the Report Manager is unable to access format
files.

The format record is a record in the Project Control Database used to name and locate a
specific format file. Unlike the format file, the format record is created interactively. It is
called a record to classify it as a block of data that is used for report processing but is not an
actual file.

Discrimination Data File and Record


The discrimination data file designates which models will be included in the report. It is an
ASCII file that is created interactively using the Report Manager.

The discrimination data record is a record in the Project Control Database used to name and
locate a specific discrimination data file. There is a uniquely-numbered record for each
discrimination data file, so that it can be accessed for report processing. This is the same way
that the format record is used to access a format file.

Search Criteria Data File and Record


The search criteria data file limits the report to only the specified database occurrences. It is
an ASCII file that is created interactively using the Report Manager.

The search criteria data record is a record in the Project Control Database used to name and
locate a specific search criteria data file. There is a uniquely-numbered record for each search
criteria data file, so that it can be accessed for report processing. This is the same way that the
format record is used to access a format file.

Report Output and Record


The Report Manager creates a report using the specified format, discrimination data, and
search criteria files, and places it on the node and in the specified directory. The report record
names or defines locations for all of the files that are necessary to generate a report, including
the report output. (It is called a record to classify it as a block of data that is used for report
processing but is not an actual file.)

At the end of each report, Report Manager provides a parameters page which contains the
following information used by the system to generate the report:

20
________________ Reporting Overview

Report Output

Report number

1.Overview
Report title

Report creation/revision date

Report node, path, and file specification

Format

Report format number

Report format description

Report format node, path, and file specification

Discrimination Data

Report discrimination data number

Report discrimination data description

Report discrimination network address, pathname, and file specification

Report discrimination data including the following data

— List of model numbers (with discipline)

— Volume, if applicable

— Search criteria, if applicable

— Sorting sequence

Search Criteria

Report search criteria number

Report search criteria description

Report search criteria node, path, and file specification

Report search criteria including the following data

— List of model numbers including the models’ discipline

— Volume, if applicable

21
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

— Search criteria, if applicable

— Sorting sequence

22
________________ Processing Reports

1.2 Processing Reports

1.Overview
Since there are reporting capabilities in various PDS modules, the format file, the
discrimination data file, and the module where the report process is activated determine what
type of report is created.

For instance, you can create MTO reports with Report Manager and Drawing reports with
the report manager module of Drawing Manager. Depending on the definition data used and
the module that executes the process, you can create MTO reports, Drawing reports, Spec
reports, Table Checker reports, Project reports, or Interference Reports.

For detailed steps in creating a report using the Report Manager interface, see
Chapter 2. Also, the report module is covered in each document that has
reporting capabilities.

The following section describes the various report types, how they are generated, and their
corresponding sample format files.

23
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

1.3 Report Types


Various modules in the PDS Suite generate reports. The following section describes the
various report types, how they are generated, and their corresponding sample format files.

MTO Report (with implied materials)


Generates reports on PDS piping and equipment models involving data from the
Design Database, Reference Database, Project Database, and Material Description
Libraries. This type of report will also include implied mating data, such as bolts,
gaskets, and welds by determining the connectivity of the piping and equipment.
Format files used in this type of report primarily use A and B prefixed indices. This
report is generated using Report Manager.

Sample Format – The sample format files for creating MTO reports are:
segment.fmt, piping_a.fmt through piping_g.fmt, weight.fmt, equip_a.fmt, and
weldno.fmt and are delivered in the win32app\ingr\pdreport\sample\ directory.

Drawing Report
Generates reports on PDS Piping and Equipment drawing views and drawing files.
This report is the same type of report as the MTO report generated by the Report
Manager. Format files used in this type of report primarily use A and B prefixed
indices. This report is generated using the Drawing Manager.

Sample Format – The sample format file for creating drawing reports are generally
the same as for MTO reports.

Spec Report
Generates reports on the Reference Database and Material Description Libraries.
This type of report is used with format file indices. The Spec report is used to report
on data in the reference database. Format files used to create this type of report
primarily use C prefixed indices. This report is generated by the Reference Data
Manager.

Sample Format – The sample format files for Spec reporting is piping_rdb.fmt and is
delivered in the win32app\ingr\pddata\sample\format\ directory.

Table Checker Report


Generates reports on the Reference Database and Material Description Libraries.
This type of report is used with format file indices. The Table Checker report is used
to test EDEN modules and tables that would be executed by the Piping Commodity
items within the Reference Database. Format files used to create this type of report
primarily use C prefixed indices. This report is generated by the Reference Data
Manager.

Sample Format – The sample format files for Table Checker reporting are
tbl_chk_1.fmt through tbl_chk_6.fmt and are delivered in the
win32app\ingr\pddata\sample\format\ directory.

24
________________ Report Types

Project Report
Generates reports on the Project Control Database. Format files used in this type of
report primarily use D prefixed indices. This report is generated using the Project
Administrator.

1.Overview
Sample Format – The sample format files for Project reporting are: model_mgt.fmt,
iso_mgt.fmt, iso_rev.fmt and are delivered in the win32app\ingr\pdprojec\sample\
directory.

Interference Report
Generates reports on the Project Control Database. Clash Area, Clash Type, and
Clash Approval along with the search criteria specified in the discrimination data
define what interference data is reported. Format files used in this type of report
primarily use D prefixed indices. This report is generated using the Interference
Manager/Checker.

If DZ10 is added to an interference format file, clashes will


automatically be plotted along with the report.

Sample Format – The sample format files for Interference reporting is clash_mgt.fmt
and is delivered in the win32app\ingr\pdclash\sample\ directory.

25
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

1.4 Queue Setup


The Report Manager supports one default and up to four optional printer queues. When a
queue is selected, it is used for all reports in a batch process. This allows flexibility in
situations that arise which require different printers because of different paper-type
requirements.

Refer to the Project Setup Technical Reference for detailed information about the pconfig
command and setting up a print node.

26
________________ The Report Manager Interface

2. The Report Manager Interface


To access the PDS Report Manager environment, choose Report Manager from the Plant
Design System Environment form.

Report Manager Form


The Report Manager form enables you to generate reports from the project, design, and
reference database files with the report definition data. The report record and the location

Manager
2.Report
records for each discrimination data file and format file are stored in the project control
database. These numbered records are used to locate ASCII files on their specified nodes.

Options
Report Format — Displays the Report Format form, which you can use to create,
revise, copy, or delete the record of a format file (not the format file). For more
information, see Report Format Form, page 29.

Report Discrimination Data — Displays the Discrimination Data form, which you
can use to create, revise, copy, or delete the record of a discrimination data file as well
as the file itself. For more information, see Discrimination Data Form, page 35.

Report Search Criteria — Displays the Search Criteria Data form, which enables
you to create, revise, copy, or delete the record of the search criteria data file. The
Create, Copy, and Revise options also affect the actual search criteria data file. The

27
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Delete option deletes only the record of the search criteria data file, since the data file
itself may be used by other projects. For more information, see Search Criteria Data
Form, page 47.

Copy Format/Search Data from Another Project — Enables you to copy the format
and search data (found in pdtable_142, Report Format Data, and pdtable_145, Report
Search Criteria Data) from other projects into the project control database for the active
project. By copying this data, you can have several different projects share format and
search information. When you choose this option, a list of available projects is
displayed. Select the project from which you want to copy report data, and then choose
Accept.

Report — Displays the Report form, which you can use to create, revise, delete, and
approve report records and report files. For more information, see Report Form, page
65.

Report Management Data — Displays the Report Management Defaults form,


which you can use to create a record in the project control database of the default
nodename and path for the report definition files. This option is primarily used for
setup. For more information, see Report Management Defaults Form, page 80.

28
________________ Report Format Form

2.1 Report Format Form


When you choose the Report Format option from the Report Manager form, the Report
Format form is displayed.

Manager
2.Report
This form enables you to create, copy, revise, or delete a record of the location of the format
file in the project control database. An option is also provided that enables you to copy a
record and its corresponding ASCII format files.

The format file defines the data that will be reported and the way in which that data will be
displayed. Reports cannot be generated unless a format file exists and a record of the file’s
location has been entered into the project control database.

Options
Create — Displays the Format Creation/Revision form, which enables you to add a
new record of a format file in the project control database. For more information, see
Format Creation/Revision Form, page 31.

Copy — Displays the Format Creation/Revision form, which copies the record of an
existing format file from the project control database along with the corresponding
ASCII format file. For more information, see Format Creation/Revision Form, page
31.

Revise — Displays the Format Creation/Revision form, which modifies a record of an


existing format file in the project control database. For more information, see Format
Creation/Revision Form, page 31.

29
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Delete — Displays the Deletion form, which deletes an existing record of a format file
from the project control database. If the record of the format file is deleted, reporting
cannot be performed. For more information, see Format Deletion Form, page 33.

30
________________ Format Creation/Revision Form

2.1.1 Format Creation/Revision Form


When you choose Create, Copy, or Revise from the Report Format form, the Format
Creation/Revision form is displayed.

Manager
2.Report
This form creates or revises a record in the project control database; this record defines the
location of a format file. The format file itself defines the contents and format of the report.
Both the location specification and the format file must exist to report on PDS data.

Field Descriptions
Number — A unique number of up to 24 characters. Specifies the short name in the
project control database used to identify the record of the format file.

Description — A description of up to 40 characters for the format file.

File Specification — The file name of the format file to reference.

Path — The disk location of the format file. This field retains the active setting.

Node — The nodename of the system on which the format file is located. This field
retains the active setting.

31
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Before Using this Form


You must have created an ASCII format file. A set of basic format files is delivered with the
PD_Report product in the ˜\pdreport\sample directory. The file for MTO reporting is named
piping_#.fmt. For a description of each of the delivered sample format files, see Report
Format File, page 83.

Operating Sequence
1. Select Create, Copy, or Revise.

A list of available records displays for copy or revision. To create a database record,
go to Step 3.

2. Select Report Format

From the displayed list, select the record to be copied or revised. Then click Accept.

Key-in fields are displayed for you to specify the required database information.

3. Specify Report Format Data

Type information in each of the displayed fields, taking care to press return in each
field. Then click Accept.

The project control database is updated.

32
________________ Format Deletion Form

2.1.2 Format Deletion Form


When you choose Delete, the Deletion form is displayed.

Manager
2.Report
This form deletes a report record from the project control database and can optionally delete
the associated file. This form is used with format files and their database records,
discrimination data files and their database records, and search criteria files and their database
records.

Fields and Options


Number/Description — Displays the 24-character short name and the 40-character
description of a report record in the project control database.

Delete File/Do Not Delete File — Determines whether the associated file is deleted.
When set to Delete File, the database record is deleted along with the associated file.
When set to Do Not Delete File, only the database record is deleted.

Operating Sequence
1. Select Report Format

From the displayed list, select the database record to be deleted.

33
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

2. Set the Delete File/Do Not Delete File toggle as needed. Then click Accept.

The specified record is deleted. If specified, the associated file is also deleted.

34
________________ Discrimination Data Form

2.2 Discrimination Data Form


When you select Report Discrimination Data from the Report Manager form, the
Discrimination Data form is displayed.

Manager
2.Report
This form creates, copies, revises, and deletes a discrimination data file from the specified
directory. The associated record in the project control database is also copied, revised, or
deleted as needed.

A discrimination data file is an ASCII file that designates which models will be included in a
report. That is, discrimination data specifies the scope of the report. The project control
database record specifies the name and location of the discrimination data file that is to be
associated with a specific report.

Options
Create — Displays the Discrimination Data Creation form, which creates a new
discrimination data file. The associated project control database record is also created.

Copy — Displays the Discrimination Data Revision form, which copies an existing
data file. The associated project control database record is also copied.

Revise — Displays the Discrimination Data Revision form, which modifies


discrimination data. You can use this option to revise the contents of the discrimination
data file, the location of the discrmination file, and the associated record in the project
control database.

35
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Delete — Displays the Deletion form, which deletes a discrimination data file as well
as its associated record in the project control database. For more information, see
Discrimination Data Deletion Form, page 45.

36
________________ Discrimination Data Creation Form

2.2.1 Discrimination Data Creation Form


When you choose Create from the Discrimination Data form, the Discrimination Data
Creation form is displayed.

Manager
2.Report
This form creates a discrimination data file in a specified directory. It also creates a
corresponding record in the project control database. In addition, you can use this form to
specify segment and component search criteria.

If you use this form to specify search criteria data and you specify search
criteria data using the Report Search Criteria option, the data specified using
the Report Search Criteria option takes precedence.

Fields and Options


Number — The unique number, up to 24 characters, that is the short name of the
discrimination data record in the project control database.

Description — The description, up to 40 characters, of the discrimination data record in


the project control database.

File Specification — The file name of the discrimination data record to be created.

File Path — The disk location of the discrimination data file. This field retains the
active settings.

37
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

File Node — The nodename of the system on which the discrimination data file is
located. This field retains the active settings.

All Piping Models — Specifies in the discrimination data file that all piping models
will be included in the report. Selecting this option disables the Select Piping Area(s)
and Select Piping Model(s) options.

Select Piping Area(s) — Specifies in the discrimination data file the specific piping
areas to be included in the report. Selecting this option displays the Piping Area
Selection form. On this form, select the area and then click Accept to specify a piping
area. When you have specified all piping areas to be included, click Cancel.

Select Piping Models — Specifies in the discrimination data file that specific piping
models will be included in the report. Selecting this option displays a series of forms to
select the models to be included. To select a model, first specify the piping area that
contains the model and click Accept. On the Model Selection form, select a model and
click Accept. When you have specified all piping areas to be included, click Cancel.

All Equipment Models — Specifies in the discrimination data file that all equipment
models will be included in the report. Selecting this option disables the Select
Equipment Area(s) and Select Equipment Model(s) options.

Select Equipment Area(s) — Specifies in the discrimination data file the specific
equipment areas to be included in the report. Selecting this option displays the
Equipment Area Selection form. On this form, select the area and then click Accept
to specify a piping area. When you have specified all piping areas to be included, click
Cancel.

Select Equipment Models — Specifies in the discrimination data file that specific
equipment models will be included in the report. Selecting this option displays a series
of forms to select the models to be included. To select a model, first specify the
equipment area that contains the model and click Accept. On the Model Selection
form, select a model and click Accept. When you have specified all piping areas to be
included, click Cancel.

Segment Search Criteria — Displays the Search Criteria form, which defines the
segment search criteria for the report. For more information, see Search Criteria -
Piping Segment Form, page 52.

Component Search Criteria — Displays the Component Search Criteria form,


which defines the component search criteria for the report. For more information, see
Search Criteria - Component Form, page 56.

Define Volume — Displays the Volume Definition form, which specifies the
coordinates of a design volume cube for reporting. For more information, see
Define Volume Form.

Revise AND/OR Relation — Displays a list of And/Or relationships.

38
________________ Discrimination Data Creation Form

Use this list to change the And/Or relationships between piping segment search criteria
(table 12, piping segment data) and the search criteria for the component data in table
34, piping component data; table 50, piping/tubing data; table 67, instrument
component data; and table 80, pipe support data.

Each category of component search criteria data is related to the piping segment search
criteria by a logical AND or a logical OR. By default, the logical relationship between
the piping segment search criteria and the four categories of component search criteria

Manager
2.Report
is AND. This means that only components that meet the criteria defined for both sets of
criteria are reported.

Setting this relationship to OR increases the amount of data reported in that all
components that match either set of criteria are reported.

This is not an exclusive OR. With the OR setting, components that


match both (or either) sets of criteria are reported.

Operating Sequence
1. From the Report Discrimination Data form, select Create

The Discrimination Data Creation form is displayed.

2. Specify Discrimination Data

In the fields provided, key in the number, description, and file specification, path, and
node.

3. Select additional options as needed to define the report discrimination data. Then click
Accept.

After including any models or search criteria for the discrimination data file,
be sure to click the final Accept. Because you must accept many forms while
specifying the discrimination data, it is easy to forget this step.
Even though you may have accepted many of the specifications, however,
the discrimination data file is not actually created until you click Accept on
the Report Discrimination Data form.

39
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

2.2.1.1 Define Volume Form


When you select Define Volume from either the Discrimination Data Creation form or the
Discrimination Data Revision form, the Define Volume form is displayed.

Use this form to specify the coordinates of a design volume (cube) within the primary model.

Fields
Easting - Low — Specifies the easting coordinates (X’X") for the lower left corner
point of the cube. Use a negative value to indicate a westing coordinate.

Easting - High — Specifies the easting coordinates (X’X") for the upper right corner
point of the cube. Use a negative value to indicate a westing coordinate.

Northing - Low — Specifies the northing coordinates (X’X") for the lower left corner
point of the cube. Use a negative value to indicate a southing coordinate.

Northing - High — Specifies the northing coordinates (X’X") for the upper right
corner point of the cube. Use a negative value to indicate a southing coordinate.

Elevation - Low — Specifies the elevation coordinates (X’X") for the lower left corner
point of the cube. Use a negative value to indicate a negative elevation.

Elevation - High — Specifies the elevation coordinates (X’X") for the upper left corner
point of the cube. Use a negative value to indicate a negative elevation.

40
________________ Define Volume Form

Operating Sequence
1. Click Define Volume.

The Volume Definition form is displayed.

2. Enter Volume Definition, Accept or Exit

Key in the absolute easting, northing, and elevation coordinates for the lower left and
upper right corners of the cube. Then click Accept.

Manager
2.Report

41
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

2.2.2 Discrimination Data Revision Form


When you choose Copy or Revise from the Discrimination Data form, the Discrimination
Data Revision form is displayed.

This form revises an existing discrimination data file. It also copies an existing discrimination
data file; you can then use the revision options to modify the copy as needed. The
corresponding records in the project control database are copied and/or modified as needed.
In addition, options are provided for you to modify segment and component search criteria
data.

If you use this form to specify search criteria data and you specify search
criteria data using the Report Search Criteria option, the data specified using
the Report Search Criteria option takes precedence.

Fields and Options


Number — The unique number, up to 24 characters, that is the short name of the
discrimination data record in the project control database.

Description — The description, up to 40 characters, of the discrimination data record in


the project control database.

File Specification — The file name of the discrimination data record to be created.

File Path — The disk location of the discrimination data file. This field retains the
active settings.

42
________________ Discrimination Data Revision Form

File Node — The nodename of the system on which the discrimination data file is
located. This field retains the active settings.

All Piping Models — Specifies in the discrimination data file that all piping models
will be included in the report. Selecting this option disables the Select Piping Area(s)
and Select Piping Model(s) options.

Select Piping Area(s) — Specifies in the discrimination data file the specific piping
areas to be included in the report. Selecting this option displays the Piping Area
Selection form. On this form, select the area and then click Accept to specify a piping
area. When you have specified all piping areas to be included, click Cancel.

Select Piping Models — Specifies in the discrimination data file that specific piping

Manager
2.Report
models will be included in the report. Selecting this option displays a series of forms to
select the models to be included. To select a model, first specify the piping area that
contains the model and click Accept. On the Model Selection form, select a model and
click Accept. When you have specified all piping areas to be included, click Cancel.

All Equipment Models — Specifies in the discrimination data file that all equipment
models will be included in the report. Selecting this option disables the Select
Equipment Area(s) and Select Equipment Model(s) options.

Select Equipment Area(s) — Specifies in the discrimination data file the specific
equipment areas to be included in the report. Selecting this option displays the
Equipment Area Selection form. On this form, select the area and then click Accept
to specify a piping area. When you have specified all piping areas to be included, click
Cancel.

Select Equipment Models — Specifies in the discrimination data file that specific
equipment models will be included in the report. Selecting this option displays a series
of forms to select the models to be included. To select a model, first specify the
equipment area that contains the model and click Accept. On the Model Selection
form, select a model and click Accept. When you have specified all piping areas to be
included, click Cancel.

Delete Models — Displays the Model Selection form, on which you specify a model to
be deleted from the discrimination data file.

Delete Areas — Displays the Area Selection form, on which you specify an area to be
deleted from the discrimination data file.

Segment Search Criteria — Displays the Search Criteria form, which defines the
segment search criteria for the report. For more information, see Search Criteria -
Piping Segment Form, page 52.

Component Search Criteria — Displays the Component Search Criteria form,


which defines the component search criteria for the report. For more information, see
Search Criteria - Component Form, page 56.

Define Volume — Displays the Volume Definition form, which specifies the
coordinates of a design volume cube for reporting. For more information, see
Define Volume Form.

43
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Revise AND/OR Relation — Displays a list of And/Or relationships.

Use this list to change the And/Or relationships between piping segment search criteria
(table 12, piping segment data) and the search criteria for the component data in table
34, piping component data; table 50, piping/tubing data; table 67, instrument
component data; and table 80, pipe support data.

Each category of component search criteria data is related to the piping segment search
criteria by a logical AND or a logical OR. By default, the logical relationship between
the piping segment search criteria and the four categories of component search criteria
is AND. This means that only components that meet the criteria defined for both sets of
criteria are reported.

Setting this relationship to OR increases the amount of data reported in that all
components that match either set of criteria are reported.

This is not an exclusive OR. With the OR setting, components that


match both (or either) sets of criteria are reported.

Operating Sequence
1. From the Report Discrimination Data form, select Copy or Revise.

The Discrimination Data Revision form is displayed.

2. Specify Discrimination Data

In the fields provided, key in the number, description, and file specification, path, and
node.

3. Select additional options as needed to define the report discrimination data. Then click
Accept.

After updating any models or search criteria for the discrimination data file,
be sure to click the final Accept. Because you must accept many forms while
specifying the discrimination data, it is easy to forget this step. Even though
you may have accepted many of the specifications, however, the
discrimination data file is not actually updated until you click Accept on the
Report Discrimination Data form.

44
________________ Discrimination Data Deletion Form

2.2.3 Discrimination Data Deletion Form


When you choose Delete, the Deletion form is displayed.

Manager
2.Report
This form deletes a report record from the project control database and can optionally delete
the associated file. This form is used with format files and their database records,
discrimination data files and their database records, and search criteria files and their database
records.

Fields and Options


Number/Description — Displays the 24-character short name and the 40-character
description of a report record in the project control database.

Delete File/Do Not Delete File — Determines whether the associated file is deleted.
When set to Delete File, the database record is deleted along with the associated file.
When set to Do Not Delete File, only the database record is deleted.

Operating Sequence
1. Select Report Format

From the displayed list, select the database record to be deleted.

45
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

2. Set the Delete File/Do Not Delete File toggle as needed. Then click Accept.

The specified record is deleted. If specified, the associated file is also deleted.

46
________________ Search Criteria Data Form

2.3 Search Criteria Data Form


When you select Report Search Criteria from the Report Manager form, the Search
Criteria Data form is displayed.

Manager
2.Report
Use this form to create, copy, revise, or delete report search criteria. Search criteria data
determines reduces the amount of data reported by restricting the reporting of certain
attributes. Rather than report all data in a model, search criteria specifications narrow the
report to return only data that matches certain criteria.

You can specify search criteria as you create the discrimination data file; the options on the
Search Criteria Data form create the same data as a separate step. If you specify search
criteria data as you create the discrimination data file and by means of the Report Search
Criteria form, the specifications defined using the Report Search Criteria take precedence
when the report is generated.

Options
Create — Displays the Search Criteria Data Creation form, which adds a new record
of a report search criteria file in the project control database. For more information, see
Search Criteria Data Creation Form, page 49.

Copy — Displays the Search Criteria Data File Revision form, which copies the
record of an existing report search criteria file from the project control database and
copies the corresponding data file. For more information, see Search Criteria Data
Revision Form, page 61.

47
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Revise — Displays the Discrimination Data Revision form, which modifies an


existing record of a report search criteria file in the project control database. For more
information, see Search Criteria Data Revision Form, page 61.

Delete — Displays the Deletion form, which deletes an existing report search criteria
data file as well as its associated record in the project control database. For more
information, see Search Criteria Deletion Form, page 63.

48
________________ Search Criteria Data Creation Form

2.3.1 Search Criteria Data Creation Form


When you choose Create from the Search Criteria Data form, the Search Criteria Data
Creation form is displayed.

Manager
2.Report
This form creates a report search criteria data file in a specified directory. It also creates a
corresponding record in the project control database.

If you specify search criteria using both this form and the search criteria
options when you create the discrimination data, the search criteria specified
on this form (Search Criteria Data Creation) takes precendence.

Fields and Options


Number — The unique number, up to 24 characters, that is the short name of the
search criteria data file record in the project control database.

Description — The description, up to 40 characters, of the search criteria data file


record in the project control database.

File Specification — The file name (up to 14 characters) of the search criteria data file
to be created.

File Path — The disk location of the search criteria data file. This field retains the
active settings.

49
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

File Node — The nodename of the system on which the search criteria data file is
located. This field retains the active settings.

Segment Search Criteria — Displays the Search Criteria form, which defines the
segment search criteria for the report. For more information, see Search Criteria -
Piping Segment Form, page 52.

Component Search Criteria — Displays the Component Search Criteria form,


which defines the component search criteria for the report. For more information, see
Search Criteria - Component Form, page 56.

Revise AND/OR Relation — Displays a list of And/Or relationships.

Use this list to change the And/Or relationships between piping segment search criteria
(table 12, piping segment data) and the search criteria for the component data in table
34, piping component data; table 50, piping/tubing data; table 67, instrument
component data; and table 80, pipe support data.

Each category of component search criteria data is related to the piping segment search
criteria by a logical AND or a logical OR. By default, the logical relationship between
the piping segment search criteria and the four categories of component search criteria
is AND. This means that only components that meet the criteria defined for both sets of
criteria are reported.

Setting this relationship to OR increases the amount of data reported in that all
components that match either set of criteria are reported.

This is not an exclusive OR. With the OR setting, components that


match both (or either) sets of criteria are reported.

Operating Sequence
1. From the Search Criteria Data form, click Create

The Search Criteria Data Creation form is displayed.

2. Specify Discrimination Data

In the fields provided, key in the number, description, and file specification, path, and
node.

3. Select additional options as needed to define the report discrimination data. Then click
Accept.

50
________________ Search Criteria Data Creation Form

After including any models or search criteria for the search criteria data file,
be sure to click the final Accept. Because you must accept many forms while
specifying the discrimination data, it is easy to forget this step. Even though
you may have accepted many of the specifications, however, the search
criteria data file is not actually created until you click Accept on the Search
Criteria Data Creation form.

Manager
2.Report

51
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

2.3.1.1 Search Criteria - Piping Segment Form


When you choose Segment Search Criteria from the Discrimination Data Creation form
or from the Discrimination Data Revision form, the Search Criteria - Piping Segment
form is displayed.

This form specifies which segment attributes are to be reported on. The most commonly
reported attributes are available as form options, but you are not restricted to those options.
To display all available attributes, click Other.

52
________________ Search Criteria - Piping Segment Form

Manager
2.Report
When you select an attribute, applicable operator options are displayed along the bottom of
the form.

The combination of these operators with either attribute values or (where applicable) code list
values enables you to fully specify an attribute restriction (for example, fluid code = AC).
You can combine these specifications as needed using the And and Or options, which are
displayed in place of the operator options after you have defined a segment attribute
restriction.

When you select a code-listed attribute, the Review Standard Notes form is
displayed. This form provides a list of valid codes for the specified attribute.
Simply select a code from the list and click Accept to continue with the
specification.

When you are using this form to copy and/or revise an existing discrimination data file,
additional options are provided for you to insert, remove, or clear search criteria
specifications.

53
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Fields and Options


Piping Segment — Displays the restricted segment attributes once they have been
defined.

Unit Number — Restricts the reported segments by means of the unit number attribute.
Select an operator and key in an attribute value to complete the specification.

Fluid Code — Restricts the reported segments by means of the fluid code attribute.
Select an operator and a code list value to complete the specification.

Unit Code — Restricts the reported segments by means of the unit code attribute.
Select an operator and key in an attribute value to complete the specification.

Line Sequence Number — Restricts the reported segments by means of the line
sequence number attribute. Select an operator and key in an attribute value to complete
the specification.

Nominal Piping Diameter — Restricts the reported segments by means of the nominal
piping diameter attribute. Select an operator and key in an attribute value to complete
the specification.

Piping Materials Class — Restricts the reported segments by means of the piping
materials class attribute. Select an operator and key in an attribute value to complete
the specification.

Line ID — Restricts the reported segments by means of the line ID attribute. Select an
operator and key in an attribute value to complete the specification.

Insulation Purpose — Restricts the reported segments by means of the insulation


purpose attribute. Select an operator and a code list value to complete the specification.

Heat Tracing Requirement — Restricts the reported segments by means of the heat
tracing requirement attribute. Select an operator and a code list value to complete the
specification.

Train Number — Restricts the reported segments by means of the train number
attribute. Select an operator and key in an attribute value to complete the specification.

Construction Status — Restricts the reported segments by means of the construction


status attribute. Select an operator and a code list value to complete the specification.

Approval Status — Restricts the reported segments by means of the approval status
attribute. Select an operator and a code list value to complete the specification.

Other — Displays a list of all available attributes.

Brief List — Updates the form to display the attribute options.

54
________________ Search Criteria - Piping Segment Form

Insert Search Definition — Displays the And and Or options to add search criteria to
the specification.

Remove Search Definition — Removes a selected line from the defined search criteria.
To remove a line, click Remove Search Definition, select the line to be removed, and
click Accept.

Clear Search Criteria — Removes the complete search criteria specification. Select
this option and click Accept to remove the defined set of search criteria.

Operating Sequence

Manager
2.Report
1. Select Segment Search Criteria.

The Search Criteria - Piping Segment form is displayed.

2. Select Attribute

Select an attribute to be restricted.

The available operator options are displayed.

3. Select Operator

Select an operator from the displayed options.

4. For code-listed attributes, select a value from the displayed list and click Accept. For
all other attributes, type an attribute value in the available field.

5. Use the And and Or options to specify additional restrictions as needed. Then click
Accept.

55
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

2.3.1.2 Search Criteria - Component Form


When you choose Component Search Criteria from the Discrimination Data Creation
form or from the Discrimination Data Revision form, the Search Criteria - Component
form is displayed.

This form specifies which component attributes are restricted for the report. The default is no
search criteria (that is, no restrictions — all component attributes are reported). The most
commonly reported component attributes are available as form options, but you are not
restricted to those options. To display additional attributes, grouped by entity, click Other.

56
________________ Search Criteria - Component Form

Manager
2.Report
Define all the common search criteria such as Commodity Code and
Fabrication Category before selecting the Other option. Once the Other
option is selected, the search criteria should be defined separately for each
category, such as Piping Component, Instrument Component,
Piping/Tubing and Pipe Support.

When you select an attribute, applicable operator options are displayed along the bottom of
the form.

The combination of these operators with either attribute values or (where applicable) code list
values enables you to fully specify an attribute restriction (for example, fluid code = AC).
You can combine these specifications as needed using the And and Or options, which are
displayed in place of the operator options after you have defined a segment attribute
restriction.

When you select an entity grouping that includes the attribute you want to restrict, a list of
associated attributes is displayed.

57
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

When you select a code-listed attribute, the Review Standard Notes form is
displayed. This form provides a list of valid codes for the specified attribute.
Simply select a code from the list and click Accept to continue with the
specification.

When you are using this form to copy and/or revise an existing discrimination data file,
additional options are provided for you to insert, remove, or clear search criteria
specifications.

The search criteria defined through the Piping Component, Instrument


Component, Piping/Tubing and Pipe Support buttons will not be displayed
as a single list. To see the search criteria defined through these buttons, select
the appropriate button.

Fields and Options


Component — Displays the restricted component attributes once they have been
defined.

Commodity Name — Restricts the reported components by means of the commodity


name attribute. Select an operator and key in an attribute value to complete the
specification.

Commodity Code — Restricts the reported components by means of the commodity


code attribute. Select an operator and a code list value to complete the specification.

Fabrication Category — Restricts the reported components by means of the


frabrication category attribute. Select an operator and a code list value to complete the
specification.

Component Group Number — Restricts the reported components by means of the


component group number attribute. Select an operator and key in an attribute value to
complete the specification.

Tag/Component Number — Restricts the reported components by means of the


tag/component number attribute. Select an operator and key in an attribute value to
complete the specification.

58
________________ Search Criteria - Component Form

Other — Displays the entity options.

Piping Component — Restricts the reported components by means of any of the


attributes that are associated with piping components. From the displayed list, select an
attribute. Then select an operator and either key in an attribute value or select a code
list value to complete the specification.

Instrument Component — Restricts the reported components by means of any of the


attributes that are associated with instruments components. From the displayed list,
select an attribute. Then select an operator and either key in an attribute value or select
a code list value to complete the specification.

Piping/Tubing — Restricts the reported components by means of any of the attributes

Manager
2.Report
that are associated with piping or tubing components. From the displayed list, select an
attribute. Then select an operator and either key in an attribute value or select a code
list value to complete the specification.

Pipe Support — Restricts the reported components by means of any of the attributes
that are associated with pipe support attributes. From the displayed list, select an
attribute. Then select an operator and either key in an attribute value or select a code
list value to complete the specification.

Clear ALL Component Search Criteria — Deletes the restricted component


attributes once they have been defined.

Insert Search Definition — Displays the And and Or options to add search criteria to
the specification.

Remove Search Definition — Removes a selected line from the defined search criteria.
To remove a line, click Remove Search Definition, select the line to be removed, and
click Accept.

Clear Search Criteria — Removes the complete search criteria specification. Select
this option and click Accept to remove the defined set of search criteria.

Operating Sequence
1. Select Component Search Criteria.

The Search Criteria - Component form is displayed.

2. Select Attribute

Select an attribute to be restricted.

The available operator options are displayed.

3. Select Operator

59
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Select an operator from the displayed options.

4. For code-listed attributes, select a value from the displayed list and click Accept. For
all other attributes, type an attribute value in the available field.

5. Use the And and Or options to specify additional restrictions as needed. Then click
Accept.

60
________________ Search Criteria Data Revision Form

2.3.2 Search Criteria Data Revision Form


When you choose Copy or Revise from the Search Criteria Data form, the Search Criteria
Data File Revision form is displayed.

Manager
2.Report
This form revises an existing search criteria data file. It also copies an existing search criteria
data file; you can then use the revision options to modify the copy as needed. The
corresponding records in the project control database are copied and/or modified as needed.

Fields and Options


Number — The unique number, up to 24 characters, that is the short name of the
search criteria data file record in the project control database.

Description — The description, up to 40 characters, of the search criteria data file


record in the project control database.

File Specification — The file name, up to 14 characters, of the search criteria file to be
created.

File Path — The disk location of the search criteria data file. This field retains the
active settings.

Segment Search Criteria — Displays the Search Criteria form, which defines the
segment search criteria for the report. For more information, see Search Criteria -
Piping Segment Form, page 52.

61
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Component Search Criteria — Displays the Component Search Criteria form,


which defines the component search criteria for the report. For more information, see
Search Criteria - Component Form, page 56.

Define Volume — Displays the Volume Definition form, which specifies the
coordinates of a design volume cube for reporting. For more information, see Define
Volume Form.

Revise AND/OR Relation — Displays a list of And/Or relationships.

Use this list to change the And/Or relationships between piping segment search criteria
(table 12, piping segment data) and the search criteria for the component data in table
34, piping component data; table 50, piping/tubing data; table 67, instrument
component data; and table 80, pipe support data.

Each category of component search criteria data is related to the piping segment search
criteria by a logical AND or a logical OR. By default, the logical relationship between
the piping segment search criteria and the four categories of component search criteria
is AND. This means that only components that meet the criteria defined for both sets of
criteria are reported.

Setting this relationship to OR increases the amount of data reported in that all
components that match either set of criteria are reported.

This is not an exclusive OR. With the OR setting, components that


match both (or either) sets of criteria are reported.

Operating Sequence
1. From the Report Search Criteria form, select Copy or Revise.

The Search Criteria Data File Revision form is displayed, with a list of available data
files.

2. From the displayed list, select a data file to be copied or revised. Then click Accept.

3. Specify Discrimination Data

In the fields provided, key in the number, description, and file specification, path, and
node.

4. Select additional options as needed to define the report search criteria data. Then click
Accept.

62
________________ Search Criteria Deletion Form

2.3.3 Search Criteria Deletion Form


When you choose Delete, the Deletion form is displayed.

Manager
2.Report
This form deletes a report record from the project control database and can optionally delete
the associated file. This form is used with format files and their database records,
discrimination data files and their database records, and search criteria files and their database
records.

Fields and Options


Number/Description — Displays the 24-character short name and the 40-character
description of a report record in the project control database.

Delete File/Do Not Delete File — Determines whether the associated file is deleted.
When set to Delete File, the database record is deleted along with the associated file.
When set to Do Not Delete File, only the database record is deleted.

Operating Sequence
1. Select Report Format

From the displayed list, select the database record to be deleted.

63
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

2. Set the Delete File/Do Not Delete File toggle as needed. Then click Accept.

The specified record is deleted. If specified, the associated file is also deleted.

64
________________ Report Form

2.4 Report Form


When you select Report from the Report Manager form, the Report form is displayed.

Manager
2.Report
This form creates, revises, and deletes report records and report files. A report record holds
specifications for a report; these specifications include the report name, the report description,
and which format file, discrimination data file, and search criteria data file to use to generate a
report.

The report name is not the title that is printed on the report; the title is included
in the format file.

At the end of each report, a parameters page is included that contains the following
information:

Report Output — The report number, report title, report creation/revision date, and
report node, path, and file name.

Format — The report format number, description, and node, path, and file name.

Discrimination Data — The report discrimination data number, description, and file
location (network address, path, and file name). The following discrimination data is
also included: list of model numbers (with discipline), volume (if applicable), search
criteria (if applicable), and sorting sequence.

Search Criteria — The report search criteria number, description, and file location
(node, path, and file name. The following search criteria data is also included: list of
model numbers (with discipline), volume (if applicable), search criteria (if applicable),
and sorting sequence.

65
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Options
Create — Displays the Report Creation form, which creates a report record and
generates a report. For more information, see Report Creation Form, page 67.

Revise — Displays the Revise Report form, which regenerates a report from an
existing or revised report record. For more information, see Revise Report Form, page
70.

Delete — Displays the Deletion form, which deletes an existing report record and the
corresponding report. For more information, see Report Deletion Form, page 73.

Approve — Displays the Report Approval form, which approves an existing report.
For more information, see Report Approval Form, page 75.

Multi-Create — Displays the Report Multiple Submit form, which submits multiple
reports to the printer. For more information, see Report Multiple Submit Form, page
78.

66
________________ Report Creation Form

2.4.1 Report Creation Form


When you select Create from the Report form, the Report Creation form is displayed.

Manager
2.Report
Use this form to create a report record and to generate a report. Because report records are
stored in the project control database, you can use them over and over again as needed.

Fields and Options


Report Number — The 24-character number that uniquely identifies the record of the
report file in the project control database. This is sometimes referred to as the report
file short name.

Report Title — The 40-character descriptive name of the report file. This is not the
title in the actual report, but is rather the title of the report record. The title of the report
is contained in the format file.

Report File Spec — The name of the report output file (up to 14 characters).

Report File Path — The disk location for the report output file. This field retains the
active settings, and it is automatically populated if you have specified this data on the
Report Management Dataform. For more information, see Report Management
Defaults Form, page 80.

Report Node — The name of the system on which the report output file will be
located. This field retains the active settings, and it is automatically populated if you
have specified this data on the Report Management Data form. For more information,
see Report Management Defaults Form, page 80.

67
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Report Format File — The name of the format file to be used to generate the active
report. When you select this field, a list of available format files is displayed. Select
the appropriate format file, and click Accept.

Report Discrimination File — The name of the discrimination data file to be used to
generate the active report. When you select this field, a list of available discrimination
data files is displayed. Select the appropriate discrimination data file, and click Accept.

Report Search Criteria — The name of the search criteria data file to be used to
generate the active report. When you select this field, a list of available search criteria
files is displayed. Select a search criteria file, and click Accept.

Select this field a second time to specify a different search criteria file. To clear a
specification, click Accept without selecting a file.

If the report discrimination data selected for the active report has search
criteria data defined within it, and you specify a search criteria in this
field, the search criteria specified in the Report Search Criteria field
takes precedence over the search criteria contained in the discrimination
data.

Revision Number – The revision number (up to three characters) for the report.

Last Revision Number — The revision number of the last report generated. This is a
read-only field; you cannot edit it.

Revised By — The user (up to five characters) who checked the report. This field is
optional.

Revision Description — The description (up to 40 characters) of the report revision.


This field is optional.

Print/Delete — Submits the report output file to the specified print queue and then
deletes the report output file. When you select this option, a list of available print
queues is displayed. Click on a queue to select it.

Print/Save — Submits the report output file to the specified print queue and saves the
report output file. When you select this option, a list of available print queues is
displayed. Click on a queue to select it.

Save — Saves the report output file without printing the report.

Submit Immediately/Submission is Delayed — Specifies when the report will be


processed. When this toggle is set to Submission is Delayed, additional fields display
for you to specify the date and time that the report is to be generated.

68
________________ Report Creation Form

Operating Sequence
1. From the Report form, select Create.

The Report Creation form is displayed.

2. Specify Report Data

Key in the report record information. Then select the appropriate report format file,
discrimination data file, and search criteria data file.

3. Select the appropriate print/save/delete option, and select a queue if the report is to be

Manager
2.Report
printed.

4. Specify whether the report is to be generated now (Submit Immediately) or later


(Submission is Delayed). If you choose delayed submission, specify the date and time
that the report is to be submitted.

5. Click Accept to save the report file.

69
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

2.4.2 Revise Report Form


When you select Revise from the Report form, the Revise Report form is displayed.

This form revises an existing report record and generates a report from the project control
database. An option is also provided to update (in some cases) the report record without
generating a report output file. Similarly, you can choose to generate an updated report output
file without updating the report record.

Fields and Options


Report Number — The 24-character number that uniquely identifies the record of the
report file in the project control database. This is sometimes referred to as the report
file short name.

Report Title — The 40-character descriptive name of the report file. This is not the
title in the actual report, but is rather the title of the report record. The title of the report
is contained in the format file.

Report File Spec — The name of the report output file (up to 14 characters).

Report File Path — The disk location for the report output file. This field retains the
active settings.

Report Node — The name of the system on which the report output file will be
located. This field retains the active settings.

70
________________ Revise Report Form

Report Format File — The name of the format file to be used to generate the active
report. When you select this field, a list of available format files is displayed. Select
the appropriate format file, and click Accept.

Report Discrimination File — The name of the discrimination data file to be used to
generate the active report. When you select this field, a list of available discrimination
data files is displayed. Select the appropriate discrimination data file, and click Accept.

Report Search Criteria — The name of the search criteria data file to be used to
generate the active report. When you select this field, a list of available search criteria
files is displayed. Select a search criteria file, and click Accept.

Select this field a second time to specify a different search criteria file. To clear a

Manager
2.Report
specification, click Accept without selecting a file.

If the report discrimination data selected for the active report has search
criteria data defined within it, and you specify a search criteria in this
field, the search criteria specified in the Report Search Criteria field
takes precedence over the search criteria contained in the discrimination
data.

Revision Number – The revision number (up to three characters) for the report.

Last Revision Number — The revision number of the last report generated. This is a
read-only field; you cannot edit it.

Revised By — The user (up to five characters) who checked the report. This field is
optional.

Revision Description — The description (up to 40 characters) of the report revision.


This field is optional.

Print/Delete — Submits the report output file to the specified print queue and then
deletes the report output file. When you select this option, a list of available print
queues is displayed. Click on a queue to select it.

Print/Save — Submits the report output file to the specified print queue and saves the
report output file. When you select this option, a list of available print queues is
displayed. Click on a queue to select it.

Save — Saves the report output file without printing the report.

Submit to Batch Immediately/Delayed Submit to Batch — Specifies when the report


will be processed. When this toggle is set to Delayed Submit to Batch, additional
fields display for you to specify the date and time that the report is to be generated.

Revise Data Only/Revise Report and Data — Specifies revision of the report data
only (Revise Data Only) or revision of the report data and the report output file (Revise
Report and Data). To revise the report specification without updating the report
output file, make the necessary changes, set this toggle to Revise Data Only, and click
Accept. To revise the report output file only, set this toggle to Revise Report and
Data without modifying any of the fields, and click Accept. To modify both the report

71
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

file and the report output file, make the necessary changes, set this toggle to Revise
Data Only, and click Accept.

If you update any field other than Report Number and Report Title,
this toggle is automatically set to Revise Report and Data, and the
report output file is generated.

Operating Sequence
1. From the Report form, select Revise.

The Report Creation form is displayed with a list of available report files.

2. Select Report

From the displayed list, select the report to be revised. Then click Accept.

The fields update to display the selected report file specifications.

3. Revise Report Information

Update the report record information as needed.

4. Select the appropriate print/save/delete option, and select a queue if the report is to be
printed.

5. Specify whether the report is to be generated now (Submit Immediately) or later


(Submission is Delayed). If you choose delayed submission, specify the date and time
that the report is to be submitted.

6. Click Accept to save the report file.

72
________________ Report Deletion Form

2.4.3 Report Deletion Form


When you choose Delete, the Deletion form is displayed.

Manager
2.Report
This form deletes a report record from the project control database and can optionally delete
the associated file. This form is used with format files and their database records,
discrimination data files and their database records, and search criteria files and their database
records.

Fields and Options


Number/Description — Displays the 24-character short name and the 40-character
description of a report record in the project control database.

Delete File/Do Not Delete File — Determines whether the associated file is deleted.
When set to Delete File, the database record is deleted along with the associated file.
When set to Do Not Delete File, only the database record is deleted.

Operating Sequence
1. Select Report Format

From the displayed list, select the database record to be deleted.

73
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

2. Set the Delete File/Do Not Delete File toggle as needed. Then click Accept.

The specified record is deleted. If specified, the associated file is also deleted.

74
________________ Report Approval Form

2.4.4 Report Approval Form


When you select Approve from the Report form, the Report Approval form is displayed.

Manager
2.Report
Use this form to select a report to approve. Approving a report means that a database attribute
is set from not approved (the default) to approved. This approval status provides a way for
you to flag reports that you have run and verified that the output data is valid. When a report
is revised, the approval status is automatically reset to not approved.

Options
Number — The 24-character unique name (as called short name) of the report record.

Description — The 40-character description of the report record.

Operating Sequence
1. From the Report form, select Approve.

The Report Approval form is displayed.

2. From the displayed list, select a report to approve. Then click Accept. The Approval
form is displayed. For more information, see Approval/Revision Interface Form, page
76.

75
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

2.4.4.1 Approval/Revision Interface Form


The Approval form is displayed as part of the workflow for approving reports. First you
specify the report to be approved on the Report Approval form. When you click Accept, the
Approval/Revision Interface form is displayed.

The first time a report is approved, only the Approved By field is active. All other fields are
purely informational. The data displayed in these fields is read from the Revise Report form.

Fields and Options


Report Number — The 24-character number that uniquely identifies the record of the
report file in the project control database. This is sometimes referred to as the report
file short name.

Report Description — The 40-character descriptive name of the report file.

Approved By — The initials (up to five characters) of the person who approved the
report.

Revision Number – The revision number (up to three characters) for the report. This
field is read-only; you cannot edit it.

Revised By — The initials (up to five characters) of the person who last revised the
report. This field is read-only; you cannot edit it.

76
________________ Approval/Revision Interface Form

Checked By — The initials (up to five characters) of the person who ran the report with
the revised information. This field is read-only; you cannot edit it.

Revision Description — Displays a short description of the revision. This field is


read-only; you cannot edit it.

Operating Sequence
1. On the Report Approval form, click Accept.

The Approval/Revision Interface form is displayed.

Manager
2.Report
2. Specify Approval/Revision Data

Key in user initials in the Approved By field. Then click Accept.

77
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

2.4.5 Report Multiple Submit Form


When you select Multi-Create from the Report form, the Report Multiple Submit form is
displayed.

Use this form to submit multiple reports at the same time.

Fields and Options


Number — The 24-character number that uniquely identifies the record of the report
file in the project control database. This is sometimes referredto as the report file short
name.

Description — The 40-character descriptive name of the report file.

Print/Delete — Submits the report output file to the specified print queue and then
deletes the report output file. When you select this option, a list of available print
queues is displayed. Click on a queue to select it.

Print/Save — Submits the report output file to the specified print queue and saves the
report output file. When you select this option, a list of available print queues is
displayed. Click on a queue to select it.

Save — Saves the report output file without printing the report.

Submit to Batch Immediately/Delayed Submit to Batch — Specifies when the report


will be processed. When this toggle is set to Delayed Submit to Batch, additional
fields display for you to specify the date and time that the report is to be generated.

78
________________ Report Multiple Submit Form

Operating Sequence
1. From the Report form, select Multi-Create.

The Report Multiple Submit form is displayed.

2. Select Reports for Submission

From the displayed list, select the reports to submit. Highlighed reports are selected;
select a highlighted report to remove the highlight and to not submit the report.

3. Select the appropriate print/save/delete option, and select a queue if the report is to be

Manager
2.Report
printed.

4. Specify whether the report is to be generated now (Submit to Batch Immediately) or


later (Delayed Submit to Batch). If you choose delayed submission, specify the date
and time that the report is to be submitted.

5. Click Accept to submit the reports.

79
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

2.5 Report Management Defaults Form


When you select Report Management Data from the Report Manager form, the Report
Management Defaults form is displayed.

This form creates a record in the project control database of the node name and path of the
report definition files. This option is used primarily for setup.

Fields
Report Path — Specifies the default path of the report output files.

It is recommended that you not send output reports to your system’s


temporary (that is, tmp or temp) directory.

Report Node — Specifies the default node name of the system on which report output
files are located.

Report Format Path — Specifies the default path of the format files.

Report Format Node — Specifies the default node name of the system on which
format files are located.

Report Discrimination Data Path — Specifies the default path of the discrimination
data files.

80
________________ Report Management Defaults Form

Report Discrimination Data Node — Specifies the default node name of the system
on which discrimination data files are located.

Report Search Criteria Data Path — Specifies the default path of the report search
criteria data files.

Report Search Criteria Data Node — Specifies the default node name of the system
on which report search criteria data files are located.

Operating Sequence
1. From the Report Manager form, select Report Management Data.

Manager
2.Report
The Report Management Defaults form is displayed.

2. Accept or Exit

In the fields provided, key in the default paths and node names for the report output
files, format files, discrimination data files, and search criteria data files. Then click
Accept.

81
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

82
________________ Report Format File

3. Report Format File


The reporting process is driven by a format file that determines the contents and format of the
report. It must be created with a text editor before reports can be processed.

The format file is a standard ASCII file that contains all of the needed criteria for creating the
actual report, such as text position, special indices for input into the report, and sorting
instructions for the indices. In short, the format file specifies what the final report output will
look like.

For detailed information, see

Format File Syntax, page 84


Output Fields, page 90
Indices for MTO Reporting (With Implied Items), page 91
Sample MTO Report Format Files, page 111
Indices for Spec Reporting, page 113
Indices for Project and Interference Reporting, page 122
Sorting, page 129
Reporting Weights and Center of Gravities, page 131

Formats
3. Report

83
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

3.1 Format File Syntax


The format file is based on fields. A field contains a complete description of a given piece of
data to be placed in an ASCII report file.

Each line of the format file contains the entire description of one field. All fields are
independent of each other; if they have a common order in the report, you are responsible for
placing these fields in such a way that the orders match in the report. In other words, you are
responsible for defining your format file in such a way that your columns and headings will
fall under one another.

Each line in the format file can contain the following data. (Brackets [ ] indicate data that is
only used for certain field types; all other data is required in every field type.)

Field_Function,Row,Col,Field_Len,Data_Type,Field_Type,[Buffer],[Rows/Page],[Spacing]

Syntax Example

It is not possible to return an attribute twice in a report by repeating the line that returns the
attribute. For example, the following syntax in a format file will print the fluid code only
once.

4,2,3,3,1,2,AH9
4,2,8,3,1,2,AH9

84
________________ Format File Syntax - Definitions

3.1.1 Format File Syntax - Definitions

Field_Function
0 — Null Field. Used to send a data field (index) to sort on an unreported item.

1 — Page Field - All Pages. Places the specified field once on every page of the report.

2 — Page Field - First Page Only. Places the specified field once on the first page of
the report.

3 — Page Field - Last Page Only. Places the specified field once on the last page of
the report.

4 — Output Field. Places the specified field a variable number of times on every page
of the report based on rows/page and spacing.

5 — New Page Marker. Forces a new page (form feed) after all the previous
statements have been processed. All the lines in the format file after this marker are
placed on a new (repeated) page. In other words, this enables you to append a complete

Formats
3. Report
format file to the previous format file and use the same data sources and sorting as the
previous lines of the format file.

6 — Continuous Page Marker. Forces everything after this marker in the format file up
to a New Page Marker or the end of file to be continuously output as one page. The
specified fields are continuously output without any page divisions. (This code
overrides the value for Rows/Page)

This function can be used to generate an intermediate data file in a fixed form that
contains only raw data (without headings and other annotation). This output can then
be used as input to your own report generation software.

7 — Turn On Output Field Appending Control. Forces all output fields after this
marker in the format file to begin after the previous output field (above 7) is completed.
That is, all output fields will initially begin at the last output field’s finishing row.

8 — Turn Off Output Field Appending Control. If 7 is in effect for an output field, this
code will turn the effect off, making output fields normal.

9 — Start of output field loop.

10 — End of output field loop. Repeats all output fields defined between codes 9 and
10 until out of data or the maximum number of lines per output field has been exceeded
by the number of lines of data between the 9 and 10 codes. These options are used to
prevent control sorts from breaking to a new page by using the remaining space on the
page before proceeding to a new page.

85
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Row
Starting line number to be used in placing the field in the report. The maximum number of
rows in a report is 66.

Col
Starting column number to be used in placing the field within the specified row. The
maximum number of columns in a report is 132.

Field_Len
The maximum number of characters that a field can occupy for the active row. The starting
column plus the field length must not exceed 132. A negative value will truncate a field
rather than wrap around a field (default). If the text being placed in the field exceeds the field
length, the text is continued on the next row indented one space (col + 1) until it is completed
or the page ends.

Data_Type
Code used to determine the type of translation required to convert the data to text. (Refer to
the index listings to determine the applicable data type for a particular attribute.)

1 — Character or ’[Am]’, where m is the number of characters.

2 — Single precision integer or ’[Im]’.

3 — Double precision integer or ’[Im]’, where m is the number of characters for the
integer field

4 — Single precision decimal (float) or ’[Fm.n]’.

5 — Double precision decimal (float) or ’[Fm.n]’, where m is the total number of


characters for the decimal value including the decimal point and n is the number of
decimal places.

Optional text can precede and/or follow the formatted data type within the quotation marks.

’optional text [Format] optional text’

[Format] can be any legal FORTRAN format statement that matches an expected output.

86
________________ Format File Syntax - Definitions

Field_Type
1 Text Field. Sets the buffer for hard-coded text.

2 Data Field. Sets the buffer for an index number or code used to generate the data to
be placed in the field.

3 Generate Date/Time. No buffer required. When the report is generated, the system
date and time is placed at the designated row/col position.

4 Generate Page Number. No buffer required. When the report is generated, the
system calculates the page number and places the number at the designated row/col
position.

5 Generate Date. No buffer required. When the report is generated, the system date is
placed at the designated row/col position.

A negative value will underline the generated output for the field. (This causes the report to
be in a stream line feed file, rather than a stream carriage return file. This may impact an
existing interface to a material control system.)

Formats
3. Report
[Buffer] = Field Definition
The form of the buffer is dependent on the value for Field_Type.

Hard-coded text is enclosed in single quotes (’).

For MTO reporting, the first character of the index is always A or B. For a description
of the indices, see Indices for MTO Reporting (With Implied Items), page 91.

For spec reporting, the first character of the index is always C. For a description of the
indices, see Indices for Spec Reporting, page 113. These indices are also used for the
Table Checker.

For project and interference reporting, the first character of the index is always D. For a
description of the indices, see Indices for Project and Interference Reporting, page 122.

[Rows/Page]
This setting is only required for output fields. It indicates the number of vertical spaces
(lines) in which to repeat the field contents on a given page. For example, a setting of 20
reserves 20 lines starting from a given row for use in placing the field contents (dependent on
spacing).

This does not take into account the extended fields due to exceeded field length.

87
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

This is not the total number of times that the field is repeated (that value is based on number
of occurrences for the specified attribute); it is only the vertical space allotted for repeating the
field on a page.

[Spacing]
This setting is only required for output fields. It indicates how much space (in rows) is
allowable between repeated fields. This is useful for reserving space for extended fields due
to exceeded field length.

(Rows/Page)/Spacing = the number of times an output field can appear on a page. For
example, if Rows/Page=40 and Spacing = 2, 20 occurrences of the specified attribute are
placed on a page (until the number of occurrences is reached).

Use the ! (exclamation point) only to indicate comments. PD_REPORT


ignores anything placed after an exclamation point. Therefore, if it is used in
static text, it can cause erroneous results. Below are examples of incorrect
usage of the exclamation point with comments. All these examples return
blank results.

1,8,1,-25,1,-1,!’Commodity Code’

1,8,27,-16,1,-1,!’Qty/Length’

or

2,3,10,-40,1,1,’!!Corporate Headquarters!!’

88
________________ Optional Report Type Line

3.1.2 Optional Report Type Line


There is an optional line that will determine the type of report the format record creates. It
must be the first line of the format file when used. This line contains an integer variable that
corresponds to a name in the standard note type 1720 in the Standard Note Library. You can
modify the standard note type 1720 to add report types. For instance, the following line
would define the report type as Piping Components MTO Report:

report_type=689

Formats
3. Report

89
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

3.2 Output Fields


Most report formats involve reporting multiple variables for a given component. This is
accomplished by using output fields (Field_Type = 2) with the necessary index numbers.

Each field is processed independently of the other fields on the report; there are no safeguards
to assure that information in different fields corresponds to the same item. Therefore, you are
responsible for placing these fields in such a way that the orders match in the report. To
ensure that items match, make sure that the same number of common items are reported on
each page. The Rows/Page divided by the Spacing determines the number of times an output
field can appear on a page. Therefore, all the common fields should use identical settings for
Rows/Page and Spacing.

The Spacing enables you to reserve space for extended fields due to exceeded field length.
For example, if you use a Field length of 20 for a field which may be up to 50 characters long,
you should set the spacing at 3 to leave adequate space for any extended fields.

If there is no data for the specified output field(s) on a page, that page will not
be printed.

90
________________ Indices for MTO Reporting (With Implied Items)

3.3 Indices for MTO Reporting (With


Implied Items)
These indices are used for MTO reporting when the Field Type is set to 2 (data field). These
indices only apply to MTO Reporting.

For MTO reporting, the first character of the index is either A,B, or E. This character is
followed by one or more characters that specify the type of data to be reported. The following
listing identifies the index structure. The following conventions are used in this listing:

The indices are divided into groups for reporting such as piping, components, and
segments.

A one-, two-, or three-character code (A, B, C, ... *A, *B, *C, ... **A, **B, ... )
indicates the specific group.

This code is usually followed by one of the following characters:

# indicates an attribute column number (such as 8)


x indicates a variable character (such as P or T)

Formats
3. Report
n indicates an option number (such as 0)

For codes that designate a database table, refer to the list of Database Table/Column
values in Database Table/Column Information for Reporting, page 184.

No Description Attribute type Data_Type


code
2 line_number_label character(40) ............ 1

The attribute type indicates the form of the information: Character indicates
character data, integer and short indicate integer values, and double
indicates a floating point value.

Codes integer, double, and short are reported as blank if their values are less than
-32767.

(SNxxx) indicates the standard note associated with a code-listed attribute.

Any code list value = 0 is reported as a dash and not logged as an error; any undefined
code list value is reported as blank and logged as an error.

(SN499) indicates a standard note. Only the index number of the note (within standard
note 499) is reported unless option Z1 is used.

(NPD) indicates the attribute value is stored in NPD units.

(Dist. NPD) indicates a distance value in NPD units.

91
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

(Dist. model) indicates a distance value in model units.

(SNxxx (units)) indicates codelist to look up and append units to value.

92
________________ MTO Indices for Piping Segments

3.3.1 MTO Indices for Piping Segments


Index Data_Type
AH#=Piping Segment Data Table 12
(column number from Table 12)
1001-Model Number from Table 113 character(10) ............. 1
1002-"Requirement to Reconstruct" value (SN366) .................. 1
1003-P&ID Number (after P&I data transfer) character(24) ............. 1
1150- MTO label from Label Description Library ....................... 1
2149

AL = Counter for Piping Segments ..................................... 2

AOx = quantity of piping segments ..................................... 2


P = page total; T = grand total

AZn = options for reporting piping segments


1 translate all standard notes to text ........................ N/A
(default = no translation to text)
2 list of standard notes used .................................. 2
3 list of translated standard notes used ....................... 1
4 report nominal piping diameter without units ................ N/A
5 cancel option AZ1 ........................................... N/A
6 report coordinates in the Site Coordinate System ............ N/A
(default is Plant Coordinate System)
7 do not translate specific standard note type - cancels AZ8 .. N/A

Formats
3. Report
8 translate specific standard note type,
followed by standard note type - cancels option AZ7 ........ N/A
9 cancel options AZ7 and AZ8 .................................. N/A
10 report insulation thickness without units ....................N/A
12 store the insulation units for the segment used in forming....N/A
and interpreting the insulation thickness value

93
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

3.3.2 MTO Indices for Pipes


Index Data_Type

BA# = Piping Data Table 50


(followed by column number)

BB# = Piping Segment Data associated with Pipe Table 12


(followed by column number)

BD# = Size-dependent Data for Pipe Table 211


(followed by column number from Table

BFn = Special Pipe Data


1 Short Material Description .................................. 1
2 Long Material Description ................................... 1
3 dry weight + weight of insulation ........................... 5
4 dry weight + water weight + weight of insulation ............ 5
5 dry weight + wet weight (water weight * specific gravity a)...5
+ weight of insulation
6 dry weight + wet weight (water weight * specific gravity b)...5
+ weight of insulation
7 dry weight + wet weight (water weight * specific gravity c)...5
+ weight of insulation
8 x coordinate Center of gravity (dry) [* if not present] ......1
9 y coordinate Center of gravity (dry) [* if not present] ......1
10 z coordinate Center of gravity (dry) [* if not present] ......1
11 x coordinate Center of gravity (wet) [* if not present] ......1
12 y coordinate Center of gravity (wet) [* if not present] ......1
13 z coordinate Center of gravity (wet) [* if not present] ......1
14 P&ID Number (after P&I data transfer) character(24) ..........1
15 Model Number from Table 113 character(10) ..........1
1150- MTO labels from Label Description Library ................... 1
2149

94
________________ MTO Indices for Piping Components

3.3.3 MTO Indices for Piping Components


Index Data_Type

BG# = Piping Component Data Table 34


(followed by column number)

BI# = Piping Segment Data associated w/ Piping Component Table 12


(followed by column number)

BK# = Size-dependent Data for Piping Component Table 211


(followed by column number)

BMn = Special Piping Component Data


1 Short material description ...................................1
2 Long material description ....................................1
(not applicable for piping specialties)
3 dry weight + operator weight + weight of insulation ......... 5
4 dry weight +operator weight +water weight
+weight of insulation........................................5
5 dry weight + operator weight + wet weight (water weight *
specific gravity a) + weight of insulation .................5
6 dry weight + operator weight + wet weight (water weight *
specific gravity b) + weight of insulation .................5
7 dry weight + operator weight + wet weight (water weight *
specific gravity c) + weight of insulation .................5

Formats
3. Report
8 x coordinate - Center of gravity (dry) .......................1
9 y coordinate - Center of gravity (dry) .......................1
10 z coordinate - Center of gravity (dry) .......................1
11 x coordinate - Center of gravity (wet) .......................1
12 y coordinate - Center of gravity (wet) .......................1
13 z coordinate - Center of gravity (wet) .......................1
14 P&ID Number (after P&I data transfer) character(24) ..........1
15 Model Number from Table 113 character(10) ..........1
1150- MTO labels from Label Description Library ...................1
2149

BN# = Green and Red Piping Component Data Table 34


49 Green nominal piping diameter ...................integer 1
51 Green end preparation ...........................(SN330) 1
52 Green schedule/thickness ........................char(8) 1
53 Green pressure rating ...........................char(8) 1
57 Green gasket separation .........................char(8) 1
-49 Red nominal piping diameter .....................integer 1
-51 Red end preparation .............................(SN330) 1
-52 Red schedule/thickness ..........................char(8) 1
-53 Red pressure rating .............................char(8) 1
-57 Red gasket separation ...........................char(8) 1

95
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

3.3.4 MTO Indices for Counters for Pipes and


Piping Components
Index Data_Type

BP = Counter for Pipes ...............................................2


BQ = Counter for Piping Components .................................. 2
BRx = Quantity of Pipes .............................................. 2
BSx = Quantity of Piping Components .................................. 2
(P = page total; T = grand total)

96
________________ MTO Indices for Implied Material

3.3.5 MTO Indices for Implied Material


Index Data_Type

BT# = Gaskets (Implied Material)


1 line number label ...........................................1
2 gasket outside diameter .....................................1
3 piping material class .......................................1
4 commodity name ..............................................1
5 gasket option ...............................................1
6 maximum temperature .........................................5
7 material grade ..............................................1
8 end preparation .............................................1
9 pressure rating .............................................1
10 gasket thickness ............................................1
13 commodity code ..............................................1
18 fabrication category ........................................1
19 standard note ’A’ ............................................2 or 1
20 standard note ’B’ ............................................2 or 1
21 short material description ..................................1
22 long material description ...................................1
23 gasket inside diameter (from gasket table) ..................1
24 Line ID .....................................................1
25 P&ID Number (after P&I data transfer) character(24) ..........1
26 Model Number from Table 113 character(10) ..........1
1150- MTO labels from Label Description Library ...................1

Formats
3. Report
2149

BU = Counter for Gaskets .............................................2

BVx = Quantity of Gaskets .............................................2


(P = page total; T = grand total)

BX# = Bolts
1 line number label ...........................................1
2 piping material class .......................................1
3 number of bolts .............................................2
4 bolt diameter ................................................1
5 bolt length .................................................1
6 number of nuts ..............................................1
7 commodity name ..............................................1
8 bolt option .................................................1
9 material grade ..............................................1
12 commodity code ..............................................1
17 fabrication category ........................................1
18 standard note ’A’ ...........................................2 or 1
19 standard note ’B’ ...........................................2 or 1
20 short material description ..................................1
21 long material description ...................................1
22 total bolt weight (bolts, nuts, washers, etc.) ...............5
23 x coordinate - center of gravity location of set of bolts ...1
24 y coordinate - center of gravity location of set of bolts ...1
25 z coordinate - center of gravity location of set of bolts ...1
26 Line ID .....................................................1
27 P&ID Number (after P&I data transfer) character(24) ..........1
28 Model Number from Table 113 character(10) ..........1
1150- MTO labels from Label Description Library ...................1
2149

97
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

BY = Counter for Bolts ...............................................2


BZx = Quantity of Bolts ...............................................2
(P = page total; T = grand total)

B*A#= Nuts - Generated through bolt data (selective)


1 line name label .............................................1
2 piping material class .......................................1
3 nut diameter ................................................1
4 item name ...................................................1
5 option code .................................................1
6 material grade ..............................................1
7 new item name ...............................................1
8 PDS sort code ...............................................2 or 1
9 commodity library code ......................................1
10 geometric industry standard .................................1
11 weight code ..................................................1
12 generic dimension data selection ............................1
13 specific dimension data selection ...........................1
14 fabrication category ........................................1
15 standard note ’A’ ...........................................2 or 1
16 standard note ’B’ ...........................................2 or 1
17 material description short ..................................1
18 material description long ...................................1
19 Line ID .....................................................1
20 P&ID Number (after P&I data transfer) character(24) ..........1
21 Model Number from Table 113 character(10) ..........1
1150- MTO labels from Label Description Library ...................1
2149

B*B = Counter for Nuts ................................................2


B*Cx= Quantity of Nuts ................................................2
(P = page total; T = grand total)

B*D# = Welds - Generated through mating data (selective)


1 line number label ..........................................1
2 piping material class ......................................1
3 weld diameter ..............................................1
4 weld type (field weld = 1; shop weld = 0) ...................2
5 end preparation - welded end ’A’ ...........................1
6 end preparation - welded end ’B’ ...........................1
7 schedule/thickness - welded end ’A’ ........................1
8 schedule/thickness - welded end ’B’ ........................1
9 material grade - welded end ’A’ ............................1
10 material grade - welded end ’B’ ............................1
11 weld number ................................................1
12 Line ID ....................................................1
13 P&ID Number (after P&I data transfer) character(24) .........1
14 Model Number from Table 113 character(10) .........1
1150- MTO labels from Label Description Library ...................1
2149

B*E = Counter for Welds ..............................................2


B*Fx = Quantity of Welds ..............................................2
(P = page total; T = grand total)

98
________________ MTO Indices for Instrument Components

3.3.6 MTO Indices for Instrument Components


Index Data_Type

B*G# = Instrument Components Data Table 67


(followed by column number)

B*I# = Piping Segment Data associated w/ Instrument Component Table 12


(followed by column number)

B*Kn = Special Instrument Component Data


1 material description .......................................1
2 dry weight + operator weight + weight of insulation..........5
3 dry weight + operator weight + water weight + weight of
insulation ...............................................5
4 dry weight + operator weight + wet weight (water weight *
specific gravity ’a’) + weight of insulation ...............5
5 dry weight + operator weight + wet weight (water weight *
specific gravity ’b’) + weight of insulation .............5
6 dry weight + operator weight + wet weight (water weight *
specific gravity ’c’) + weight of insulation .............5
7 x coordinate - ’dry’ center of gravity location ............1
8 y coordinate - ’dry’ center of gravity location ............1
9 z coordinate - ’dry’ center of gravity location ............1
10 x coordinate - ’wet’ center of gravity location ............1
11 y coordinate - ’wet’ center of gravity location ............1

Formats
3. Report
12 z coordinate - ’wet’ center of gravity location ............1
14 P&ID Number (after P&I data transfer) character(24) .........1
15 Model Number from Table 113 character(10) .........1
1150- MTO labels from Label Description Library ..................1
2149

B*L# = Green and Red Instrument Component Data


55 green nominal piping diameter .......................(NPD).1
57 green end preparation .....................................1
58 green schedule/thickness ..................................1
59 green pressure rating .....................................1
63 green gasket separation ...................................1
-55 red nominal piping diameter .........................(NPD).1
-57 red end preparation .......................................1
-58 red schedule/thickness ....................................1
-59 red pressure rating .......................................1
-63 red gasket separation .....................................1

B*N = Counter for Instruments ........................................2


B*Ox = Quantity of Instruments ........................................2
(P = page total; T =grand total)

99
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

3.3.7 MTO Indices for Pipe Supports


Index Data_Type

B*P# = Pipe support data Table 80


(followed by column number)

B*Q = Counter for Pipe Supports ......................................2


B*Rx = Quantity of Pipe Supports ......................................2
(P = page total; T = grand total)

B*S# = Piping Segment Data associated with Pipe Support Table 12


(followed by column number)

B*Un = Special Pipe Support Data


1 SPECIAL Material Description ...............................1
2 x - Center of Gravity (dry & wet) (* if not present) .......1
3 y - Center of Gravity (dry & wet) (* if not present) .......1
4 z - Center of Gravity (dry & wet) (* if not present) .......1
5 P&ID Number (after P&I data transfer) character(24) .........1
6 Model Number from Table 113 character(10) .........1
1150- MTO labels from Label Description Library ..................1
2149

100
________________ MTO Indices for Special Options

3.3.8 MTO Indices for Special Options


Index Data_Type

B*Zn = Options for reporting components and implied material


1 translate all standard notes to text
(default = no translation to text)
2 list of standard notes used ................................2
3 list of translated standard notes used .....................1
4 report nominal piping diameter without units
5 cancel option B*Z1
6 report coordinates in the Site Coordinate System (the default is
the Plant Coordinate System)
7 do not translate specific standard note type - cancels option
B*Z8
8 translate specific standard note type, followed by standard note
type - cancels option B*Z7
9 cancel options B*Z7 and B*Z8
10 report insulation thickness without units
11 report pipe length in decimal units - use with BA22 to
have pipe length reported in decimal units
12 RDB Conflict Report

Formats
3. Report

101
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

3.3.9 MTO Indices for Equipment


Index Data_Type

B**A# = Equipment Data


(If you want to change the output, you must use the Coordinate
Label/Readout option and change the type 63 label of the first
piping model.)
1 equip_indx_no integer index 1
2 equip_no character(30) ..........................1
3 equip_descr_1 character(40) ..........................1
4 equip_descr_2 character(40) ..........................1
5 tutorial_no character(6) ...........................1
6 equip_class character(2) ...........................1
7 dry_weight double .................................5
8 oper_weight_1 double .................................5
9 oper_weight_2 double .................................5
10 insulation_thk double .................................5
11 construction_stat short (SN130) ...............1
12 equipment_division short (SN69) ...............1
13 approval_status short (SN35) ...............1

B**Bn = Special Equipment Data (all reported in Plant coordinates)


1 Datum point 1 x coordinate [* if not present] .............1
2 Datum point 1 y coordinate [* if not present] .............1
3 Datum point 1 z coordinate [* if not present] .............1
4 Datum point 2 x coordinate [* if not present] .............1
5 Datum point 2 y coordinate [* if not present] .............1
6 Datum point 2 z coordinate [* if not present] .............1
7 Datum point 3 x coordinate [* if not present] .............1
8 Datum point 3 y coordinate [* if not present] .............1
9 Datum point 3 z coordinate [* if not present] .............1
10 Datum point 4 x coordinate [* if not present] .............1
11 Datum point 4 y coordinate [* if not present] .............1
12 Datum point 4 z coordinate [* if not present] .............1
13 Datum point 5 x coordinate [* if not present] .............1
14 Datum point 5 y coordinate [* if not present] .............1
15 Datum point 5 z coordinate [* if not present] .............1
16 x - Center of Gravity (dry) [* if not present] ............1
17 y - Center of Gravity (dry) [* if not present] ............1
18 z - Center of Gravity (dry) [* if not present] ............1
19 x - Center of Gravity (wet) [* if not present] ............1
20 y - Center of Gravity (wet) [* if not present] ............1
21 z - Center of Gravity (wet) [* if not present] ............1
22 Model Number from Table 113 character(10) ........1
1150- MTO label from Label Description Library .................1
2149

B**C = Counter for Equipment .........................................2


B**Dx = Quantity of Equipment .........................................2
(P = page total; T = grand total)

B**E# = Equipment Nozzle Data


1 nozzle_indx_no integer
2 nozzle_no character(10) ..........................1
3 equip_index integer ................................3
4 nominal_piping_dia short ............................(NPD).1
5 rating character(8) ...........................1
6 preparation short (SN3300) ..............1
7 piping_mater_class character(16) ..........................1

102
________________ MTO Indices for Equipment

8 unit_no character(12) ..........................1


9 fluid_code short (SN125) ...............1
10 unit_code character(2) ...........................1
11 line_sequence_no character(6) ...........................1
12 heat_tracing_reqmt short (SN200) ...............1
13 heat_tracing_media short (SN210) ...............1
14 insulation_purpose short (SN220) ...............1
15 insulation_thk double .................................5
16 table_suffix short (SN576) ...............1
17 service character(20) ..........................1
18 schedule_thickness character(8) ...........................1
19 nor_therm_growth_X double .................................5
20 nor_therm_growth_Y double .................................5
21 nor_therm_growth_Z double .................................5
22 alt_therm_growth_X double .................................5
23 alt_therm_growth_Y double .................................5
24 alt_therm_growth_Z double .................................5
25 construction_stat short (SN130) ...............1

B**F# = Equipment Data associated with Nozzle


1 equip_indx_no integer index 1
2 equip_no character(30) ..........................1
3 equip_descr_1 character(40) ..........................1
4 equip_descr_2 character(40) ..........................1
5 tutorial_no character(6) ...........................1
6 equip_class character(2) ...........................1
7 dry_weight double .................................5

Formats
3. Report
8 oper_weight_1 double .................................5
9 oper_weight_2 double .................................5
10 insulation_thk double .................................5
11 construction_stat short (SN130) ...............1
12 equipment_division short (SN69) ...............1
13 approval_status short (SN35) ...............1

B**Gn = Special Nozzle Data


1 nozzle orientation .........................................1
2 x coordinate - nozzle face location ........................1
3 y coordinate - nozzle face location ........................1
4 z coordinate - nozzle face location ........................1
5 line number label ..........................................1
6 Model Number from Table 113 character(10) .........1
1150- MTO labels from Label Description Library .................1
2149

B**H = Counter for Nozzles ...........................................2


B**Ix = Quantity of Nozzles ...........................................2
(P = page total; T = grand total)

103
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

3.3.10 Implied Material from Specification Data


Index Data_Type

B**J# = Implied material data Table 212


(followed by column number)

B**K# = Piping Segment Data associated w/ Implied Material Table 12


(followed by column number)

B**Mn = Special Implied Material Data


1 Short Material Description ..................................1
2 Long Material Description ...................................1
6 P&ID Number (after P&I data transfer) character(24) .........1
7 Model Number from Table 113 character(10) .........1
1150- MTO Labels from Label Description Library ...................1
2149

B**N = Counter for Implied Material ..................................2


B**Ox = Quantity of Implied Material ..................................2
(P = page total; T = grand total)
(For chain wheels, the qty is expressed in terms of Dist. Model.
Only the number of components is summed, not the length.)

104
________________ Global Data

3.3.11 Global Data


Index Data_Type

B**Pn = global calculations


(An * by any of these values represents an incomplete calculation
due to missing data. The number of decimal places used
during reporting is determined by the system and is dependent on
the field length of the item.)
1 total dry weight of reported system + weight of insulation .1
2 total wet weight of reported system ........................1
3 total wet weight (water weight * specific gravity a) of
reported system ...........................................1
4 total wet weight (water weight * specific gravity b) of
reported system ...........................................1
5 total wet weight (water weight * specific gravity c) of
reported system ...........................................1
6 x coordinate - ’dry’ center of gravity location ............1
7 y coordinate - ’dry’ center of gravity location ............1
8 z coordinate - ’dry’ center of gravity location ............1
9 x coordinate - ’wet’ center of gravity location ............1
10 y coordinate - ’wet’ center of gravity location ............1
11 z coordinate - ’wet’ center of gravity location ............1
12 x coordinate - ’wet a’ center of gravity location ..........1
13 y coordinate - ’wet a’ center of gravity location ..........1
14 z coordinate - ’wet a’ center of gravity location ..........1

Formats
3. Report
15 x coordinate - ’wet b’ center of gravity location ..........1
16 y coordinate - ’wet b’ center of gravity location ..........1
17 z coordinate - ’wet b’ center of gravity location ..........1
18 x coordinate - ’wet c’ center of gravity location ..........1
19 y coordinate - ’wet c’ center of gravity location ..........1
20 z coordinate - ’wet c’ center of gravity location ..........1
21 total surface area of reported system ......................5
22 total line segment length of reported system ...............1

105
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

3.3.12 Project Data


Index Data_Type

B**Qn = Project Data


1 density - units of measure .................................1
2 surface area - units of measure ............................1
3 weight - units of measure ..................................1
4 temperature (maximum) - units of measure ...................1
5 project name ...............................................1
6 job number .................................................1
7 client .....................................................1
8 project location ...........................................1
9 project number .............................................1

106
________________ Induction Bends

3.3.13 Induction Bends


Index Data_Type

B**R# = Induction Bend Data Table 50


(followed by column number)
B**S# = Piping Segment Data associated w/ Induction Bend Table 12
(followed by column number)

B**Un = Special Induction Bend Data


1 total length ...............................................1
2 component group number .....................................2
3 total number of bends ......................................2
4 bend radius ’a’ ............................................1
5 bend angle ’a’ .............................................5
6 bend radius ’b’ ............................................1
7 bend angle ’b’ + weight of insulation ......................5
.
.
.
1000- P&ID Number (after P&I data transfer) character(24) .........1
1001- Model Number from Table 113 character(10) .........1
1150- MTO labels from Label Description Library ..................1
2149

B**V = Counter for Induction Bends ..................................2

Formats
3. Report
B**Wx = Quantity for Induction Bends .................................2
(P = page total; T = grand total)

107
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

3.3.14 Report Management Data


EAt#c = Report Management Data
(t = report management data table numbers)
141 = Report Data Table
142 = Report Format Data Table
143 = Report Discrimination Data Table
144 = Report Revision Data Table
145 = Report Search Criteria Data Table
(c = column number)

Example: EA141#3 will include the Report Title from the


Report Data Table in the report output.

EA144#7 will include the Report Description from


the Report Revision Data Table in the report output.

Special consideration must be made at the end of a pipeline to check if nozzles exist and generate
mating implied material.

If commodity codes and material descriptions are not reported and chain wheels are present, the
reported quantity of implied components will not be correct.

When reporting on pipe length, for sorting to be effective, you must sort all the items reported in
pipes with length as the last sort criteria. If length is sorted first, no summation or partial
summation may occur.

MTO Labels never wrap around; they are always based on field length. MTO Labels with
multiple lines translate into one line.

MTO Format File Example


The following illustrates an example of an MTO format file.

For more information on format files, see Sample Format Files and Output, page 257

report_type=689 ! Piping Components MTO Report


1,1,1,-13,1,1,’Date/Time :’
1,1,14,-23,1,5
1,1,50,-40,1,1,’PDS MTO REPORT’
1,1,120,-6,1,1,’Page: ’
1,1,127,-3,2,4
2,3,10,-40,1,1,’Corporate Headquarters’
2,4,10,-40,1,1,’Intergraph Corporation’
2,5,10,-40,1,1,’Huntsville, Alabama 35894-0001’
2,6,10,-40,1,1,’(205)730-2000’
2,3,90,-20,1,2,B**Q5
2,3,110,-20,1,2,B**Q9
2,4,90,-20,1,2,B**Q6
2,5,90,-20,1,2,B**Q7
2,6,90,-20,1,2,B**Q8

108
________________ Report Management Data

1,8,1,-25,1,-1,’Commodity Code’
1,8,27,-16,1,-1,’Qty/Length’
1,8,45,-10,1,-1,’1st Size’
1,8,57,-10,1,-1,’2nd Size’
1,8,69,-63,1,-1,’Material Description’

9
4,10,55,-50,’LINE NUMBER: [A30]’,-2,BI2G1,45,2
7
4,10,55,-50,’LINE NUMBER: [A30]’,-2,BB2G1,45,2
7
4,10,55,-50,’LINE NUMBER: [A30]’,-2,B*I2G1,45,2
7
4,10,55,-50,’LINE NUMBER: [A30]’,-2,BT1G1,45,2
7
4,10,55,-50,’LINE NUMBER: [A30]’,-2,BX1G1,45,2
7
4,10,55,-50,’LINE NUMBER: [A30]’,-2,B**K2G1,45,2
7
4,10,55,-50,’LINE NUMBER: [A30]’,-2,B*S2G1,45,2
8
4,12,1,-25,1,2,BG8S2,45,2
4,12,27,-16,2,2,BS,45,2
4,12,45,-10,1,2,BN49S3,45,2
4,12,57,-10,1,2,BN-49S4,45,2
4,12,69,63,1,2,BM1S5,45,2
7

Formats
3. Report
4,12,1,-25,1,2,BA12S2,45,2
4,12,27,-16,1,2,BA22,45,2
4,12,45,-10,1,2,BA7S3,45,2
4,12,69,63,1,2,BF1S4,45,2
7
4,12,1,-25,1,2,B*G2S2,45,2
4,12,27,-16,2,2,B*O,45,2
4,12,45,-10,1,2,B*L55S3,45,2
4,12,57,-10,1,2,B*L-55S4,45,2
4,12,69,63,1,2,B*K1S5,45,2
7
4,12,1,-25,1,2,BT13S2,45,2
4,12,27,-16,2,2,BV,45,2
4,12,45,-10,1,2,BT2S3,45,2
4,12,57,-10,1,2,BT23,45,2
4,12,69,63,1,2,BT21S4,45,2
7
4,12,1,-25,1,2,BX12S2,45,2
4,12,27,-16,2,2,BZ,45,2
4,12,45,-10,1,2,BX4S3,45,2
4,12,57,-10,1,2,BX5S4,45,2
4,12,69,63,1,2,BX20S5,45,2
7
4,12,1,-25,1,2,B**J7S2,45,2
4,12,27,-16,1,2,B**O,45,2
4,12,69,63,1,2,B**M1S3,45,2
7
4,12,1,-25,1,2,B*P12S2,45,2
4,12,27,-16,2,2,B*R,45,2
4,12,45,-10,1,2,B*S11S3,45,2
4,12,69,63,1,2,B*U1S4,45,2
10

109
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

5
1,3,1,-13,1,1,’Date/Time :’
1,3,14,-23,1,5
1,3,50,-40,1,1,’PDS MTO REPORT’
1,3,120,-6,1,1,’Page: ’
1,3,127,-3,2,4
1,11,1,-34,1,-1,’GRAND TOTALS’
1,13,1,-15,1,-1,’Components’
1,13,20,-15,1,-1,’Pipes’
1,13,40,-15,1,-1,’Instruments’
1,13,60,-15,1,-1,’Gaskets’
1,13,80,-15,1,-1,’Bolts’
1,13,100,-15,1,-1,’Pipe Supports’

1,14,1,-15,2,2,BST
1,14,20,-15,2,2,BRT
1,14,40,-15,2,2,B*OT
1,14,60,-15,2,2,BVT
1,14,80,-15,2,2,BZT
1,14,100,-15,2,2,B*RT

110
________________ Sample MTO Report Format Files

3.4 Sample MTO Report Format Files


The following files are provided in the product delivery in <product>\sample directory.

For more information on format files, see Sample Format Files and Output, page 257

segment.fmt — This report format will include piping segment data. It demonstrates ’control’ sorting and
output field ’looping’ (field functions 9 and 10).

This report format will report a list of piping segments grouped by the Model Builder’s alphanumeric
description id. The report will include all piping lines that are associated with a specific Model Builder
alphanumeric input file.

(report type = 687)

piping_a.fmt — This report format will include data for piping components, pipes, instrument
components, gaskets, bolts, nuts, and welds. It demonstrates the use of standard output fields.

This report will include each category of data in a fixed area of a repeated report page using normal

Formats
3. Report
sorting and standard output fields (field function 4).

(report type = 689)

piping_b.fmt — This report format will include data for piping components, pipes, instrument
components, gaskets, bolts, nuts, and welds. It demonstrates the technique for grouping blocks of output
fields on the same page of the report.

This report format will report data similar to piping_a.fmt. It differs only in that it demonstrates another
method to format the data on the repeated page of the report.

(report type = 689)

piping_c.fmt — This report format will include data for piping components, pipes, instrument
components, gaskets, bolts, nuts, welds, pipe supports, implied piping components, equipment, and
nozzles. It demonstrates the use of different pages of output within one report.

This report format will report data similar to piping_b.fmt with the addition of pipe_supports, implied
piping components, equipment, and nozzles. It will use page break markers (field function 5) to break
each category of data onto a different repeated page of the report.

(report type = 689)

piping_d.fmt — This report format will report the material descriptions for piping components, pipes,
instrument components, pipe supports, gaskets, and bolts.

This report format will use identical report indices to create two columns to continue data on the same
report page. It will also use page breaks to separate the different categories of data onto different repeated
pages of the report.

111
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

(report type = 689)

piping_e.fmt — This report format will report data similar to piping_c.fmt, but without any equipment
and nozzle data.

This report format will use a continuous page marker (field function 6) to create a report with no page
boundaries and continuous output (typically used for creating a neutral file format). It also demonstrates
the use of report indices to create a summary of standard notes used in the report.

(report type = 689)

piping_f.fmt — This report format will include data for piping components, pipes, instrument
components, gaskets, bolts, and pipe supports similar to piping_e.fmt.

Each category of data will be grouped (using global control sorting) under a common line number label
for each page of output. It uses ’output field appending’ (field functions 7 and 8) to have the different
categories of data reported on the same page and column of output.

(report type = 689)

piping_g.fmt — This report format will include data for piping components, pipes, instrument
components, gaskets, bolts, and pipe supports similar to piping_f.fmt with the same line number
grouping.

This report format uses output field looping (field functions 9 and 10) to utilize all of the report page
space available. The report will include a line number followed by all components that are associated with
that line number label with one or more line number labels being reported per page, depending upon the
amount of data and the space available.

(report type = 689)

weight.fmt — This report format will include weight and center of gravity data for piping components,
pipes, instrument components, gaskets, bolts, pipe supports, implied piping components, and equipment.

The output is similar in format to piping_e.fmt and demonstrates the weight and cog calculation
reporting indices.

(report type = 689)

equip_a.fmt — This report format will report equipment data (including location data) and nozzle data
(including location and orientation data).

It demonstrates the full range of equipment and nozzle reporting indices.

(report type = 661)

Additional format files and search criteria data files are included as examples for different types of reports.
These files are provided in the ˜/pdreport/rpt directory.

112
________________ Indices for Spec Reporting

3.5 Indices for Spec Reporting


These indices are used for reporting when the Field Type is set to 2 (data field). These indices only apply to
Spec Reporting and the Table Checker.

Refer to reporting for the Piping Job Specification Manager in the PDS Reference Data (PD_Data) Manager
Reference Guide for more information on Spec Reporting. For spec reporting, the first character of the index is
always C. This character is followed by one or more characters which specify the type of data to be reported.
The following listing identifies the index structure. The following conventions are used in this listing.

A one- or two-character code (A, B, C, ... YB, YC, ... ) indicates the specific group.

This code is usually followed by one of the following characters:

# indicates an attribute number (such as 8)


x indicates a variable character (such as P or T)
n indicates an option number (such as 0)

For codes which designate a database table, refer to the list of


Database Table/Column values found in that section.

Formats
3. Report
No. description attribute type Data_Type
code
2 line_number_label character(40) ..................... 1

Character indicates character data, integer and short indicate integer values, and double
indicates a floating point value.

Codes integer, double, and short are reported as blank if their values are less than -32767.

(SNxxx) indicates the standard note associated with a code-listed attribute

Any codelist value = 0 is reported as a dash and not logged as an error; any undefined codelist value is
reported as blank and logged as an error.

(SN499) indicates a standard note. Only the index number of the note (within standard note 499) is
reported unless option Z1 is used.

(NPD) indicates the attribute value is stored in NPD units

(Dist. NPD) indicates a distance value in NPD units

(Dist. model) indicates a distance value in model units

113
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Piping Materials Class Data


CB# = Piping Material Class Data Table 201
(followed by column number)

CYBx = Counter for Piping Material Class Data ................ 2


(P = page total; T = grand total)

Piping Commodity Data


CC# = Piping Commodity Data Table 202
(followed by column number)

CYCx = Counter for Commodity Data ............................. 2


(P = page total; T = grand total)

CDn = Special Piping Commodity


For Table Checker (indices CDE, CDT, CXE, or CXT) the full material
description is used. Labels are untranslated; only the label
number displays.)
1 Short Material Description .......................... 1
2 Long Material Description ........................... 1

Piping Specialty Data


CE# = Piping Specialty Data Table 203
(followed by column number)

CYEx = Quantity of Piping Specialty Data ...................... 2


(P = page total; T = grand total)

CFn = Special Piping Specialty Data


1 = Specialty Material Description ...................... 1

CFEn = Piping Specialty Data for Eden Modules

The CFE index must immediately follow the CE index. All values
will pertain to the last reported component by the CE index. The
CFE index will report multiple Eden modules used by the last CE
index output.

1 = "Not Found" Eden Module Name(s)


2 = "Found" Eden Module Name(s)

CFTn = Piping Specialty Data for Tables

114
________________ Indices for Spec Reporting

The CFT index must immediately follow the CE (or CF) index. All
values pertain to the last data reported bt the CE index. For
example, the CE index in the report format should be set to report
one row of data par page, where the CFT index should be set to
report the maximum amount of table data that any one component can
have. The CFT index reports multiple tables used by the last CE
index output.

Options 1 through 17 contain data that will be aligned with each


other in a report, in the same manner that all data for the CE
report index is designed to align multiple information on the same
component.

1 Green Npd(s)
2 Red Npd(s)
3 Green Schedule Thickness(s)
4 Red Schedule Thickness(s)
5 Size Dependent Commodity Code(s)
6 "Unknown" Table Outputs
7 "Generic" Table Outputs
8 "Specific" Table Outputs
9 "Weight" Table Outputs
10 "Spec" Table Outputs
11 "Sub-Component" Table Outputs
12 "Unknown" Table Name(s)
13 "Generic" Table Name(s)
14 "Specific" Table Name(s)

Formats
3. Report
15 "Weight" Table Name(s)
16 "Spec" Table Name(s)
17 "Sub-Component" Table Name(s)

Unlike other MTO report indices, indices 18 through 24 do not


correspond to options 1 through 17. These report indices report
two different sets of data about the same component. The following
can be reported in three groups of data ("not found" data, "found"
data, and "found calculation" data):

18 "Not Found" Table Name(s)


19 "Found" Table Name(s)
20 "Found" Calculation generated Tables
21 "Found" Table Revision Date(s)
22 "Found" Calculation Revision Date(s)
23 "Found" Table Library(s)
24 "Found" Calculation Table Library(s)
25 "Not Found" Table Library(s)

Instrument Data
CG# = Instrument Data Table 204
(followed by column number)

CYGx = Quantity of Instrument Data ............................ 2


(P = page total; T = grand total)

CHn = Special Instrument Data


1 = Specialty Material Description ..................... 1

CHEn = Instrument Data for Eden Modules

115
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

The CHE report index must immediately follow the CG report index.
All values will pertain to the last component reported by the CG
report index. The CGE report index reports multiple Eden modules
used by the last CG report index output.

1 = "Not Found" Eden Module Name(s)


2 = "Found" Eden Module Name(s)

CHTn = Instrument Data for Tables

The CHT index must immediately follow the CG (or CH) index. All
values pertain to the last data reported by the Cg index. For
example, the CG index in the report format should be set to report
one row of data per page, where the CHT index should be set to
report the maximum amount of table data that any one component can
have. The CHT index reports multiple tables used by the last CE
index output.

Options 1 through 17 contain data that will be aligned with each


other in a report, in the same manner that all data for the CE
report index is designed to align multiple information on the same
component.

1 Green Npd(s)
2 Red Npd(s)
3 Green Schedule Thickness(s)
4 Red Schedule Thickness(s)
5 Size Dependent Commodity Code(s)
6 "Unknown" Table Outputs
7 "Generic" Table Outputs
8 "Specific" Table Outputs
9 "Weight" Table Outputs
10 "Spec" Table Outputs
11 "Sub-Component" Table Outputs
12 "Unknown" Table Name(s)
13 "Generic" Table Name(s)
14 "Specific" Table Name(s)
15 "Weight" Table Name(s)
16 "Spec" Table Name(s)
17 "Sub-Component" Table Name(s)

Unlike other MTO report indices, indices 18 through 24 do not


correspond to options 1 through 17. These report indices report
two different sets of data about the same component. The following
can be reported in three groups of data ("not found" data, "found"
data, and "found calculation" data):

18 "Not Found" Table Name(s)


19 "Found" Table Name(s)
20 "Found" Calculation generated Tables
21 "Found" Table Revision Date(s)
22 "Found" Calculation Revision Date(s)
23 "Found" Table Library(s)
24 "Found" Calculation Table Library(s)
25 "Not Found" Table Library(s)

116
________________ Indices for Spec Reporting

Tap Properties Data


CI# = Tap Properties Data Table 205
(followed by column number)

CYIn = Quantity of Tap Properties Data ........................ 2


(P = page total; T = grand total)

CJx = Special Tap Properties Data


1 = Short Material Description ......................... 1

Reporting Options
CZn = Options for reporting Piping Segments
1 translate all standard notes to text
(default = no translation to text)
2 list of standard notes used ........................ 2
3 list of translated standard notes used ............. 1
4 report nominal piping diameter without units
5 cancel option CZ1
6 Site Coordinate System (Default Plant Coordinate System
using coordinate labels)
7 do not translate standard note type - cancels option CZ8

Formats
3. Report
8 translate specific standard note type,
followed by standard note type - cancels option CZ7
9 cancel options CZ7 and CZ8

Table Checker
No Sorting affects these indices; they each use a hard-coded sort.

CDEn = Commodity Data for Eden Modules


The CDE index must immediately follow the CC index; all values will
pertain to the last reported item by CC. The CDE index reports
multiple Eden modules used by the last CC index output.

1 "Not Found" Eden Module Name(s)


2 "Found" Eden Module Name(s)

CDTn = Commodity Data for Tables (table checker)


The CDT index must immediately follow the CC (or CD) index. All values
pertain to the last reported item by CC. For example, the CC index in
the format file should be set to report one piece of data per page
(1 row/page) while the CDT index is set to report the max amount of
table data that any one commodity item can have. The CDT index reports
multiple tables used by the last CC index output.

Options 1-17 are related; they contain data that will line up with each
other in a report, just like all the data in CC (commodity data) is
designed to line up (multiple information on the same item).
1 Green Npd(s)
2 Red Npd(s)
3 Green Schedule Thickness(s)
4 Red Schedule Thickness(s)
5 Size Dependent Commodity Code(s)
6 "Unknown" Table Outputs

117
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

7 "Generic" Table Outputs


8 "Specific" Table Outputs
9 "Weight" Table Outputs
10 "Spec" Table Outputs
11 "Sub-Component" Table Outputs
12 "Unknown" Table Name(s)
13 "Generic" Table Name(s)
14 "Specific" Table Name(s)
15 "Weight" Table Name(s)
16 "Spec" Table Name(s)
17 "Sub-Component" Table Name(s)

Unlike other MTO indices, options 18-24 do not match up with 1-17, they are
two different sets of data about the same item. The following can be reported
in 3 groups of data (not found data, found data, found calculation data)

18 "Not Found" Table Name(s)


19 "Found" Table Name(s)
20 "Found" Calculation generated Tables
21 "Found" Table Revision Date(s)
22 "Found" Calculation Revision Date(s)
23 "Found" Table Library(s)
24 "Found" Calculation Table Library(s)
25 "Not Found" Table Library(s)

CXEn = All Data for Eden Modules


1 "Not Found" Eden Module Name
2 "Found" Eden Module Name

CXTn = All Data for Tables (table checker in use)


Two sets of data can be reported with 1-5: (Not found data,
Found data)

1 "Not Found" Table Name


2 "Found" Table Name
3 "Found" Table Revision Date
4 "Found" Table Library
5 "Not Found" Table Library

Six sets of data can be reported with 7-11:


[A * before a table name indicates Not Found for the following tables]
6 "Unknown" Table Name
7 "Generic" Table Name
8 "Specific" Table Name
9 "Weight" Table Name
10 "Spec" Table Name
11 "Sub-Component" Table Name

Spec Report Format File Example


The following illustrates an example of a Spec Report format file.

For more information on format files, see Sample Format Files and Output, page 257.

118
________________ Indices for Spec Reporting

1,1,1,-13,1,1,’Date/Time :’
1,1,14,-23,1,5
1,2,30,-60,1,-1,’PDS SPEC REPORT- Piping Material Class Data’
1,1,120,-6,1,1,’Page: ’
1,1,127,-3,2,4
2,3,10,-40,1,1,’Corporate Headquarters’
2,4,10,-40,1,1,’Intergraph Corporation’
2,5,10,-40,1,1,’Huntsville, Alabama 35894-0001’
2,6,10,-40,1,1,’(205)730-2000’
2,3,90,-20,1,2,B**Q5
2,3,110,-20,1,2,B**Q9
2,4,90,-20,1,2,B**Q6
2,5,90,-20,1,2,B**Q7
2,6,90,-20,1,2,B**Q8

1,9,1,-10,1,-1,’#’
1,9,15,-10,1,-1,’Class’
1,9,30,-80,1,-1,’Materials Description’
1,8,115,-14,1,-1,’Standard Notes’
1,9,115,-3,1,-1,’A’
1,9,125,-3,1,-1,’B’

4,11,1,-10,2,2,CYB,45,1
4,11,15,-10,1,2,CB2,45,1
4,11,30,-80,1,2,CB9,45,1
4,11,115,-3,2,2,CB19,45,1
4,11,125,-3,2,2,CB20,45,1

Formats
3. Report
1,58,10,-60,1,1,’Piping Material Class Page Total: ’
1,58,71,-4,2,-2,CYBP
3,60,10,-60,1,1,’Piping Material Class Grand Total: ’
3,60,71,-4,2,-2,CYBT

5
1,1,1,-13,1,1,’Date/Time :’
1,1,14,-23,1,5
1,2,30,-60,1,-1,’PDS SPEC REPORT- Piping Commodity Data’
1,1,120,-6,1,1,’Page: ’
1,1,127,-3,2,4

4,5,40,-50,’PIPING MATERIAL CLASS: [A6]’,-2,CC2C1,45,2

1,9,1,-10,1,-1,’Item’
1,9,15,-15,1,-1,’1st Size Low’
1,9,30,-15,1,-1,’1st Size High’
1,9,50,-60,1,-1,’Material Description’
1,8,115,-14,1,-1,’Standard Notes’
1,9,115,-3,1,-1,’A’
1,9,125,-3,1,-1,’B’

4,11,1,-10,1,2,CC3,45,2
4,11,15,-15,1,2,CC6,45,2
4,11,30,-15,1,2,CC7,45,2
4,11,45,-65,1,2,CD1,45,2
4,11,115,-3,2,2,CC26,45,2
4,11,125,-3,2,2,CC27,45,2

1,58,10,-60,1,1,’Commodity Item Page Total: ’


1,58,71,-4,2,-2,CYCP
3,60,10,-60,1,1,’Commodity Item Grand Total: ’
3,60,71,-4,2,-2,CYCT

119
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

5
1,1,1,-13,1,1,’Date/Time :’
1,1,14,-23,1,5
1,2,30,-60,1,-1,’PDS SPEC REPORT- Piping Tap Data’
1,1,120,-6,1,1,’Page: ’
1,1,127,-3,2,4

4,5,40,-50,’TABLE NAME: [A10]’,-2,CI2C1,40,1

1,9,1,-16,1,-1,’Tap Diameter’
1,9,20,-100,1,-1,’Tap Description’

4,16,1,-16,1,2,CI3,40,1
4,16,20,100,1,2,CJ1,40,1

1,58,10,-60,1,1,’Tap Page Total: ’


1,58,71,4,2,-2,CYIP
3,60,10,-60,1,1,’Tap Grand Total: ’
3,60,71,4,2,-2,CYIT

5
1,1,1,-13,1,1,’Date/Time :’
1,1,14,-23,1,5
1,2,30,-60,1,-1,’PDS SPEC REPORT- Standard Notes Used in Report’
1,1,120,-6,1,1,’Page: ’
1,1,127,-3,2,4

4,9,1,-10,1,-1,’Note #’
4,9,20,-110,1,-1,’Standard Note’

4,11,1,-10,2,2,CZ2,40,3
4,11,20,-110,1,2,CZ3,40,3

Sample Spec Report Format Files


The following files are provided in the product delivered in the ˜\pddata\sample\format\ directory.

For more information on format files, see Sample Format Files and Output, page 257.

piping_rdb.fmt — This report format will include piping material class data and piping commodity data
from the Material Reference Database. It will report the partial (without embedded commodity code
labels) material descriptions.

(report type = 601)

tbl_chk_1.fmt — This report format will include Table Checker data for one piping material class. It will
report the piping commodities with the dimension tables and Piping Eden modules used, including a list
of all entries read in the dimension tables.

This report will also include a list of all dimension tables and Piping Eden modules that were required for
those piping commodities, but not available in the Reference Database.

120
________________ Indices for Spec Reporting

This report format is a combination of the following report formats tbl_chk_2.fmt, tblk_chk_3.fmt, and
tbl_chk_4.fmt. It provides full Table Checker output for a specific piping materials class.

(report type = 601)

tbl_chk_2.fmt — This report format will include Table Checker data for one piping material class. It will
report the dimension tables and Piping Eden modules used by each piping commodity in that piping
materials class.

(report type = 601)

tbl_chk_3.fmt — This report format will include Table Checker data for one piping material class. It will
list all entries read in dimension tables.

(report type = 601)

tbl_chk_4.fmt — This report format will include Table Checker data for one piping material class. It will
include a list of all dimension tables and Piping Eden modules used by the piping commodities in that
piping materials class.

This report will also include a list of all dimension tables and Piping Eden modules that were required for
those piping commodities, but not available in the Reference Database.

Formats
3. Report
(report type = 601)

121
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

3.6 Indices for Project and Interference


Reporting
These indices are used for reporting when the Field Type is set to 2 (data field). These indices apply to Project
and Interference Reporting.

Refer to reporting for the Project Control Manager in the PD_Project Administrator Reference
Guide for more information on Project Reporting. Refer to reporting for the Interference
Checker/Manager in the Interference Checker/Manager Reference Guide for more information
on Interference Reporting. Specifically, see Appendix C: Interference Tables to see the tables
that affect Interference Reporting.

For project and interference reporting, the first character of the index is always D. This character is followed by
one or more characters which specify the type of data to be reported. The following listing identifies the index
structure. The following conventions are used in this listing.

A one or two character code (A, B, C, ... YB, YC, ... ) indicates the specific group.

This code is usually followed by one of the following characters.

# indicates an attribute number (such as 8)


x indicates a variable character (such as P or T)
n indicates an option number (such as 0)

For codes which designate a database table, refer to the list of


Database Table/Column values found in that section.

No. description attribute type Data_Type


code
2 line_number_label character(40) ........................ 1

Character indicates character data, integer and short indicate integer values, and double
indicates a floating point value.

Codes integer, double, and short are reported as blank if their values are less than -32767.

(SNxxx) indicates the standard note associated with a code-listed attribute.

Any codelist value = 0 is reported as a dash and not logged as an error; any undefined codelist value is
reported as blank and logged as an error.

(SN499) indicates a standard note. Only the index number of the note (within standard note 499) is
reported unless option Z1 is used.

(NPD) indicates the attribute value is stored in NPD units.

(Dist. NPD) indicates a distance value in NPD units.

122
________________ Indices for Project and Interference Reporting

(Dist. model) indicates a distance value in model units.

Project Control Data


DAt#c1[#c2][#c3] = Project Control Data report format
t table number
[c1] column number for preceding table number
[c2] optional column numbers which forms the relationship to
the previous column number, c1.
[c3] optional column numbers which forms the relationship to
the previous column number, c2.

DYAn = Quantity of Documents ................................. 2


(followed by the table number n from the Project
Control Database)
P page total
T grand total

Reporting Options
DZn = Options for Reporting Documents
1 translate all standard notes to text
(default = no translation to text)

Formats
3. Report
2 list of standard notes used ................................ 2
3 list of translated standard notes used ..................... 1
4 report nominal piping diameter without units
5 cancel option DZ1
6 report coordinates in the Site Coordinate System (the default is
the Plant Coordinate System)
7 do not translate specific standard note type - cancels option DZ8
8 translate specific standard note type, followed by standard note
type - cancels option DZ7
9 cancel options DZ7 and DZ8
10 plots clashes as they are being reported during
interference checking or interference reporting. This index
is not used for data reporting.

Project Control and Interference Data Relationships


The DA index retrieves related data from different tables through pre-defined relationships between attributes.
The system reads the first table and attribute specified. If there is a second attribute specified by [c2] in a related
table, the system goes to it to retrieve the data in which to report. The system will continue through a chain of
related attributes as you specify them in the DA index and will report the data found in the last attribute
specified. This system of related-attribute retrieval only works on a one-to-one or one-to-many basis. In other
words the pre-defined relationships do not present a case where a series of values for one attribute would then
retrieve data from another table.

For example, in the Clash Management Data Table (PDtable_131) column 4 is the unique_sequence_no. A
corresponding column (column 12) exists in the Clash Data Per Project Table (PDtable_132), the
recent_sequence_no. There are typically many rows in the Clash Data Per Project Table that reference each row
of the Clash Management Data Table. Therefore, when formatting data to report from the Clash Data Per
Project Table, you can reference the Clash Management Data Table using column 12, which represents the
relationship. However, if you are formatting data to report from the Clash Management Data Table, you cannot

123
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

reference the Clash Data Per Project Table using column 4, since there would be many rows of the Clash Data
Per Project Table for which column 12 has the same value as column 4 of the Clash Management Data Table.

If you use the Clash Data Per Project reporting indices and reference the Clash Management Data, you can also
access data from tables referenced in the Clash Management Data such as Design Area Data (table 112) by the
area_index_no of the Clash Management Data. You can access table data within table data as far as the related
indices will take you. You are only limited by the supported indices for relational access and the uniqueness of
the index from the table on which you are reporting. All attributes in the project that support this one-way data
access are listed below. The following example describes the construct that is required to include relationships
within the report format.

For instance, DA132#12#5 would build a piece of data for the record concerning table 132 (Clash Data Per
Project). The data accessed would be attribute 12 (recent_sequence_no) which the software recognizes as a
special index attribute pointing to table 131 attribute 4. Since it is followed by another attribute it will scan for
the matching occurrence of table 131 attribute 4 using the value of table 132 attribute 12. If found then it will
access attribute 5 (completion date) of that data occurrence and store it as part of the table 132 data record. If the
attribute 5 has not been part of this index, as in DA132#12, then the index value itself would be reported as in
normal reporting.

DA132#12#3#3 would also build a piece of data for the record concerning table 132 (Clash Data Per Project). In
this case attribute 12 is used to locate the unique occurrence of table 131 attribute 3 which references table 112
attribute 3 which is the area_name used in the running of the interference clash.

Pre-defined Table-Attribute/Table-Attribute Relationships


Project Control Data

Table Name/(Column Number) Table Name/(Column Number)


PDtable_112 (1) PDtable_111 (1)
PDtable_113 (2) PDtable_111 (1)
PDtable_113 (3) PDtable_112 (1)
PDtable_121 (19) PDtable_125 (2)
PDtable_122 (5) PDtable_121 (1)
PDtable_123 (1) PDtable_122 (1)
PDtable_123 (2) PDtable_113 (1)
PDtable_124 (5) PDtable_121 (1)
PDtable_124 (6) PDtable_122 (1)
PDtable_124 (7) PDtable_122 (1)
PDtable_124 (8) PDtable_122 (1)
PDtable_124 (9) PDtable_122 (1)
PDtable_124 (10) PDtable_122 (1)
PDtable_124 (11) PDtable_122 (1)
PDtable_124 (12) PDtable_122 (1)
PDtable_124 (13) PDtable_122 (1)
PDtable_124 (14) PDtable_122 (1)
PDtable_124 (15) PDtable_122 (1)
PDtable_125 (1) PDtable_121 (1)
PDtable_141 (15) PDtable_142 (1)
PDtable_141 (16) PDtable_143 (1)
PDtable_141 (17) PDtable_144 (1)

124
________________
Indices for Project and Interference Reporting

PDtable_144 (1) PDtable_141 (1)


PDtable_162 (2) PDtable_161 (1)
PDtable_180 (2) PDtable_182 (1)
PDtable_181 (5) PDtable_182 (1)
PDtable_183 (2) PDtable_112 (2)
PDtable_183 (3) PDtable_112 (2)
PDtable_183 (4) PDtable_112 (2)
PDtable_183 (5) PDtable_112 (2)
PDtable_183 (6) PDtable_112 (2)
PDtable_183 (7) PDtable_112 (2)
PDtable_183 (11) PDtable_184 (1)
PDtable_183 (12) PDtable_182 (1)
PDtable_183 (13) PDtable_112 (2)
PDtable_183 (14) PDtable_112 (2)
PDtable_183 (15) PDtable_112 (2)
PDtable_183 (16) PDtable_112 (2)
PDtable_183 (17) PDtable_112 (2)
PDtable_183 (18) PDtable_112 (2)
PDtable_183 (19) PDtable_112 (2)
PDtable_183 (20) PDtable_112 (2)
PDtable_183 (21) PDtable_112 (2)
PDtable_183 (22) PDtable_112 (2)
PDtable_185 (2) PDtable_183 (1)

Formats
3. Report
PDtable_185 (18) PDtable_184 (1)
PDtable_186 (2) PDtable_185 (1)
PDtable_186 (12) PDtable_182 (1)

Interference Data

Table Name/(Column Number) Table Name/(Column Number)


PDtable_131 (2) PDtable_111 (1)
PDtable_131 (3) PDtable_112 (2)
PDtable_132 (3) PDtable_134 (1)
PDtable_132 (4) PDtable_134 (1)
PDtable_132 (5) PDtable_113 (1)
PDtable_132 (6) PDtable_113 (1)
PDtable_132 (7) PDtable_111 (1)
PDtable_132 (8) PDtable_111 (1)
PDtable_132 (12) PDtable_131 (4)
PDtable_132 (13) PDtable_112 (2)
PDtable_132 (14) PDtable_111 (1)
PDtable_133 (2) PDtable_132 (1)
PDtable_133 (3) PDtable_131 (4)
PDtable_134 (4) PDtable_113 (1)
PDtable_135 (2) PDtable_132 (1)
PDtable_136 (2) PDtable_132 (1)

125
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Project Control Format File Example


The following example, iso_rev.fmt, is delivered in the pdprojec\sample\ directory. Notice the syntax of the
DA index, which retrieves related data from attributes with predefined relationships.

For more information on format files, see Sample Format Files and Output, page 257

1,1,1,13,1,1,’Date/Time :’
1,1,14,23,1,3
1,1,50,40,1,1,’ISO REVISION HISTORY REPORT’
1,1,120,6,1,1,’Page: ’
1,1,127,3,2,4
2,3,10,40,1,1,’Corporate Headquarters’
2,4,10,40,1,1,’Intergraph Corporation’
2,5,10,40,1,1,’Huntsville, Alabama 35894-0001’
2,6,10,40,1,1,’(205)730-2000’
2,3,70,40,1,2,DA101#2
2,4,70,40,1,2,DA101#3
2,5,70,40,1,2,DA101#4
2,6,70,40,1,2,DA101#5
2,7,70,40,1,2,DA101#6

1,13,5,10,1,-1,’Rev. #’
1,13,15,13,1,-1,’Generated by’
1,13,30,13,1,-1,’Checked by’
1,13,45,13,1,-1,’Approved by’
1,13,60,25,1,-1,’Extraction Date’
1,13,90,40,1,-1,’Description’

9
4,15,25,-25,’[A16] (Line ID’,-2,DA186#2#3C1,45,1
4,15,50,-40,’ with [I2] sheets extracted)’,-2,DA186#10C2,45,1
4,17,5,-10,2,2,DA186#4,45,1
4,17,15,-3,1,2,DA186#5,45,1
4,17,30,-3,1,2,DA186#6,45,1
4,17,45,-3,1,2,DA186#7,45,1
4,17,60,-25,1,2,DA186#8,45,1
4,17,90,-40,1,2,DA186#11,45,1
10

Interference Format File Example


The following example, clash_mgt.fmt, is delivered in the pdclash\sample\ directory. Notice the syntax of the
DA index which retrieves related data from attributes with predefined relationships.

For more information on format files, see Sample Format Files and Output, page 257.

126
________________ Indices for Project and Interference Reporting

If DZ10 is added to an interference format file, clashes will automatically be plotted along with
the report.

1,1,1,13,1,1,’Date/Time :’
1,1,14,23,1,3
1,1,50,40,1,1,’PDS INTERFERENCE CLASH REPORT’
1,1,120,6,1,1,’Page: ’
1,1,127,3,2,4
2,3,10,40,1,1,’Corporate Headquarters’
2,4,10,40,1,1,’Intergraph Corporation’
2,5,10,40,1,1,’Huntsville, Alabama 35894-0001’
2,6,10,40,1,1,’(205)730-2000’
2,3,70,40,1,2,DA101#2
2,4,70,40,1,2,DA101#3
2,5,70,40,1,2,DA101#4
2,6,70,40,1,2,DA101#5
2,7,70,40,1,2,DA101#6

4,8,40,-50,’Area Name: [A10]’,-2,DA132#12#3#3C1,45,5


4,9,40,-60,’Model (A): [A10]’,-2,DA132#5#5C2,45,5
4,10,40,-60,’Model (B): [A10]’,-2,DA132#6#5C3,45,5
4,11,40,-50,1,2,DA132#12#5C4,45,5

1,13,2,20,1,-1,’Clash Type/Status/ID’

Formats
3. Report
4,15,2,-20,1,2,DA132#9S5,45,5
4,16,2,-20,1,2,DA132#2S6,45,5
4,17,2,-20,3,2,DA132#1,45,5

1,13,24,20,1,-1,’Item Name’
4,15,24,-20,1,2,DA132#3#5,45,5
4,16,24,-40,1,2,DA132#3#6,45,5
4,17,24,-20,1,2,DA132#4#5,45,5
4,18,24,-40,1,2,DA132#4#6,45,5

1,13,66,6,1,-1,’Entity’
4,15,66,-6,2,2,DA132#3#2,45,5
4,17,66,-6,2,2,DA132#4#2,45,5

1,13,74,10,1,-1,’Occurrence’
4,15,74,-10,3,2,DA132#3#3,45,5
4,17,74,-10,3,2,DA132#4#3,45,5

1,13,86,45,1,-1,’General Clash Info’


4,15,86,-45,’Plotted on [A25]’,2,DA132#10,45,5
4,16,86,-45,’Reviewed on [A25]’,2,DA132#11,45,5

Sample Project Control Report Format Files


The following examples are delivered in the pdprojec\sample\ directory.

For more information on format files, see Sample Format Files and Output, page 257.

127
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

model_mgt.fmt — This format file reports model management data.

draw_mgt.fmt — This format file reports orthographic drawing management data.

iso_mgt.fmt — This format file reports isometric drawing management data.

iso_rev.fmt — This format file reports isometric drawing revision management data.

Sample Interference Report Format File


The following examples are delivered in the pdclash\sample\ directory.

clash_mgt.fmt — This format file reports interference checker data.

ifc_1.fmt — This format file reports the XYZ volume of the clashing items. It should be used while
reporting on an area and is sorted by Approval Statusl, Clash Type, and Unique Clash ID.

ifc_2.fmt — This format file reports clashing items and should be used to easily compare interference
runs generated from different versions of software. It should be used while reporting on an area and is
sorted by Approval Status, Clash Type, and Unique Clash ID.

ifc_3.fmt This format file reports clashing items. It should be used while reporting on an area and is
sorted by Approval Status, Clash Type, and Unique Clash ID.

128
________________ Sorting

3.7 Sorting
The format file also contains information used to sort attribute data within the report. You can add a two
character suffix to the index to indicate the sorting requirements.

The first character identifies the type of sort.

— S for a normal sort (Default - all indices are sorted)

— C for a control sort (Maximum of 10 per item in the format file - counting each global sort in that
item as a control sort)

— G for a global sort (Maximum of 10 types and 10 per type allowed in the format file - total)

The second character indicates the order of the sort: 1 for primary, 2 for secondary, n for nth level sort.

A positive value indicates an ascending sort (smallest to largest). A negative value indicates a descending
sort (largest to smallest).

Each sort level is nested within the previous sort number.

Formats
3. Report
The sorting suffix enables you to specify the order in which information is presented on the report. For
example, you can report components by decreasing line size (NPD Green), by component (Item Name), within
Piping Materials class. In this example, PMC is S1, Item Name is S2, and NPD Green is S-3.

If no sort suffix is assigned to an index item, the item will appear in the order of its appearance in the (unsorted
indices) format file.

Control Sorts
A control sort specifies a page break each time the value for a specified variable changes, with the exceptions of
field types 9 and 10. In the above example, you could use C1 for PMC to specify a control sort on the primary
attribute.

The control sort feature is useful for grouping material on separate pages by a common attribute (or attributes),
such as Line Number Label.

When using a control sort, you will usually display the control value only once per page. However, the number
of occurrences processed (items per page) must be the same as the other common variables.

Global Sorts
A global sort enables you to specify a group of attributes for use in sorting. A global sort is similar to a control
sort except that it causes a page break when any of the attributes that belong to the global sort group changes
value. For example, if two or more fields have G1 as the sorting suffix, the system breaks all the related fields
in relation to the group of G1 fields.

129
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Sorting Example
The following extract from piping_f.fmt illustrates the use of a global sort for the attributes which make up the
line number label. All the attributes which make up the line number label belong to the same global sort group
(have the same sorting suffix).

1,8,40,15,1,1,’LINE NUMBER;’
4,8,55,30,1,2,BI2G1,45,2
7
4,8,55,30,1,2,BB2G1,45,2
7
4,8,55,30,1,2,B*I2G1,45,2
7
4,8,55,30,1,2,BT1G1,45,2
7
4,8,55,30,1,2,BX1G1,45,2
7
4,8,55,30,1,2,B**K2G1,45,2
7
4,8,55,30,1,2,B*S2G1,45,2
8

The 7s are used to print the output fields in relation to the previous output field.

130
________________ Reporting Weights and Center of Gravities

3.8 Reporting Weights and Center of


Gravities
Reporting on weights and center of gravities (COG) is accomplished with indices in a format file in the same
manner as other reporting. There are five total weights and center of gravities reported by the system.

Dry Weight and Dry Center of Gravity

Wet Water Weight and Wet Water Center of Gravity

Wet Specific Gravity 1 Weight and Wet Specific Gravity 1 Center of Gravity

Wet Specific Gravity 2 Weight and Wet Specific Gravity 2 Center of Gravity

Wet Specific Gravity 3 Weight and Wet Specific Gravity 3 Center of Gravity

All weight totals are determined in the following manner.

n
Total Weight = Σ Mi

Formats
3. Report
i =1

All COG totals are determined in the following manner.

n
Σ Mi Xi (x)
i =1
Total COG (x) = ________
_
m

n
Σ Mi Xi (y)
i =1
Total COG (y) = _ ________
m

n
Σ Mi Xi (z)
i =1
_________
Total COG (z) =
m

where:

M = weight of reported items


X = COG of Reported items
m = total weight of reported items

The reportable items affected by the weight and COG calculations are Pipes, Components, Engineered Items,
Instruments, Pipe Supports, Equipment, and Bolts.

131
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Pipes
Dry Weight = Dry Weight Item (TDB) + Insulation Weight

Volume = Surface Area (TDB) * Insulation Thickness (TDB)

Insulation Weight = Volume * Insulation Density (TDB)

If a surface area attribute is <= 0

Outside Diameter (TDB)


Radius OD = _____________________
2

Volume = π * Pipe Length (TDB) *

((Radius OD + Insulation Thickness (TDB))2 - Radius OD2)

Wet Water Weight = Dry Weight + Wet Water Weight Item (TDB)

Cylinder Eden Module placed pipes

CP 1(x,y,z) +CP 2(x,y,z)


Dry COG Item (x,y,z) = Net COG Item (x,y,z) = __________________
2

Point String (flanged) Eden module placed pipes

Dry COG Item(x,y,z) = defined by Eden Physical Data Module

Net COG Item(x,y,z) = defined by Eden Physical Data Module

All specific gravity (SG) COGs = Wet Water COGs

Net SGi Weight = Dry Weight + Wet Water Weight Item (TDB) * SGi (TDB)

where i = 1, 2, or 3.

Components, Engineered Items, and Instruments

Dry Weight = Dry Weight Item (TDB) + Insulation Weight + Operator Weight (TDB)

Volume = Surface Area (TDB) * Insulation Thickness (TDB)

Insulation Weight = Volume * Insulation Density (TDB)

If a surface area attribute is <= 0

132
________________ Reporting Weights and Center of Gravities

CP Outside Diameter (TDB)


Radius OD = ________________________
2

n
Volume= Σ π * CP Face To Center (TDB) * ((Radius OD + Insulation Thickness (TDB))2 − RadiusOD 2 )
i =1

Wet Water Weight = Dry Weight+Wet Water Weight Item (TDB)

Dry COG Item (x,y,z) = defined by Eden Physical Data Module

Wet COG Item (x,y,z) = defined by Eden Physical Data Module

All specific gravity (SG) Item COGs = Wet Water Item COGs

Net SGi Weight = Dry Weight+Wet Water Weight Item (TDB) * SGi (TDB)

where i = 1, 2, or 3.

Formats
3. Report
Pipe Supports
Dry Weight = Weight Item (TDB)

Wet Weight = Dry Weight

Dry COG Item(x,y,z) = defined by Eden Physical Data Module

Wet COG Item(x,y,z) = defined by Eden Physical Data Module

All specific gravity (SG) Item COGs = Wet Water Item COGs

Net SGi Weight = Wet Weight

where i = 1, 2, or 3.

Equipment
Equipment weights must include all weights of that entire piece of equipment. The wet weight is composed of
the dry weight plus the fluid weight without specific gravity being considered.

Dry Weight = Dry Weight Item (TDB)

133
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

All SGs = Wet Weight = Wet Weight Item (TDB)

Dry COG Item(x,y,z) = defined at placement datum points

Wet COG Item(x,y,z) = defined at placement datum points

Bolts

B D E2
All SGs = Dry Weight = Wet Weight =π A __ A * L *δ*n
D2G

where:

D = bolt diameter (TDB)


L = bolt length
3
δ = bolt density (RDB) - default = 490 lbs/ft
n = number of bolts at mating

Dry COG Item(x,y,z) = mating CP location

Wet COG Item(x,y,z) = mating CP location

For bolt thru items, the last CP mating is used.

For items with spec implied Spec materials, the weight should be entered in the weight table as 1⁄2 the total
weight of the combined item and spec implied spec item weight to create an exact weight. (This is strictly
user-controlled; the delivered specs do NOT reflect this method for spec implied items.) For items with spec
implied alphanumeric library materials, all combined weights must be entered in the weight table for that item
to produce an exact weight. For gaskets and nuts or any other weights, the bolt density is defined by the system
as 490 pounds per cubic foot.

The system automatically converts the units for reporting; the units need not be the same for the weight tables,
density values, and other physical data units. Weights are output in the RDB physical weight units and COGs
are output in plant coordinates.

A wet weight or dry weight that is 0 or undefined, generates a warning in the report error log and generates a *
by all effected weight and COG totals. This means that although the value was undefined the calculation was
still carried out using that value.

134
________________ Understanding Implied Items

4. Understanding Implied Items


This section discusses the various types of implied items and a few miscellaneous items and
how they are reported. It also covers some of the features within the PDS suite of products
that are outside of the Report Manager module.

The report resources and options are covered in the following order:

Types of Implied Items


Includes information on Mating Implied Items, Spec Implied Items, and Table
Implied Items.

Material Takeoff Options


This section from the Project Administrator includes additional sections on the
options that directly affect implied item reporting: Bolt Length Roundoff, Length
Calculation including flange calculations, Bolt Commodity Code, Gasket Search, and
Commodity Codes.

Special Rules for Implied Items

Special Rules for Mating-Implied Items

Bolts
The Bolts section includes sections on Retrieving and Reporting Bolt Data and Bolt
Type Definition.

Gaskets
The Gaskets section includes sections on Retrieving and Reporting Gasket Data,
Gasket Diameters, Gasket Priority Selection at Spec Break, and Gasket Separation.

4. Implied Items
Nuts
The Nuts section contains the spec data used to derive the number and size of nuts.

Weld Data
The Weld Data section includes an explanation of how the system retrieves weld
information.

Induction Bends
The Induction Bends section includes how to create induction bends for reporting.

MTO Notes
The MTO Notes section includes tips and hints for MTO reporting.

Size Dependent and Independent Reporting

135
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

4.1 Types of Implied Items


When reporting on components, there are sometimes additional parts necessary to complete
that component that are not represented as independent (primary) components in the Piping
Job Specification. These additional components are mating, spec, or table implied items.

If an implied item is part of an "implied" connection, it is called a mating implied item.


Otherwise, the naming conventions for implied items are defined by the location where the
implied item data is retrieved. The system retrieves these implied items from either the Piping
Job Specification (Piping Component Specification Data Table (pdtable_202)) or from Piping
Commodity Implied Material Data Table (pdtable_212). The following sections explains the
mating, spec, and table implied items and how data is retrieved for each:

4.1.1 Mating-Implied Items


Mating-implied items are found by the system while scanning related mating components and
defining the items necessary to complete those connections. There are three items that are
consistently termed "mating-implied."

Bolts

Gaskets

Nuts

Welds

The Material Takeoff Options form is part of the Project Administrator module, and its
setting greatly affect the way mating implied items are reported.

For more information on mating implied item reporting, see Material Takeoff
Options, page 139.

4.1.2 (*) Spec-Implied Items


Commodity codes prefixed by an asterisk (*) in Material Description Code field in the Piping
Job Specification indicate a primary component that has one associated spec-implied item.

The definition of the spec-implied item has the same search parameters as the primary
component, except in the following instances:

– The value for the option attribute of the spec-implied component is equal to 5000
plus the option value for the primary component.

136
________________ Understanding Implied Items

– The definition of the spec-implied component can be divided into several NPD
ranges.

The output parameters of the spec-implied component may differ from those of the
primary component in the following instances:

– Only the primary component is included in the model depiction; the spec-implied
component only appears in reports.

– Only the primary component is displayed on an isometric drawing; the spec-implied


component only appears in the materials list.

The commodity codes prefixed by an ’*’ are used to define:

– Stub-ends used in conjunction with lap, slip-on, and plate flanges.

– Jacketed components when the outer jackets are obtained independently of the
internal components.

’*’ Spec-Implied Example


Both the primary component and the implied item in the following Piping Job Specification
example would be reported:
! AABBCC ————Green CP———– ————Red CP————- Commodity Model Geo Mat Wt FF
! Code Opt From To Prp Rating Sc/Th TS From To Prp Rating Sc/Th TS code TMx Code Std Mod Grd Cd FC Nte lng
PIPING 1 2 6 301 - S-STD 5 - - - - - - *PAAAAAWAAA - PIPE 100 100 142 52 15 - 240
PIPING 5001 2 6 301 - S-STD 5 - - - - - - newcommcode - PIPE 100 100 142 52 15 - -

4.1.3 (+) Table-Implied Items

4. Implied Items
Commodity codes prefixed by a plus (+) in the Commodity Code field in the Piping Job
Specification indicate the primary component has one or more associated table-implied items.
The system searches for the definition of the implied item in the Piping Commodity Implied
Material Data (pdtable_212), which contains the commodity code of the primary component,
the applicable NPD range, and the commodity code of the table-implied components.

To use this option, pdtable_212 must be loaded.

Specification implied (+) items should not be generated by size change


components (for example, reducers, reducing flanges, and so forth). The NPD
assigned by the system for the implied component can be either the larger or
smaller (green or red) NPD of the implying item based on how the system
traces the line.

The output parameters of the table-implied item may differ from those of the primary
component in the following situations:

137
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

– If only the primary component is included in the model depiction, the table-implied
items appear only in the report.

– If the primary component is displayed on an isometric drawing, The materials list


only includes the short description of the primary component. The descriptions of
the table-implied items are displayed as notes on the drawing, pointing to the
primary component. The text for these notes is derived from the short descriptions
of the applicable commodity codes. The short description can contain $ symbols to
force the text to a new line in the label.

The commodity codes prefixed by a ’+’ are used to define the following items:

– Cap screws for valves requiring caps.

– Safety covers for required components.

– Housings for required components.

’+’ Table Implied Example


First, notice the ’+’ indicating a table-implied item in a line taken from the Piping Job
Specification.

6Q2C01 1 3 24 21 CL150 NREQD 5 - - 421 CL150 MATCH 5 +FAAABAWAAA - FWN 35 - 150 52 15 -

Secondly, notice the table entries that are related to the primary component,
FAAABAWAAA, in pdtable_212. All of the related items, which include the first three items
in the table would be reported:

! Implied data for table 212


Single_Spacing
Sequence= 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
!Comm Code GFr GTo RFr RTo Imp Code Qty FC Note
!
FAAABAWAAA 2 12 0 0 IMPFLG2A 1.5 7 -
FAAABAWAAA 2 12 0 0 IMPFLG2B 0.5 7 -
FAAABAWAAA 2 12 0 0 IMPFLG2C 1.0 7 -
VAABAHCCAA 2 2 0 0 IMPVAL2A 0.5 7 -
VAABAHCCAA 2 2 0 0 IMPVAL2B 2.5 7 -
PAAAAAWAAA 2 2 0 0 IMPPIP2 1.0 7 -
WAAAAAWAAA 2 2 0 0 IMPELB2 2.0 7 -
WRAAAAWAAA 3 12 2 10 IMPRED 1.0 7 -

138
________________ Material Takeoff Options

4.2 Material Takeoff Options


This section is also part of the Project Administrator Reference Guide but is included since
these options are essential to material takeoff reporting. The sections that follow this one, Bolt
Length Roundoff, Length Calculation including flange calculations, Bolt Commodity Code,
Search, and Commodity Codes are directly related to options included on this form.

This option activates the following form which specifies the source of commodity
information, units for bolt length and diameter, and specifies item names used to reference a
commodity item in the Graphic Commodity Library. Refer to the Reference Data Manager
Reference Guide for information on the stud table, bolt length calculations, and the bolt
commodity code table.

Steps

4. Implied Items
1. Specify the bolt information.

— Bolt Length Roundoff Select the option for the means to determine bolt length.

– Preferred Bolt Length Table The system uses the preferred bolt length table.

– Bolt Roundoff Factor The system rounds the calculated bolt length to the
nearest value specified by the roundoff factor.

– No Roundoff The exact length is used.

— Length Calculation Select the method to be used in calculating bolt length. The
bolt length is read from the stud table. The table value can be determined using the
rating and table suffix (Almost Precise) or using termination type, rating, and table
suffix (Precise). This also affects bolt lengths for lap joint flanges.

139
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

— Bolt Commodity Code Select the method to be used in determining the commodity
code for bolts for use in material take-off. Piping Job Specification or Bolt
Commodity Code Table.

— Bolt Diameter Units Select the system of units for bolt diameter.

— Bolt Length Units Select the system of units for bolt length.

2. Gasket Search

Select this field to toggle the setting between Default or Alternate.

3. Field Fit Length

Select this field to toggle the setting between Off or On. If this field is On, the system
displays a field to input the Field Fit Length Table name.

4. Commodity Code

Select this field to toggle the setting between Size Independent or Size Dependent.

For a detailed description and graphical examples of how these options


work, see Size Dependent and Independent Reporting, page 161.

When the Size Dependent option is enabled, the


system provides two additional options.

— Source of Implied Data This option specifies the source of the commodity code for
reporting implied data from the Piping Commodity Implied Material Data Table.

The default option (System Commodity Code) tells the system to use the
commodity code defined in the Piping Commodity Specification Data Table
(pdtable_202 attribute 18).

The Size-Dependent Commodity Code option tells the system to use the
commodity code defined in the Piping Commodity Size-Dependent Material Data
Table (pdtable_211 attribute 7).

— Source of Material Description This option specifies the source of the commodity
code for reporting a component’s material description.

The default option (System Commodity Code) tells the system to use the
commodity code defined in the Piping Commodity Specification Data Table
(pdtable_202 attribute 18).

The Size-Dependent Commodity Code option tells the system to use the

140
________________ Material Takeoff Options

commodity code defined in the Piping Commodity Size-Dependent Material Data


Table (pdtable_211 attribute 7).

5. Key in the commodity item names to be used for reporting implied materials.

— Gasket Commodity Name

— Bolt Commodity Name

— Nut Commodity Name

These fields indicate the default item names to be used in reporting implied
materials unless a specific override is set for the component being reported.

6. Key in the bolt length values. The display of these fields is dependent on the setting for
Bolt Roundoff Option.

— Bolt Length Table This table defines the low and high range for calculated bolt
lengths and corresponding preferred or purchased lengths of the bolt. This field is
only used if Preferred Bolt Length Table is the active Bolt Roundoff Option.

— Bolt Length Roundoff Factor This field defines the value for the bolt roundoff
factor in subunits. This value is only used if Bolt Roundoff Factor is the active
Bolt Roundoff Option.

7. Select Confirm (√) to accept any changes to the Material Takeoff options.

4. Implied Items

141
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

4.2.1 Bolt Length Roundoff


The system uses one of the following options to define the bolt length.

There are three options set in the RDB:

Preferred Bolt Length Table – The system uses the bolt length from the Preferred Bolt
Length Table.

Bolt Roundoff Factor – The system uses the Preferred Bolt Length Roundoff Factor.
For instance, if the factor is 0.25" and the bolt length is 3.95", the bolt length will be
rounded to the nearest factor of 0.25 which is 4.0".

No Roundoff – The system uses the true bolt length.

Bolt Roundoff Option


Bolt roundoff methods are specified by selection one of the three options under the Bolt
Roundoff Option heading on theMaterial Takeoff Options form in the Project
Administrator in one of three ways:

If the Preferred Bolt Length Table option is selected, the system retrieves the bolt
length from Preferred Bolt Length Table in the Piping Spec Table Library.

If the Bolt Roundoff Factor option is selected, the Bolt Length Roundoff Factor field
is activated, and the factor that is keyed in is used to determine the bolt length.

If the No Roundoff option is selected, the existing bolt length is reported.

Bolt Length Table Example


When the Preferred Bolt Length Table option is selected, the bolt length is retrieved from
the following table, which is part of the Piping Spec Table Library:

Table_Data_Definition ’BOLT_LENGTH’
! Description= Preferred bolt lengths (maximum of 300 entries)
! By=GJH Ckd By=DCG Rev=1 Date=04-Aug-1987
No_Inputs 2 No_Outputs 1
Units= IN, IN, IN

! Bolt Length Preferred


! Low High Bolt Length
0.0 1.5 1.5
1.5001 1.75 1.75
1.7501 2 2
2.0001 2.25 2.25
2.2501 2.5 2.5
2.5001 2.75 2.75
2.7501 3 3

142
________________ Bolt Length Roundoff

Bolt Length Roundoff Factor Example


Factor Value = 0.25
Calculated Length = 3.75
Reported length = 3.75

Factor Value = 0.25


Calculated Length = 3.76
Reported length = 4.0

Factor Value = 0.125


Calculated Length = 3.76
Reported length = 3.875

4.2.2 Almost Precise and Precise Length


Calculation / Bolt Reporting
The table used for bolt reporting is determined by the Length Calculation option on the
Material Takeoff Options form in the Project Administrator. This option can be set to
Almost Precise or Precise. The Almost Precise setting uses table G12 to determine bolt
lengths, while the Precise setting uses table G12T. For more information on these tables,
refer to the Table Formats section of the Reference Data Manager (PD_Data) Reference
Guide.

The system uses the Modifier attribute from the Commodity Item entity for the bolt to
determine whether it is a stud bolt (0 or positive), or machine bolt (negative). The absolute
value of the modifier, which ranges from 0 to 5, determines which of the bolt extension values
will be used. If the modifier points to a column in the table containing bolt extensions that
has a dash entry, no bolts are generated and an error is logged for that set of bolts.

4. Implied Items

143
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

4.2.3 Bolt Commodity Codes


Bolt commodity codes are defined by setting the Bolt Commodity Code option on the
Material Takeoff Options form in the Project Administrator in one of two ways:

If the toggle is set to Piping Job Spec, the Piping Component Data is used to generate
the commodity codes.

If it is set to Bolt Commodity Code Table, and if you have created a Bolt Commodity
Code Table as specified in the Reference Data Manger Reference Guide and compiled
it, the user-defined Bolt Commodity Code Table is used to generate 24-character
commodity codes.

Although this table uses only the bolt diameter and low bolt length data as
input, the correct look-up based on bolt diameter and calculated bolt length is
performed.

Bolt Commodity Code Table Example


Table_Data_Definition ’YZZZHZZFFF_BLT’
!Description= Bolt Commodity Codes by Length (Maxx 300 Entries)
!created by DZ
No_Inputs 2 No_Outputs 4
Units= IN, IN, IN, AN*8, AN*8, AN*8

! Bolt Length Commodity


!DIA LOW HIGH CODE
0.5 0.0 1.5 AAAAAA.5 -1.5AAAA CAAAAAAA
0.5 1.5001 1.75 AAAAAA.5 -1.75AAA CAAAAAAA
0.5 1.7501 2.0 AAAAAA.5 -2.0AAAA CAAAAAAA
0.625 0.0 1.5 AAAA.625 -1.5AAAA CAAAAAAA
0.625 1.5001 1.75 AAAA.625 -1.75AAA CAAAAAAA
0.625 1.7501 2.0 AAAA.625 -20AAAA CAAAAAAA
0.75 0.0 1.5 AAAAA.75 -1.5AAAA CAAAAAAA
0.75 1.5001 1.75 AAAAA.75 -1.75AAA CAAAAAAA
0.75 1.7501 2.0 AAAAA.75 -2.0AAAA CAAAAAAA
0.875 0.0 1.5 AAAA.875 -1.5AAAA CAAAAAAA
0.875 1.5001 1.75 AAAA.875 -1.75AAA CAAAAAAA
0.875 1.7501 2.0 AAAA.875 -2.0AAAA CAAAAAAA

144
________________ Alternate Gasket Search

4.2.4 Alternate Gasket Search


MTO provides an alternate gasket search for the situation when end A of a bolted joint differs
from end B. Although you can achieve the same results with an optional gasket, this approach
allows the selection to be made by the reference data. Therefore, no input is required from the
designer to report the correct gasket by MTO.

End A connected to end A reports gasket X

End B connected to end B reports gasket Y

End A connected to end B reports gasket Z

where end implies a combination of end preparation, table suffix, and pressure rating.

In order for the alternate gasket search to take place, the following steps must be done:

Set the Gasket Search toggle to Alternate on the Material Takeoff Options form in
Project Administrator.

Modify PCD as follows:


! AABBCC ————Green CP———– ————Red CP————- Cmdty Model Geo Mat Wt
! Code Opt From To Prp Rating Sc/Th TS From To Prp Rating Sc/Th TS Code TMx Code Std Mod Grd Cd FC Nte

6Q3C95 1 0.75 24 11 150 - 5 0.75 24 21 150 - 5 GskFF/RF - - 161 .125 3653 - 7 -


6Q3C95 1 0.75 24 21 150 - 5 0.75 24 21 150 - 6 GSKTS5/TS6 - - 161 .125 3653 - 7 - -

The system performs the following actions to determine the gasket data to report.

MTO collects the end preparation, pressure rating, and table suffix for both mating
bolted ends.

4. Implied Items
— If both sets of data are the same, MTO searches the spec for the gasket in the
standard manner.

— If any of this data is different, MTO searchs the spec using both green and red data.

This method requires that the gasket data be created in the spec with some precedence for the
green and red data to eliminate any order dependencies. For example, the precedence could
be:

If ratings differ, green data would contain the higher rating (and the corresponding end
preparation and table suffix), or

If end preparations differ, green data would contain the lower end preparation value
(and the corresponding pressure rating and table suffix), or

If table suffix values differ, green data would contain the lower table suffix (and the
corresponding pressure rating and end preparation).

145
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

4.3 Special Rules for Implied Items


The reporting process for mating implied items varies from the reporting process for other
components. The special considerations, aside those concerning the Piping Job Specification,
libraries and tables used in the reporting process which are covered in the previous section, are
covered in this section:

4.3.1 Ownership (Piping Material Class and Line


Name)
Since there are no mating implied items in the Design Database (dd_projname), mating
implied items are "owned" by the components to which they connect. There are a few ways
this ownership is defined:

The Revise, Component, Data command sequence activates the Revise Component
Data form which displays a toggle line that defines how mating implied items are
generated. The toggle can be set to either:

— "Default Gaskets/Bolts/Nuts Ownership"–the default data specified on the Revise


Attributes form is used to define mating implied items.

— "Gaskets/Bolts/Nuts Owned by this component"–the selected component is given


ownership.

Special Cases
If both (or neither) mating components have ownership, the system assigns ownership
randomly, as if no ownership was set.

At any non-connected component in a report, the system performs an additional scan to


try to locate its mating component. If a mating component (not in the report) is found,
mating implied items are generated and reported providing that ownership is defined for
only one of the mated items that is currently being reported.

4.3.2 Special Attributes


When the construction status data on the Revise Component Data form is set to
Existing (which is stored as "3"), the system does not report mating implied items.
This is because data is not reported for components that are "Existing". The system,
therefore, neither generates nor reports on mating implied items for that component.
The component is still reported.

When the mto requirement data on the Revise Component Data form is set to
Reportable by MTO (which is stored at 1) the system reports that data.

146
________________ Special Rules for Implied Items

When the mto requirement data on the Revise Component Data form is set to Not
Reported by MTO (which is stored as "2") the system does not report that data. If both
mating components are set to Not Reported by MTO, no mating implied items are
generated or reported.

4. Implied Items

147
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

4.4 Bolts
The data for bolts and gaskets is determined by the nominal diameter, end preparation, and
pressure rating for each mating flange.

Illustration of Bolted Connection

4.4.1 Retrieving and Reporting Bolt Data


The system performs the following actions to determine the bolt data to report. Some of these
steps are explained in more detail in the following sections.

Scans the model for two connected components.

Checks the end preparations of the components to see if the components are bolted.

Determines the following values for components A and B based on the TDB data.
(Component A is the first mating component found when scanning the model.)

— bolt_type_option_code - option code for bolt type (default is 1)

— Piping Materials Class

— bolt item name - this value is set in the RDB.

— maximum temperature - this value is the largest of the four temperature values
(Operating and Design) defined in the segment entities.

148
________________ Bolts

— NPD of the connected components

— End preparation of connected component A (0 indicates that the spec has no end
prep defined)

— pressure rating of component A

— pressure rating of component B

Calls a Physical Dimension table which returns the number of bolts, the diameter, and
the bolt extension.

The table used for bolt reporting is determined by the Length Calculation option on
the Material Takeoff Options form in the Project Administrator.

If the Length Calculation field is set to Almost Precise, a table name using the
pressure rating and table suffix at the connect point is used, for example STUD_150_5.

If the Length Calculation field is set to Precise, a table name using the termination
type, pressure rating and table suffix at the connect point is used, for example
STUD_20_150_5.

Both tables return the bolt diameter, the number of bolts per mating for the nominal
diameter at the connect point, and a set of bolt extensions for the applicable bolt
diameter. This also causes lap joint flanges to calculate bolts specially.

For more information on length calculations, see Almost Precise and


Precise Length Calculation / Bolt Reporting, page 143.

Compares the returned values for components A and B. If the values for the number or
bolts, bolt diameter, or bolt circle diameter differ, the system writes an error to the

4. Implied Items
report error log and does not report on that set of bolts.

The bolt length data is then retrieved from various tables:

— For regular bolts, the system accumulates the bolt length as:

– the extension of the bolt at A

– the thickness of flange A

– the gasket separation between the mating flanges A and B

– the thickness of flange B

– the extension of the bolt at B

– and some roundoff factor for preferred bolt lengths.

149
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

— For bolt-thru items, the system accumulates the bolt length as

– the extension of the bolt at A

– the thickness of flange A

– the gasket separation between flange A and the bolt-thru item

– the thickness of the bolt-thru item

– the gasket separation between the bolt-thru item and flange B

– the thickness of flange B

– the extension of the bolt at B

– and some roundoff factor for preferred bolt lengths.

If more than one bolt-thru item is placed between components A and B, the system
calculates the thickness of the item and the gasket separation between each bolt-thru
item.

The bolt length varies with the entry for modifier attribute in the Piping Commodity
Specification Data Table (pdtable_202). If the attribute is 0 or positive, it is a stud bolt
which has two bolt extensions, and if the attribute is set to negative, it is a machine bolt
which has one bolt extensions. For machine bolts, the system uses the larger of the two
bolt extensions. This extension includes the thickness of the nut and the total length of
the visible threads.

The system retrieves one-half the gasket separation for each component from the
Design Database (dd_projname) and multiplies this value by 2 to get the full gasket
gap size. Then it compares the gasket gap at A and B and uses the larger of the two
values.

Uses the information obtained from the TDB defined by the Data, Revise, Revise Bolt
Option command sequence in Piping Design Graphics, which sets the bolt override in
graphics, to scan the Piping Job Specification for the first unique entry formed by the
search criteria.

4.4.2 Lap Joint Flanges


The following additional procedures are used to determine stud lengths and stub ends when
lap type flanges are involved if the Length Calculation toggle on the Material Takeoff
Options form is set to Precise. For lap type flanges the wall thickness of the pipe is added to
the stud length.

The lap joint flange must be defined in the Piping Materials Class to include
the definition of wall thickness at its red connect point.

150
________________ Bolts

The following termination types are considered lap type ends and thus require the
addition of wall thickness from the TDB.

- 60 FFLFTP [Flat-face lap-flanged] (61-69)


- 70 RFLFTP [Raised-face lap-flanged] (71-79)
- 80 RJFLFTP [RTJ-face lap-flanged] (81-89)
- 90 TMFLFTP [Tongue/male-face lap-flanged] (92-99)
- 100 GFFLFTP [Groove/female-face lap-flanged] (101-109)

Since a lap type flange can be joined to a different termination type, the addition of wall
thickness is considered on a per end basis. For example, a lap flange end joined to a
raised face weld neck flange end only requires the addition of wall thickness at the lap
flange end.

When any of the lap type terminations are encountered, the system reads the TDB
schedule/thickness value of the red connect point of each non-thru bolted end involved
in the flanged joint. This thickness value is then added to the calculated stud length.

If the Length Calculation toggle on the Material Takeoff Options form is set to Almost
Precise, the following assumptions are used:

The entries for the lap type terminations in the BLT* generic tables provide for the
addition of wall thickness from the TDB.

The entries for the lap type terminations in the STUD_Term* generic tables provide for
the addition of wall thickness from the TDB in the calculation of nut extensions.

4.4.3 Bolt Type Definition


The second step in bolt definition is defining the type of the bolt to be reported. The two
types of bolts, machine or stud, are defined by the entry for modifier attribute in the Piping

4. Implied Items
Commodity Specification Data Table (pdtable_202). If the attribute is 0 or positive, it is a stud
bolt which has two bolt extensions, and if the attribute is set to negative, it is a machine bolt
which has one bolt extensions. For machine bolts, the larger of the two bolt extensions is used
to calculate the length.

In the following example taken from Piping Commodity Specification Data, the first bolt is a
machine bolt and the second bolt is a stud bolt:
! AABBCC ————Green CP———– ————Red CP————- Commodity Model Geo Mat Wt FF
! Code Opt From To Prp Rating Sc/Th TS From To Prp Rating Sc/Th TS code TMx Code Std Mod Grd Cd FC Nte lng
6Q3C97 1 0.75 4 - 150 - - - - - - - - YZZZMZZAAA - - 81 -1 4031 - 7 - -
6Q3C97 1 6 36 - 150 - - - - - - - - YZZZHZZFFF - - 81 0 4031 - 7 - -

Also see the Gasket and Bolt Priority Selection at Spec Break in the following
section.

151
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

4.5 Gaskets
For piping, piping components and instrument components there are two attributes at each of
the component connect points which are used to generate data for gasket reporting:

cp_x_option_code - option code for the gasket type (x = connect point number).

gasket_separation - one-half the compressed thickness in subunits of the gasket between


the seating surfaces of the two mating flanges.

4.5.1 Retrieving and Reporting Gasket Data


The system performs the following actions to determine the gasket data to report. Some of
these steps are explained in more detail in section following this one.

Scans the model for two connected components.

Determines the following values for components A and B based on the TDB data.
(Component A is the first mating component found when scanning the model.)

— Piping Materials Class

— gasket item name

— cp_x_option_code

— NPD

— end preparation

— pressure rating

— generic dimension data select flag

— maximum temperature - this is the largest of the four temperature values (Operating
and Design) defined in the segment entities.

— model code - priority code

Uses these values (as search criteria) to scan the Piping Job Specification for the first
unique entry formed by these parameters. If there is more than one unique entry, the
system uses the first one it locates.

The system compares the search criteria for A and B.

— If the information is the same for components A and B, the data for component A is
used.

152
________________ Bolts

— If the information differs for components A and B, the system retrieves the data for
both components and compares the commodity code and thickness for the gasket. If
the values are the same, the data for component B is used. If the values differ, the
system writes an error message.

4.5.2 Gasket Diameters


If the pds_sort_code for the gasket spec entry is set "_GKT", the gasket outside and
inside diameters are generated using the table gasket_commodity_code_GKT.TBL.

If the pds_sort_code for the gasket spec entry is not "_GKT", the gasket outside
diameter is equivalent to the NPD of the rated component and the gasket inside
diameter is undefined.

Determines the following values for components A and B based on the TDB data.
(Component A is the first mating component found in scanning the model.)

4.5.3 Gasket and Bolt Priority Selection at Spec


Break
MTO provides an optional priority selection for gaskets (and bolts) at a spec break, where the
normal selection of the mating implied material would result in differing commodity codes.
This optional priority selection does not apply at a bolted joint without a spec break. In other
words, the priority selection is NOT intended as a means of selecting optional gaskets within
the same piping materials class.

You can prioritize gasket entries in each piping materials class by using the model code
attribute in the Commodity Item entity of the PJS. The priority value must be a numeric value

4. Implied Items
(integer or decimal) greater than zero; non-numeric values are ignored by MTO.

To implement the priority selection capability, you must assign a priority code
to all gaskets for all Piping Materials Classes in the PJS. If you assigned a
priority code entry for only one gasket at the bolted joint, MTO reports an
error.

Because the gasket selection is a function of the fluid being contained, and not
just the mechanical characteristics of the bolted joint, under some conditions,
an incorrect gasket may result from this priority selection approach. For
example, the priority could force the use of a spiral wound gasket on a flange
that is not strong enough to seat this gasket type.

153
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

To specify the gasket that has priority selection for reporting, modify the model code attribute
as seen in the following table with an attribute from 100, as the lowest, to 1, as the highest:
PIPING_MATERIALS_CLASS= 1CDZ31
! AABBCC ————Green CP———– ————Red CP————- Cmdty Model Geo Mat Wt
! Code Opt From To Prp Rating Sc/Th TS From To Prp Rating Sc/Th TS Code TMx Code Std Mod Grd Cd FC Nte
6Q3C95 1 0.75 24 21 150 - 5 - - - - - - gask1cdz31 - 2 161 .125 3653 - 7 - -

PIPING_MATERIALS_CLASS= 1C0031
6Q3C95 1 0.75 24 21 150 - 5 - - - - - - gask1c0031 - 1 161 .125 3653 - 7 - -

If you assign a priority code in the model code attribute for both gaskets corresponding
to the bolted ends that mate at a bolted joint, the system reports the gasket (and bolts)
corresponding to the bolted end with the higher priority (smaller number). This
capability supercedes the bolt ownership at that bolted joint. However, bolt length
calculations and bolt design checks are unaffected by this change.

If you do not assign priority code entries, the system determines the gasket for the two
connected components as described previously.

The priority selection of mating implied materials is determined by the following rules. The
Commodity Code column should be interpreted as the test for both commodity code and
gasket thickness.

Priority Selection Commodity Action


Code
same different report error

same same report mating implied material from


either piping materials class

different (defined and same or report error


undefined) different

different different report from lower priority

different same report from lower priority

4.5.4 Gasket Separation


The system determines the gasket separation at each connect point of a piping component and
an instrument component by the following rules.

— If the end preparation for the connect point is flanged, the gasket separation for the
connect point is set to one-half the Active Gasket Separation. However, some flanged
connections (lug, ring type joint, or wafer) have integral gaskets, which are determined by
end prep, and do not have a gasket separation. In this situation, the gasket separation at
each connect point is set to zero.

— If the end preparation for the connect point is not flanged, the gasket separation for the
connect point will be set to zero.

154
________________ Bolts

To specify gasket separation the following items must be completed:

The Piping Material Class must specify gap table (DZG1) as shown below.

! DEFINE PIPING JOB SPECIFICATION


! By=DCG Ckd By=DCG Rev=4 Date=11-Aug-1989
Double_Spacing
Order= 1 2 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 *3 *4
! Pip Mat Fld Mat Mat T/P Diam Thck Mat Thck Brch Tap V&D Gaskt
! Class R Cde Class CA Des Tbl Tbl Tbl Tbl Eqtn Tbl Tbl Macro Gp/Tbl NtA NtB

DZA131 4 521 - 0.063 31 L1001 D036 TA501 ML01 EL01 BA501 C001 V2 DZG1 - -
ˆˆˆˆ

The Project Control Database must set TMx for GASKETS as shown below.
! DEFINE PIPING COMMODITIES
PIPING_MATERIALS_CLASS= DZA131
Single_Spacing
! AABBCC ————Green CP———– ————Red CP————- Cmdty Model Geo Mat Wt
! Code Opt From To Prp Rating Sc/Th TS From To Prp Rating Sc/Th TS Code TMx Code Std Mod Grd Cd FC Nte

6Q3C95 1 0.75 24 21 150 - 5 - - - - - - GstRF-A1-25 25 - 161 .125 3653 - 7 - -


6Q3C95 1 0.75 24 21 150 - 5 - - - - - - GstRF-A1-50 50 - 161 .125 3653 - 7 - -
6Q3C95 1 0.75 24 21 150 - 5 - - - - - - GstRF-A1-75 75 - 161 .125 3653 - 7 - -
6Q3C95 1 0.75 24 21 150 - 5 - - - - - - GstRF-A1-100 100 - 161 .125 3653 - 7 - -
ˆˆˆˆˆˆˆˆˆˆˆˆ ˆˆˆ

4. Implied Items

155
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

You must create the gasket tables in the following manner: DZG1_150 = 150#
connections, and DZG1_300 = 300# connections as shown below.

Table_Data_Definition ’DZG1_150’
! Description= Gasket GAP based on NPD + TEMP.
! By=dz Ckd By= Rev=0 Date=23-Jul-92
No_Inputs 2 No_Outputs 1
Units= NPD_IN, DF, IN

! Diam TMx Gaskt Gap


0.5 25 .125
0.75 25 .125
1 25 .125
1.5 25 .125
2 25 .125
3 25 .125
4 25 .125
6 25 .25
8 25 .25
10 25 .25
12 25 .25
14 25 .25
16 25 .375
18 25 .375
20 25 .375
24 25 .375
0.5 50 .25
0.75 50 .25
1 50 .25
1.5 50 .25
2 50 .25
3 50 .25
4 50 .25
6 50 .375
8 50 .375
10 50 .375
12 50 .375
14 50 .375
16 50 .5
18 50 .5
20 50 .5
24 50 .5
!

4.6 Nuts
Nuts are treated as part of bolts. The value for number and size of bolts is used to define the
number and size of the accompanying nuts. The spec data for nuts is derived from the search
criteria (if reported or present in the spec).

Piping Materials Class

Nut Commodity Name - this value is set in the model data

Maximum Temperature - this value is the largest of the four (operating and design)
temperature values defined in the segment entities.

156
________________ Bolts

4.7 Weld Data


The system uses the same basic procedure for determining bolt data to determine weld data,
except that all the data is derived from the TDB; there are no tables or spec access involved.
For socklets (where the outside piping diameter is zero), the MTO process will determine the
outside piping diameter to be used as the weld diameter. For welds, the system

Scans the model for two connected components.

Checks the end preparations of the components to see if the components are welded.

Reads the weld data from the TDB.

Reports (MTO) one weld in cases where two pipes with different line IDs are welded
together.

4.7.1 Weld Type Field Fit Length


When the Field Fit Length option has been activated on the Material Takeoff Options form
in the Project Data Manager, MTO will optionally increase the pipe length at each welded end
of the pipe based upon the weld type at that specific end. A table must be specified with weld
type as the input and the pipe length adjustment as the output. This table is expected to reside
in the Piping Spec Table Library.

4. Implied Items

157
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

4.7.1.1 Sample Weld Table


Table_Data_Definition ’DZ_FIELD_FIT’
!Table_Data_Definition ’dz_field_fit’

!DANZ - table created to check PIPE lng added to pipe based on Code
!list 1100
! Weld_Type

No_Inputs 1 No_Outputs 1
Units= INT, IN

!Weld Type Pipe Lng

11 0
12 1
13 13
21 0
22 0
23 10
24 30

4.7.1.2 Sample Weld Format File


The following file is provided in the product delivered in the win32app\ingr\pdreport\sample\
directory.

weld_no.fmt
This report format is included in order to demonstrate the report formatting facilities
that are available for weld data. It will include the weld numbers and weld type for
as many as three ends of piping components and instrument components and both
ends of pipes.

(report type = 687)

158
________________ Induction Bends

4.8 Induction Bends


Induction bends, though not implied items, are also unique in the reporting requirements. In
order for induction bends to be reported, you must complete the following steps:

Using the Bar Menu in Piping Design Graphics (PD_Design PD Model), set the
component group toggle to Component Group Locked on the Active Options form.

Using the Data, Revise, Component Group option, which is used to define a set of
components to be treated as a group to form an induction bend.

The indices that are used to report induction bends are: B**R#, B**S#, B**Un, B**V, and
B**Wx. See Indices for MTO Reporting (With Implied Items), page 91 for more information
on the table and indices for reporting induction bends.

For induction bends to work properly, all piping model files containing induction
bends must have the Component Group Lock set to ON, and File Design must be
executed before exiting the model files.

4. Implied Items

159
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

4.9 MTO Notes


Checking for Errors–If a warning or error occurs during the creation of a report, the
warning and error messages are appended to the end of the report output. If no report
output is created, check the error log file in tmp\RPT_ERR.LOG. Always check for
possible errors, even if the report output looks good.

Developing a Format–Develop your own format files for specific reporting needs. The
format files in the product delivery are primarily examples of what can be done with
MTO output.

Testing a Format–Always test a new format file on a small test file which utilizes all of
the format file’s features and generates data that can be compared to known values.

Using Indices–In MTO reports, unless reporting on piping segment entities specifically,
format files should always use the long (B) prefixed indices due to their greater
flexibility.

Using MTO Reporting Indices–For weight and COG reporting, if dry or wet weights
are undefined, the system will always register warning messages for every component
that has one of the weights undefined. Any reports with item COG being reported will
have no items summed because each item has a unique COG location, thus making it a
unique item.

Reporting Weight and COG–Make sure that the system running MTO has sufficient
virtual memory available for the desired MTO process. The larger the report the more
virtual memory is required to create it.

Using (*)–Any piece of equipment with a star (*) as the first character of the equipment
group name will not be reported. The system assumes that that equipment item is used
to model something other than a reportable equipment item.

Reporting Skewed Nozzles–MTO will report the orientation of a skewed nozzle with a
semi-colon delimiter between the horizontal component and the vertical component of
the nozzle’s orientation. A nozzle that is skewed in both the horizontal and vertical
plane will be reported, for example, as ’W 30 N; 5 UP’.

Reporting Branch Reinforcement Welds–MTO will report only one weld for any branch
reinforcement (reinforcing weld or reinforcing pad). MTO will recognize these two
types of branch components on the basis of the applicable commodity names in the
Commodity Name Table of the Piping Job Specification Table Library, in the same
manner as for branch reinforcement calculations.

160
________________ Size Dependent and Independent Reporting

4.10 Size Dependent and Independent


Reporting
The Commodity Code option on the Material Takeoff Options form in the Project
Administrator works in one of the following ways:

When the Commodity Code option is set to Size Dependent, the system provides two
additional options which specify the Source of Implied Data and the Source of
Material Description.

The default setting, Size Independent, uses the general commodity code from the
Piping Commodity Specification Data Table (pdtable_202) for reporting implied data
from the Piping Commodity Implied Material Data Table (pdtable_212).

For ISOGEN material takeoff reporting, the first model in the piping area,
from which the model you are doing the extractions from belongs, the
Commodity Code options need to be set as described under the Size
Dependent section in the System/System Commodity Code section. With any
other settings, the ISOGEN MTO for Size Dependent Implied items does not
work.

In order to determine which model is the first model in the area, do a batch
extraction with debug and verify On. A file is generated in the exported
ISOFILES directory which will be called isoname.dat. The first item in the
isoname.dat file is the first model file in the piping area.

4. Implied Items

161
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

4.10.1 Size Independent Setting


When the Commodity Code option is set to Size Independent, the commodity code from
Piping Commodity Specification Data (pdtable_202) is used to retrieve data from the Material
Description Library. Also, it is this commodity code that is included in the report output.

Size Independent Example


The following example displays the series of steps the system takes to report a 6 inch valve
with the previously explained settings:

162
________________ Size Dependent Setting

4.10.2 Size Dependent Setting


When the Commodity Code option is set to Size Dependent, the commodity code from
Piping Commodity Specification Data (pdtable_202) is used to retrieve data from the Piping
Commodity Size-Dependent Material Table (pdtable_211). It is the size-dependent
commodity code that is included in the report output, although the source of the material
description and implied items vary depending on the following settings.

4.10.2.1 System/System Commodity Code Settings


When the Source of Implied Data option is set to
System Commodity Code and the Source of Material
Description is set to System Commodity Code, the
system takes the following actions:

— If there is a ’+’ before the system commodity code in the Piping Component Data Table
(pdtable_202) and the Source of Implied Data option is set to System Commodity
Code, the system commodity code from pdtable_202 is used to retrieve implied items
from the Piping Commodity Implied Material Data Table (pdtable_212).

— The implied commodity codes, which are related to the system commodity code from
pdtable_202, are used to retrieve material descriptions from the Material Description
Library for the implied items. Both the implied commodity codes and their descriptions
are reported.

4. Implied Items
— When the Source of Material Description option is set to System Commodity Code, the
system commodity code from Piping Commodity Specification Data Table (pdtable_202)
is used to retrieve the material description from the Material Description Library for the
component being reported.

163
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

System/System Example
The following example displays the series of steps the system takes to report a 6 inch valve
with the previously explained settings:

164
________________ Size-Dependent/System Commodity Code Settings

4.10.2.2 Size-Dependent/System Commodity Code


Settings
The Source of Implied Data option is set to Size-
Dependent Commodity Code and the Source of
Material Description is set to System Commodity
Code, the system takes the following actions:

— If there is a ’+’ before the system commodity code in the Piping Component Data Table
(pdtable_202) and the Source of Implied Data option is set to Size-Dependent
Commodity Code, the size-dependent commodity code from the Piping Commodity
Size-Dependent Material Data Table (pdtable_211) is used to retrieve implied items from
the Piping Commodity Implied Material Data Table (pdtable_212).

— The implied commodity codes related to the size-dependent commodity code from
pdtable_212 are used to retrieve material descriptions from the Material Description
Library for the implied items. Both the implied commodity codes and their descriptions
are reported.

— When the Source of Material Description option is set to System Commodity Code, the
system commodity code from the Piping Commodity Specification Data Table
(pdtable_202) is used to retrieve the material description from the Material Description
Library for the component being reported.

4. Implied Items

165
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Size Dependent/System Example


The following example displays the series of steps the system takes to report a 6 inch valve
with the previously explained settings:

166
________________ System/Size-Dependent Commodity Code Settings

4.10.2.3 System/Size-Dependent Commodity Code


Settings
When the Source of Implied Data option is set to
System Commodity Code and the Source of Material
Description is set to Size-Dependent Commodity
Code, the system takes the following actions:

— If there is a ’+’ before the system commodity code in the Piping Component Data Table
(pdtable_202) and the Source of Implied Data option is set to System Commodity
Code, the system commodity code from pdtable_202 is used to retrieve implied items
from the Piping Commodity Implied Material Data Table (pdtable_212).

— The implied commodity codes related to the system commodity code from pdtable_202
are used to retrieve material descriptions from the Material Description Library for the
implied items. Both the implied commodity codes and their descriptions are reported.

— When the Source of Material Description option is set to Size-Dependent Commodity


Code, the size-dependent commodity code from the Piping Commodity Size-Dependent
Material Data Table (pdtable_211) is used to retrieve the material description from the
Material Description Library for the component being reported.

4. Implied Items

167
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

System/Size-Dependent Example
The following example displays the series of steps the system takes to report a 6 inch valve
with the previously explained settings:

168
________________
Size-Dependent/Size-Dependent Commodity Code Settings

4.10.2.4 Size-Dependent/Size-Dependent Commodity


Code Settings
When the Source of Implied Data option is set to
Size-Dependent Commodity Code and the Source of
Material Description is set to Size Dependent
Commodity Code, the system takes the following
actions:

— If there is a ’+’ before the system commodity code in the Piping Component Data Table
(pdtable_202) and the Source of Implied Data option is set to Size-Dependent
Commodity Code, the size-dependent commodity code from the Piping Commodity
Size-Dependent Material Data Table (pdtable_211) is used to retrieve implied items from
the Piping Commodity Implied Material Data Table (pdtable_212).

— The implied commodity codes related to the size-dependent commodity code from
pdtable_212 are used to retrieve material descriptions from the Material Description
Library for the implied items. Both the implied commodity codes and their descriptions
are reported.

— When the Source of Material Description option is set to Size-Dependent Commodity


Code, the size-dependent commodity code from the Piping Commodity Size-Dependent
Material Data Table (pdtable_211) is used to retrieve the material description from the
Material Description Library for the component being reported.

4. Implied Items

169
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Size-Dependent/Size Dependent Example


The following example displays the series of steps the system takes to report a 6 inch valve
with the previously explained settings:

170
________________ Libraries and Database Table/Column Information

5. Libraries and Database


Table/Column Information
This section explains the some reporting reference material in the following order:

Material Description Libraries


Database Table/Column Information for Reporting
Labels in Material Descriptions

5.1 Material Description Libraries


All of the material descriptions used for reporting come from libraries and tables. Depending
on the index used in the format file, the long or short description library is accessed for
commodity codes.

The following list briefly describes the different types of material description libraries used
for reporting.

Short Material Description Library

Short Material Description Library (us_shbom.l)


This library is up to 240 characters long and contains the short bill of materials
description for all piping commodity items and the description addenda for taps. The
short BOM description is used for MTO and ISOGEN reporting, and for reporting
from the Piping Job Specification.

Long Material Description Library

Long Material Description library (us_lgbom.l)


This library is up to 500 characters long (or 600 when using embedded labels) and
contains the long bill of materials (BOM) description for all piping commodity
items, which includes label entries such as [409]. When these label entries are
replaced by text, the actual length is 600. However, only 500 characters are available
before the labels are translated. The long BOM description is only used for
requisitions and usually contains descriptions that can be the length of a paragraph.
Database Info
5. Library and
Specialty Material Description Library

Specialty Material Description Library (us_spbom.l)


This library is up to 240 characters long and contains descriptions for engineered
items, instruments and pipe supports. These material descriptions are job specific
and are accessed by the specialty item’s tag number. This data is used for MTO and
ISOGEN reporting, and material control.

171
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Label Material Description Library (labels.l)


This library contains labels that you can make to imbed in material descriptions.
These labels are made with the Label Description Library Manager option from
the Reference Data Manager, to imbed in material descriptions. The label data is
data extracted from the piping model database.

172
________________ Short Material Description Library

5.1.1 Short Material Description Library


This library contains the short bill of materials description for all piping commodity items and
the description addenda for taps. The short BOM description is used for MTO reporting and
for reporting from the Piping Job Specification. This parameter is required during the creation
of the Piping Job Specification. Nominal piping diameter is not included in this description.

The short material descriptions are delivered in the files

win32app\ingr\rdusrdb\us_shbom.l - object library

The short material descriptions can be up to 240 characters in length.

5.1.1.1 Neutral Files


You can use neutral files to insert data into the Short Material Description Library or replace
existing data. The neutral files for the delivered material descriptions are contained in the text
library. You can use the in the following files:

The Short Material Description Library is created from two neutral files. (These can be
created with a text editor such as EMACS or vi.)

A neutral file containing the short material descriptions for commodity items. The
neutral file contains unique Commodity Codes followed by at least one space and a
description enclosed in single quotes. It also contains the chain wheel descriptions and
implied material descriptions associated with a commodity item.

The commodity code identifies the Piping Commodity Library code or customer’s
commodity code. The character length for this code is determined from the character
length of the commodity code in the Size Dependent Data table of the database, or from
the character length of the commodity library code in the Piping Commodity Data table
of the database, depending on which is being used to access the material descriptions.

For chain wheels the commodity code has the format CHAIN_xx, where xx represents
the chain wheel number (for example, CHAIN_12). The chain wheel number is defined
in the component and instrument analysis entities of the TDB.

A neutral file containing the material description addenda for taps. This file contains
the tap code and the text for the tap description. The tap code identifies the unique
Database Info
5. Library and
identification of a tap.

The following conventions are used to identify different types of information in the material
descriptions:

ˆ All information to the left of the carat (ˆ) is used in MTO reporting and isometric
extraction, but is excluded from Spec reporting.

173
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

|| Information appearing in |Pipes| indicates information for Spec descriptions only.


This information is excluded from the descriptions for MTO reporting and isometric
extraction.

[] Information appearing in [brackets] indicates a label type from the Label Description
Library. The system uses the label format to determine the information to be
included in the material description for MTO reporting and isometric extraction. The
label information is never used in Spec reporting.

The following label types are provided in the product delivery:

Label No Data in Label Source of Data


401 Piping sch/thk 1 Pipe
403 Component Sch/thk 1 Component
405 Component sch/thk 1 b Component
407 Component sch/thk 2 Component
409 Component sch/thk 2 b Component
411 Component sch/thk 1 x 2 Component
413 Component sch/thk 1 x 2 b Component
415 Component sch/thk 1 x 3 Component
417 Component sch/thk 1 x 3 b Component
421 Bonnet length Component
423 Reinforcing weld size Component
425 Pad width x pad thick Component

Data Retrieval
The system uses the commodity code to retrieve the short material descriptions from the
Material Description Library.

174
________________ Material Descriptions from commodity.acd

5.1.1.2 Material Descriptions from commodity.acd


! DEFINE SHORT DESCRIPTIONS

! Date/Time: Thu Apr 23 14:16:58 1994

! Processed Library c:\newpipe\refdata\us_shbom.l

!Cmdty Code ====================================Description========================================


CHAIN_1003 ’Chainwheel operator each with [422] of total chain length for [426] NPD valve with commodity code [400]’
CHAIN_1005 ’Chainwheel operator each with [422] of total chain length for [426] NPD valve with commodity code [400]’
CHAIN_1251 ’Chainwheel operator each with [424] of total chain length for valve with tag no [402]’
DAABAXAABE ’Monitor, CL150 FFFE, ˆstation type, 4" CL150 in-let by 2.5" NHT stainless steel outlet w/stainless steel stem
lock knobs with 0.75" coupling in base, w/shapertip nozzle, Stang BB0309-21’
DAABAXAABF ’Monitor, CL150 FFFE, ˆstation type 4" CL150 in-let by 2.5" NHT stainless steel outlet w/stainless steel
stem lock knobs with 0.75" coupling in base, w/fog nozzle, Stang BB0309-21’
DACBAXABBC ’Monitor, CL150 FFFE, ˆelevated type, free standing, 4" CL150 in-let by 2.5" NHT stainless steel outlet, [427],
w/drain coupling, w/shapertip nozzle and two reaction supports, Stang BB2999-’
DACBAXABBD ’Monitor, CL300 FFFE, ˆelevated type, supported, 6" CL300 in-let by 2.5" NHT stainless steel outlet, [427],
w/drain coupling, w/shapertip nozzle, Stang BB3561’
DBAAAXBAAB ’Fire hydrant, CL125 FFFE, ˆ5" size, counterclockwise open, 4.5" steamer nozzle, two 2.5" hose nozzles
equipped w/caps and chains, [428], American Darling B-50-B’
DCBGDXEADA ’Hose rack, 300#, FTE, ˆw/valve, wall mount, rt hand w/100 ft hose & fog nozzle, Powhatan 30-333’
DDAXCJDAAA ’Spray sprinkler, MTE, filled cone w/rupture disc, 304, Grinnell, Mulsifyre Projector S-1’
FAAAAAWAAA ’Flange, CL150, FFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A105, ANSI-B16.5, WN, [409]|bore to match|’
FAAAAAWWAA ’Flange, CL150, FFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A105, ANSI-B16.5, WN, cement lined, [409]|bore to match|’
FAAABADIIA ’Flange, CL150, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A182-F304, ANSI-B16.5, WN, S-80S bore’
FAAABADIIF ’Flange, CL150, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A182-F316, ANSI-B16.5, WN, S-80S bore’
FAAABADNPF ’Flange, CL150, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-B166-600, ANSI-B16.5, WN, S-80S bore’
FAAABAOAAA ’Flange, CL150, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A105, ANSI-B16.5, WN, S-160 bore’
FAAABAOABB ’Flange, CL150, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A350-LF2, ANSI-B16.5, WN, S-160 bore’
FAAABAOFFH ’Flange, CL150, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A182-F5, ANSI-B16.5, WN, S-160 bore’
FAAABAWAAA ’Flange, CL150, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A105, ANSI-B16.5, WN, [409]|bore to match|’
FAAABAWABB ’Flange, CL150, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A350-LF2, ANSI-B16.5, WN, [409]|bore to match|’
FAAABAWFFH ’Flange, CL150, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A182-F5, ANSI-B16.5, WN, [409]|bore to match|’
FAAABAWFFL ’Flange, CL150, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A182-F9, ANSI-B16.5, WN, [409]|bore to match|’
FAAABAWGFD ’Flange, CL150, RFFE/BE, ˆASME-SA182-F11, ANSI-B16.5, WN, [409]|bore to match|’
FAAABAWIIA ’Flange, CL150, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A182-F304, ANSI-B16.5, WN, [409]|bore to match|’
FAAABAWIIF ’Flange, CL150, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A182-F316, ANSI-B16.5, WN, [409]|bore to match|’
FAAABAWNPF ’Flange, CL150, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-B166-600, ANSI-B16.5, WN, [409]|bore to match|’
FAAABBDAAA ’Flange, CL150, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A105, ANSI-B16.5, WN, S-XXS bore’
FAAADAOAAA ’Flange, CL150, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A105, ANSI-B16.5, WN, 125 Ra finish, S-160 bore’
FAAADAOFFC ’Flange, CL150, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A182-F11, ANSI-B16.5, WN, 125 Ra finish, S-160 bore’
FAAADAWAAA ’Flange, CL150, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A105, ANSI-B16.5, WN, 125 Ra finish, [409]|bore to match|’
FAAADAWFFC ’Flange, CL150, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A182-F11, ANSI-B16.5, WN, 125 Ra finish, [409]|bore to match|’
FAAADBDFFC ’Flange, CL150, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A182-F11, ANSI-B16.5, WN, 125 Ra finish, S-XXS bore’
FAABBADIIA ’Flange, CL300, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A182-F304, ANSI-B16.5, WN, S-80S bore’
FAABBADIIB ’Flange, CL300, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A182-F304L, ANSI-B16.5, WN, S-80S bore’
FAABBADIIF ’Flange, CL300, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A182-F316, ANSI-B16.5, WN, S-80S bore’
FAABBAOAAA ’Flange, CL300, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A105, ANSI-B16.5, WN, S-160 bore’
FAABBAOABB ’Flange, CL300, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A350-LF2, ANSI-B16.5, WN, S-160 bore’
FAABBAOFFC ’Flange, CL300, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A182-F11, ANSI-B16.5, WN, S-160 bore’
FAABBAOFFH ’Flange, CL300, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A182-F5, ANSI-B16.5, WN, S-160 bore’
FAABBAWAAA ’Flange, CL300, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A105, ANSI-B16.5, WN, [409]|bore to match|’
FAABBAWABB ’Flange, CL300, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A350-LF2, ANSI-B16.5, WN, [409]|bore to match|’
FAABBAWFFC ’Flange, CL300, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A182-F11, ANSI-B16.5, WN, [409]|bore to match|’
FAABBAWFFH ’Flange, CL300, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A182-F5, ANSI-B16.5, WN, [409]|bore to match|’
FAABBAWFFL ’Flange, CL300, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A182-F9, ANSI-B16.5, WN, [409]|bore to match|’
FAABBAWIIA ’Flange, CL300, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A182-F304, ANSI-B16.5, WN, [409]|bore to match|’
FAABBAWIIB ’Flange, CL300, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A182-F304L, ANSI-B16.5, WN, [409]|bore to match|’
Database Info
5. Library and
FAABBAWIIF ’Flange, CL300, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A182-F316, ANSI-B16.5, WN, [409]|bore to match|’
FAABBAWNPF ’Flange, CL300, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-B166-600, ANSI-B16.5, WN, [409]|bore to match|’
FAABBBDAAA ’Flange, CL300, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A105, ANSI-B16.5, WN, S-XXS bore’
FAABDADIIJ ’Flange, CL300, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A182-F321, ANSI-B16.5, WN, 125 Ra finish, S-80S bore’
FAABDAOAAA ’Flange, CL300, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A105, ANSI-B16.5, WN, 125 Ra finish, S-160 bore’
FAABDAOFFC ’Flange, CL300, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A182-F11, ANSI-B16.5, WN, 125 Ra finish, S-160 bore’
FAABDAWAAA ’Flange, CL300, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A105, ANSI-B16.5, WN, 125 Ra finish, [409]|bore to match|’
FAABDAWFFC ’Flange, CL300, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A182-F11, ANSI-B16.5, WN, 125 Ra finish, [409]|bore to match|’
FAABDAWFFH ’Flange, CL300, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A182-F5, ANSI-B16.5, WN, 125 Ra finish, [409]|bore to match|’
FAABDAWIIJ ’Flange, CL300, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A182-F321, ANSI-B16.5, WN, 125 Ra finish, [409]|bore to match|’
FAADBADIIA ’Flange, CL600, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A182-F304, ANSI-B16.5, WN, S-80S bore’
FAADBADIIF ’Flange, CL600, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A182-F316, ANSI-B16.5, WN, S-80S bore’
FAADBAOAAA ’Flange, CL600, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A105, ANSI-B16.5, WN, S-160 bore’
FAADBAOABE ’Flange, CL600, RFFE/BE, ˆASME-SA105, ANSI-B16.5, WN, S-160 bore’
FAADBAWAAA ’Flange, CL600, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A105, ANSI-B16.5, WN, [409]|bore to match|’

175
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

FAADBAWABE ’Flange, CL600, RFFE/BE, ˆASME-SA105, ANSI-B16.5, WN, [409]|bore to match|’


FAADBAWFFC ’Flange, CL600, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A182-F11, ANSI-B16.5, WN, [409]|bore to match|’
FAADBAWFFH ’Flange, CL600, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A182-F5, ANSI-B16.5, WN, [409]|bore to match|’
FAADBAWFFL ’Flange, CL600, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A182-F9, ANSI-B16.5, WN, [409]|bore to match|’
FAADBAWIIA ’Flange, CL600, RFFE/BE, ˆASTM-A182-F304, ANSI-B16.5, WN, [409]|bore to match|’

5.1.1.3 Tap Descriptions from tapdescr.acd


! DEFINE SHORT DESCRIPTIONS

! Date/Time: Thu Apr 23 12:09:23 1994

! Processed Library c:\newpipe\refdata\us_shbom.l

!Cmdty Code ====================================Description========================================


E$12591XXX ’0.125" diam hole’
E$25591XXX ’0.25" diam hole’
E$37591XXX ’0.375" diam hole’
E$50021018 ’0.5" NPD, CL150 RFFE tap’
E$50021028 ’0.5" NPD, CL300 RFFE tap’
E$50021036 ’0.5" NPD, CL600 RFFE tap’
E$50401093 ’0.5" NPD, Sch 80 SE tap’
E$50421064 ’0.5" NPD, CL3000 SWE tap’
E$50421072 ’0.5" NPD, CL6000 SWE tap’
E$50421076 ’0.5" NPD, CL9000 SWE tap’
E$50441056 ’0.5" NPD, CL2000 FTE tap’
E$50441064 ’0.5" NPD, CL3000 FTE tap’
E$50441072 ’0.5" NPD, CL6000 FTE tap’
E$50591XXX ’0.5" diam hole’
E$75021018 ’0.75" NPD, CL150 RFFE tap’
E$75021028 ’0.75" NPD, CL300 RFFE tap’
E$75021036 ’0.75" NPD, CL600 RFFE tap’
E$75401093 ’0.75" NPD, Sch 80 SE tap’
E$75421064 ’0.75" NPD, CL3000 SWE tap’
E$75421072 ’0.75" NPD, CL6000 SWE tap’
E$75421076 ’0.75" NPD, CL9000 SWE tap’
E$75441056 ’0.75" NPD, CL2000 FTE tap’
E$75441064 ’0.75" NPD, CL3000 FTE tap’
E$75441072 ’0.75" NPD, CL6000 FTE tap’
E$75591XXX ’0.75" diam hole’
E001021018 ’1" NPD, CL150 RFFE tap’
E001021028 ’1" NPD, CL300 RFFE tap’
E001021036 ’1" NPD, CL600 RFFE tap’
E001401093 ’1" NPD, Sch 80 SE tap’
E001421064 ’1" NPD, CL3000 SWE tap’
E001421072 ’1" NPD, CL6000 SWE tap’
E001421076 ’1" NPD, CL9000 SWE tap’
E001441056 ’1" NPD, CL2000 FTE tap’
E001441064 ’1" NPD, CL3000 FTE tap’
E001441072 ’1" NPD, CL6000 FTE tap’
E001591XXX ’1" diam hole’
E002021018 ’2" NPD, CL150 RFFE tap’
E002021028 ’2" NPD, CL300 RFFE tap’
E002021036 ’2" NPD, CL600 RFFE tap’
E002401093 ’2" NPD, Sch 80 SE tap’
E002421064 ’2" NPD, CL3000 SWE tap’
E002421072 ’2" NPD, CL6000 SWE tap’
E002421076 ’2" NPD, CL9000 SWE tap’
E002441056 ’2" NPD, CL2000 FTE tap’
E002441064 ’2" NPD, CL3000 FTE tap’
E002441072 ’2" NPD, CL6000 FTE tap’
E002591XXX ’2" diam hole’
E003021018 ’3" NPD, CL150 RFFE tap’
E003021028 ’3" NPD, CL300 RFFE tap’
E003021036 ’3" NPD, CL600 RFFE tap’
E003401093 ’3" NPD, Sch 80 SE tap’
E003421064 ’3" NPD, CL3000 SWE tap’
E003441056 ’3" NPD, CL2000 FTE tap’
E003441064 ’3" NPD, CL3000 FTE tap’
E003441072 ’3" NPD, CL6000 FTE tap’
E003591XXX ’3" diam hole’
E004021018 ’4" NPD, CL150 RFFE tap’
E004021028 ’4" NPD, CL300 RFFE tap’
E004021036 ’4" NPD, CL600 RFFE tap’

176
________________
Material Descriptions from commodity.acd

E004401093 ’4" NPD, Sch 80 SE tap’


E004421064 ’4" NPD, CL3000 SWE tap’
E004441056 ’4" NPD, CL2000 FTE tap’
E004441064 ’4" NPD, CL3000 FTE tap’
E004441072 ’4" NPD, CL6000 FTE tap’
E004591XXX ’4" diam hole’

Database Info
5. Library and

177
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

5.1.2 Long Material Description Library


This library contains the long bill of materials description for all piping commodity items.
The long bill of materials description is only used for requisitions. It is usually a very long
description such as a paragraph. Nominal piping diameter is not included in the description.

This data is used strictly for MTO reporting and material control.

The long material descriptions are delivered in the file win32app\ingr\rdusrdb\us_lgbom.l.

The long material descriptions can be up to 500 characters in length.

5.1.2.1 Neutral Files


The Long Material Description Library is created through a neutral file which contains the
long material descriptions for commodity items. The neutral file contains unique commodity
codes followed by at least one space and a description enclosed in single quotes.

You can use neutral files to insert data into the Long Material Description Library or replace
existing data.

The commodity code identifies the Piping Commodity Library code or customer’s commodity
code. The character length for this code is determined from the character length of the
commodity code in the Size Dependent Data database table, or from the character length of
the commodity library code in the Piping Commodity Data table of the PJS database,
depending on which is being used to access the material descriptions.

The long description can be up to 500 characters. Because this description may include label
numbers which are translated to text strings, the reported (compiled) length of the description
can be up to 600 characters.

Data Retrieval
The system uses the Piping Commodity Library code or commodity code to access the text for
the long description in the Long Material Description Library.

178
________________ Listing from longdescr.acd

5.1.2.2 Listing from longdescr.acd


! DEFINE LONG DESCRIPTIONS

! Date/Time: Fri Apr 24 10:48:13 1992

! Processed Library c:\newpipe\refdata\us_lgbom.l

!Cmdty Code ====================================Description========================================


DAABAXAABE ’Monitor, 750 GPM at 100 psig, CL150 flat face flange end, station type, 4" CL150 in-let by 2.5" NHT stainless
steel outlet w/stainless steel stem lock knobs with 0.75" coupling in base, w/shapertip nozzle, Stang BB0309-21 or approved equal’
DAABAXAABF ’Monitor, 750 GPM at 100 psig, CL150 flat face flange end, station type 4" CL150 in-let by 2.5" NHT stainless
steel outlet w/stainless steel stem lock knobs with 0.75" coupling in base, w/fog nozzle, Stang BB0309-21 or approved equal’
DACBAXABBC ’Monitor, 750 GPM at 100 psig, CL150 flat face flange end, elevated type, free standing, 4" CL150 in-let by
2.5" NHT stainless steel outlet, w/drain coupling, w/shapertip nozzle and two reaction supports, Stang BB2999-[427] high or
approved equal’
DACBAXABBD ’Monitor, 750 GPM at 100 psig, CL300 flat face flange end, elevated type, supported, 6" CL300 in-let by 2.5"
NHT stainless steel outlet, w/drain coupling, w/shapertip nozzle, Stang BB3561-[427] high or approved equal’
DBAAAXBAAB ’Fire hydrant, CL125 flat face flange end, 5" size, regular rating, ductile iron barrel, bronze trim,
bituminous paint below grade, red epoxy paint above grade, counterclockwise open, 4.5" steamer nozzle, two 2.5" hose nozzles
equipped w/caps and chains, [428], American Darling B-50-B or approved equal’
DCBGDXEADA ’Hose rack w/bronze angle valve, 300#, female threaded end, wall mount, right hand w/100 ft synthetic single
jacketed hose, rack nipple & fog nozzle, Powhatan 30-333 or approved equal’
DDAXCJDAAA ’Spray sprinkler, male threaded end, filled cone w/rupture disc, .313" orifice, Type 304 stainless steel,
Grinnell Fire Protection, Mulsifyre Projector S-1 50-12 or approved equal’
FAAAAAWAAA ’Flange, weld neck, flat face flanged end, ANSI-B16.5 CL150, ASTM-A105, [409]’
FAAAAAWWAA ’Flange, weld neck, flat face flanged end, ANSI-B16.5 CL150, ASTM-A105, cement lined, [409]’
FAAABADIIA ’Flange, weld neck, raised face flanged end, ANSI-B16.5 CL150, ASTM-A182 Gr.F304, Sch 80S bore’
FAAABADIIF ’Flange, weld neck, raised face flanged end, ANSI-B16.5 CL150, ASTM-A182 Gr.F316, Sch 80S bore’
FAAABADNPF ’Flange, weld neck, raised face flanged end, ANSI-B16.5 CL150, ASTM-B166 Gr.600 UNS N06600, hot finish, Sch 80S bore’
FAAABAOAAA ’Flange, weld neck, raised face flanged end, ANSI-B16.5 CL150, ASTM-A105, Sch 160 bore’
FAAABAOABB ’Flange, weld neck, raised face flanged end, ANSI-B16.5 CL150, ASTM-A350 Gr.LF2, Sch 160 bore’
FAAABAOFFH ’Flange, weld neck, raised face flanged end, ANSI-B16.5 CL150, ASTM-A182 Gr.F5, Sch 160 bore’
FAAABAWAAA ’Flange, weld neck, raised face flanged end, ANSI-B16.5 CL150, ASTM-A105, [409]’
FAAABAWABB ’Flange, weld neck, raised face flanged end, ANSI-B16.5 CL150, ASTM-A350 Gr.LF2, [409]’
FAAABAWFFH ’Flange, weld neck, raised face flanged end, ANSI-B16.5 CL150, ASTM-A182 Gr.F5, [409]’
FAAABAWFFL ’Flange, weld neck, raised face flanged end, ANSI-B16.5 CL150, ASTM-A182 Gr.F9, [409]’
FAAABAWGFD ’Flange, weld neck, raised face flanged end, ANSI-B16.5 CL150, ASME-SA182 Gr.F11, [409]’
FAAABAWIIA ’Flange, weld neck, raised face flanged end, ANSI-B16.5 CL150, ASTM-A182 Gr.F304, [409]’
FAAABAWIIF ’Flange, weld neck, raised face flanged end, ANSI-B16.5 CL150, ASTM-A182 Gr.F316, [409]’
FAAABAWNPF ’Flange, weld neck, raised face flanged end, ANSI-B16.5 CL150, ASTM-B166 Gr.600 UNS N06600, hot finish, [409]’
FAAABBDAAA ’Flange, weld neck, raised face flanged end, ANSI-B16.5 CL150, ASTM-A105, XX-strong bore’
FAAADAOAAA ’Flange, weld neck, raised face flanged end, 125 Ra finish, ANSI-B16.5 CL150, ASTM-A105, Sch 160 bore’
FAAADAOFFC ’Flange, weld neck, raised face flanged end, 125 Ra finish, ANSI-B16.5 CL150, ASTM-A182 Gr.F11, Sch 160 bore’
FAAADAWAAA ’Flange, weld neck, raised face flanged end, 125 Ra finish, ANSI-B16.5 CL150, ASTM-A105, [409]’
FAAADAWFFC ’Flange, weld neck, raised face flanged end, 125 Ra finish, ANSI-B16.5 CL150, ASTM-A182 Gr.F11, [409]’
FAAADBDFFC ’Flange, weld neck, raised face flanged end, 125 Ra finish, ANSI-B16.5 CL150, ASTM-A182 Gr.F11, XX-strong bore’
FAABBADIIA ’Flange, weld neck, raised face flanged end, ANSI-B16.5 CL300, ASTM-A182 Gr.F304, Sch 80S bore’
FAABBADIIB ’Flange, weld neck, raised face flanged end, ANSI-B16.5 CL300, ASTM-A182 Gr.F304L, Sch 80S bore’

Database Info
5. Library and

179
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

5.1.3 Specialty Material Description Library


This Library contains the material descriptions for any engineered items or in-line instruments
which are reported by MTO or material control. These material descriptions are job specific
and are accessed by the specialty item’s tag number.

This data is used strictly for MTO reporting and material control. The specialty material
descriptions can be up to 240 characters in length.

5.1.3.1 Neutral Files


Three neutral files are used to insert data into or replace data for the specialty material
descriptions.

Material descriptions for engineered items

(engineered item number = tag).

Material descriptions for instruments.

(instrument tag number = tag).

Material descriptions for pipe supports.

(commodity code = tag).

These files contain the specialty tag number and the text for the material description. The
specialty tag number is appended by a specialty type which is used to distinguish between
engineered items, in-line instruments, and pipe supports.

The descriptions in Specialty Material Description Library tend to be customer-specific. The


following is a listing of sample neutral files for the specialty data.

! DEFINE SPECIALTY DESCRIPTIONS

! Date/Time: Thu Apr 30 09:02:24 1992

! Processed Library c:\newpipe\refdata\us_spbom.l

!Cmdty Code ====================================Description========================================


38-VI-9 ’RELIEF CONTROL VALVE.’
INSTR ’Instrument’
PSPECIALTY ’Piping specialty component’
PSUPPORT ’[970]’

! DEFINE SPECIALTY DESCRIPTIONS

! Date/Time: Thu Apr 30 09:02:39 1992

! Processed Library c:\newpipe\refdata\us_spbom.l

!Cmdty Code ====================================Description========================================


SPECIAL_ENGR ’SPECIAL ANGLE OUTLET.’
SPECIAL_ENGR 8 ’SPECIAL ANGLE OUTLET.’
SPECIAL_ENGR @O ’SPECIAL ANGLE OUTLET.’

180
________________ Specialty Material Description Library

! DEFINE SPECIALTY DESCRIPTIONS

! Date/Time: Thu Apr 30 09:02:56 1992

! Processed Library c:\newpipe\refdata\us_spbom.l

!Cmdty Code ====================================Description========================================


SUPP1 ’PIPE SUPPORT NUMBER 1.’
SUPP1 8 ’PIPE SUPPORT NUMBER 1.’
SUPP1 @O ’PIPE SUPPORT NUMBER 1.’
SUPP2 ’PIPE SUPPORT NUMBER 2.’
SUPP2 8 ’PIPE SUPPORT NUMBER 2.’
SUPP2 @O ’PIPE SUPPORT NUMBER 2.’
SUPP3 ’PIPE SUPPORT NUMBER 3.’
SUPP3 8 ’PIPE SUPPORT NUMBER 3.’
SUPP3 @O ’PIPE SUPPORT NUMBER 3.’

You must create three neutral files to insert data into or replace data for the specialty material
descriptions.

For engineered items (Specialties), PD_Report searches the Specialty Material Description
Library based on the piping_comp_no attribute. If this attribute is not found, the library is
searched for the commodity_name attribute.

For instruments, PD_Report searches the Specialty Material Description Library based on the
instrument_comp_no attribute. If this attribute is not found, the library is searched for the
model_code attribute.

For pipe supports, PD_Report searches the Specialty Material Description Library based on
the commodity_code attribute. If this attribute is not found, the library is searched first for the
model_code_phy attribute (indicating that this is a Physical Pipe Support) and finally for the
model_code_log attribute (indicating that this is a Logical Pipe Support).

Data Retrieval
The system uses the specialty tag number and specialty type to access the text for the material
descriptions in the Specialty Material Description Library.

Database Info
5. Library and

181
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

5.2 Labels in Material Descriptions


Attributes for mating implied items, specifically bolts and gaskets, are not stored in the
Design Database (dd_projname) where attributes for independent components are stored. You
can insert labels in Material Description Library for bolt and gasket entries, but these labels
must be classified as Piping Component Data labels when they are created.

Although data for bolts and gaskets is not recorded in the Piping Component Data Table
(pdtable_34_x) in the Piping Design Database (dd_projname), bolt and gasket labels are
classified as Piping Component Data labels. The system retrieves the bolt and gasket
information for reporting using related attributes in the Piping Component Data Table
(pdtable_202).

Although all of the attributes for piping components are available when you define a bolt or
gasket label using the Piping Component Data labels option, only the following attributes
contain data that is pertinent to bolt and gasket reporting. The following list displays the
form-attribute/table-attribute relationship which define what data is actually reported from the
Piping Component Data Table (pdtable_202):

Label Attributes Related (pdtable_202) Attributes


commodity_name commodity_name
option_code option_code
maximum_temp maximum_temp
cp_1_nom_pip_diam gcp_from_nom_diam
cp_1_end_prep gcp_to_nom_diam
cp_1_outside_diam gcp_end_prep
cp_1_rating gcp_rating
cp_1_sch_thk gcp_sch_thk
table_suffix_green gcp_table_suffix
cp_2_nom_pipe_diam rcp_from_nom_diam
cp_2_outside_diam rcp_to_nom_diam
cp_2_end_prep rcp_end_prep
cp_2_rating rcp_rating
cp_2_sch_thk rcp_sch_thk
table_suffix_red rcp_table_suffix
commodity_code commodity_code
model_code model_code
PDS_sort_code PDS_sort_code
bend_radius modifier
geometric_standard geometric_standard
weight_code weight_code
fabrication_cat fabrication_cat
materials_grade materials_grade
standard_note_no_a standard_note_no_a
standard_note_no_b standard_note_no_b

182
________________ Labels in Material Descriptions

A Label Description Library is delivered in win32app\ingr\pdshell\lib\labels.l and should be


edited to suit your projects needs.

Database Info
5. Library and

183
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

5.3 Database Table/Column Information


for Reporting
The following lists the default column values for each of the database tables used in reporting.
The column numbers are required for any index identified with a # in the index value such as
(BG#). The numbers at the far right identify the data_type for the attribute.

All data in the Piping Design Database is a direct representation of the design.ddl file. Any
additional attributes added to any ddl may still be reported. The following rules should be
used to determine the data type for any additional attributes.

All data_types translate into the following numbers based on the following ddl file definitions
which can be used to determine data_type for user-defined attributes:

character–1
short (SN#)–1
short (NPD)–1
double (Dist. Model)–1
double (Dist. NPD)–1
double (ins thick units)–1

short–2
integer–3
float–4
double–5

Units for density, surface area, weight, and temperature are reported through
the Project Data index, B**Qn.

The insulation thickness units are set through file design of active line data
with PD_Design Place Component command. They will be either NPD units
or Model units depending on the toggle setting. See the Piping Design
Graphics Reference Guide for more information.

184
________________ Piping Design Database (dd_projname)

5.3.1 Piping Design Database (dd_projname)

Table 12 - Piping Segment Data


1 system_unique_no integer index 1
2 line_number_label character(24) .......................... 1
3 line_id character(16) .......................... 1
4 unit_number character(12) .......................... 1
5 unit_code character(3) .......................... 1
6 module_no character(16) .......................... 1
7 package_system_no character(12) .......................... 1
8 train_number character(2) .......................... 1
9 fluid_code short (SN125) .............. 1
10 line_sequence_no character(16) .......................... 1
11 nominal_piping_dia short ............................(NPD). 1
12 piping_mater_class character(16) .......................... 1
13 gasket_separation character(8) .......................... 1
14 insulation_purpose short (SN220) .............. 1
15 insulation_thick double (ins thick units) .... 1
16 insulation_density double (SN1074 units) ....... 5
17 heat_tracing_reqmt short (SN200) .............. 1
18 heat_tracing_media short (SN210) .............. 1
19 heat_tracing_temp double ................................. 5
20 construction_stat short (SN130) .............. 1
21 hold_status short (SN50) ............... 1
22 approval_status short (SN35) ............... 1
23 schedule_override character(8) (SN332) ............... 1
24 nor_oper_pres double ................................. 5
25 nor_oper_temp double ................................. 5
26 alt_oper_pres double ................................. 5
27 alt_oper_temp double ................................. 5
28 nor_dgn_pres double ................................. 5
29 nor_dgn_temp double ................................. 5
30 alt_dgn_pres double ................................. 5
31 alt_dgn_temp double ................................. 5
32 steam_outlet_temp double ................................. 5
33 mater_of_construct character(6) .......................... 1
34 safety_class short (SN340) .............. 1
35 design_standard short (SN570) .............. 1
36 design_area_number character(10) .......................... 1
37 design_resp short (SN160) .............. 1
38 construction_resp short (SN160) .............. 1
39 supply_resp short (SN160) .............. 1
40 coating_reqmts short (SN190) .............. 1
41 cleaning_reqmts short (SN230) .............. 1
42 fluid_category character(4) ........................... 1
Database Info
5. Library and
43 nor_op_pres_units short (SN1064) ............. 1
44 nor_op_temp_units short (SN1056) ............. 1
45 alt_op_pres_units short (SN1064) ............. 1
46 alt_op_temp_units short (SN1056) ............. 1
47 nor_dgn_pres_units short (SN1064) ............. 1
48 nor_dgn_temp_units short (SN1056) ............. 1
49 alt_dgn_pres_units short (SN1064) ............. 1
50 alt_dgn_temp_units short (SN1056) ............. 1
51 steam_temp_units short (SN1056) ............. 1
52 stress_system_no character(12) .......................... 1
53 stress_reqmts short (SN360) .............. 1
54 hyd_system_no character(12) .......................... 1

185
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

55 hyd_reqmts short (SN360) .............. 1


56 specific_gravity_a double ................................. 5
57 specific_gravity_b double ................................. 5
58 specific_gravity_c double ................................. 5
59 viscosity double ................................. 5
60 density double ................................. 5
61 spec_heat_ratio double ................................. 5
62 sonic_velocity double ................................. 5
63 surface_roughness double ................................. 5
64 test_system_no character(6) ........................... 1
65 test_fluid short (SN125) .............. 1
66 test_pressure double ................................. 5
67 PID_id_part_a character(4) ........................... 1
68 PID_id_part_b character(4) ........................... 1
69 end_1_nozzle_id integer ................................ 3
70 end_2_nozzle_id integer ................................ 3
71 alpha_descript_id character(12) .......................... 1
72 standard_note_no short (SN499) .............. 2 or 1
73 pid_index_no integer ................................ 3
74 color_code character(8) ........................... 1
75 inspection_iso_id character(24) .......................... 1
76 index_to_pi_dwg integer ................................ 3
77 weld_id character(80) .......................... 1

Table 34 Piping Component Data


1 system_unique_no integer index 1
2 piping_comp_no character(20) .......................... 1
3 commodity_name character(6) ........................... 1
4 model_code character(6) ........................... 1
5 option_code short (SN400) .............. 1
6 maximum_temp double ................................. 5
7 sched_thick_basis character(8) ........................... 1
8 commodity_code character(16) .......................... 1
9 MTO_requirements short (SN365) .............. 1
10 fabrication_cat short (SN180) .............. 1
11 source_of_data short (SN420) .............. 1
12 PDS_sort_code character(6) ........................... 1
13 physical_data_id character(8) ........................... 1
14 geometric_standard short (SN575) .............. 1
15 weight_code short (SN578) .............. 1
16 table_suffix_green short (SN576) .............. 1
17 table_suffix_red short (SN577) .............. 1
18 materials_grade short (SN145) .............. 1
19 bend_radius double ................................. 5
20 bend_angle double ................................. 5
21 face_to_face_dim double ................................. 1
22 dimension_a double ................................. 5
23 dimension_b double ................................. 5
24 dimension_c double ................................. 5
25 surface_area double (SN1010 units) ....... 5
26 empty_weight double (SN1028 units) ....... 5
27 water_weight double (SN1028 units) ....... 5
28 operator_weight double ................................. 5
29 operator_sym_name character(6) ........................... 1
30 chain_operator_no short .................................. 2
31 opening_action short (SN390) .............. 1
32 construction_stat short (SN130) .............. 1
33 hold_status short (SN50) ............... 1
34 heat_tracing_reqmt short (SN200) .............. 1

186
________________ Piping Design Database (dd_projname)

35 heat_tracing_media short (SN210) .............. 1


36 heat_tracing_temp double ................................. 5
37 iso_dwg_index_no integer ................................ 3
38 isometric_sheet_no character(2) ........................... 1
39 piece_mark_no character(60) .......................... 1
40 color_code character(8) ........................... 1
41 stress_node_no short .................................. 2
42 stress_intens_fact double ................................. 5
43 head_loss_factor double ................................. 5
44 piping_assembly character(12) .......................... 1
45 component_group_no short .................................. 2
46 remarks character(50) .......................... 1
47 standard_note_no_a short (SN499) .............. 2 or 1
48 standard_note_no_b short (SN499) .............. 2 or 1

49 cp_1_nom_pipe_diam short ............................(NPD). 1


50 cp_1_outside_diam double .....................(Dist. NPD). 1
51 cp_1_end_prep short (SN330) .............. 1
52 cp_1_sch_thk character(8) (SN332) .............. 1
53 cp_1_rating character(8) ........................... 1
54 cp_1_face_to_ctr double ................................. 5
55 cp_1_weld_no character(8) ........................... 1
56 cp_1_weld_type short (SN1100)/400 (bolt option) 1
57 cp_1_gasket_gap double ................................. 5
58 cp_1_gasket_option short (SN400) .............. 1
59 cp_1_stress_node short .................................. 2
60 cp_1_stress_factor double ................................. 5
61 cp_1_head_loss double ................................. 5

62 cp_2_nom_pipe_diam short ............................(NPD). 1


63 cp_2_outside_diam double .....................(Dist. NPD). 1
64 cp_2_end_prep short (SN330) .............. 1
65 cp_2_sch_thk character(8) (SN332) .............. 1
66 cp_2_rating character(8) ........................... 1
67 cp_2_face_to_ctr double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
68 cp_2_weld_no character(8) ........................... 1
69 cp_2_weld_type short (SN1100)/400 (bolt option) 1
70 cp_2_gasket_gap double ....................(Dist. Model) 1
71 cp_2_gasket_option short (SN400) .............. 1
72 cp_2_stress_node short .................................. 2
73 cp_2_stress_factor double ................................. 5
74 cp_2_head_loss double ................................. 5

75 cp_3_nom_pipe_diam short ............................(NPD). 1


76 cp_3_outside_diam double .....................(Dist. NPD). 1
77 cp_3_end_prep short (SN330) ............... 1
78 cp_3_sch_thk character(8) (SN332) ............... 1
79 cp_3_rating character(8) ........................... 1
80 cp_3_face_to_ctr double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
81 cp_3_weld_no character(8) ........................... 1
Database Info
5. Library and
82 cp_3_weld_type short (SN1100)/400 (bolt option) 1
83 cp_3_gasket_gap double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
84 cp_3_gasket_option short (SN400) ............... 1
85 cp_3_stress_node short .................................. 2
86 cp_3_stress_factor double ................................. 5
87 cp_3_head_loss double ................................. 5

88 cp_4_nom_pipe_diam short ............................(NPD). 1


89 cp_4_outside_diam double .....................(Dist. NPD). 1
90 cp_4_end_prep short (SN330) ............... 1
91 cp_4_sch_thk character(8) (SN332) ............... 1
92 cp_4_rating character(8) ........................... 1

187
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

93 cp_4_face_to_ctr double ...................(Dist. Model). 1


94 cp_4_weld_no character(8) ........................... 1
95 cp_4_weld_type short (SN1100)/400 (bolt option) 1
96 cp_4_gasket_gap double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
97 cp_4_gasket_option short (SN400) ............... 1
98 cp_4_stress_node short .................................. 2
99 cp_4_stress_factor double ................................. 5
100 cp_4_head_loss double ................................. 5

101 cp_5_nom_pipe_diam short ............................(NPD). 1


102 cp_5_outside_diam double .....................(Dist. NPD). 1
103 cp_5_end_prep short (SN330) ............... 1
104 cp_5_sch_thk character(8) (SN332) ............... 1
105 cp_5_rating character(8) ........................... 1
106 cp_5_face_to_ctr double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
107 cp_5_weld_no character(8) ........................... 1
108 cp_5_weld_type short (SN1100/400 (bolt option) 1
109 cp_5_gasket_gap double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
110 cp_5_gasket_option short (SN400) ............... 1
111 cp_5_stress_node short .................................. 2
112 cp_5_stress_factor double ................................. 5
113 cp_5_head_loss double ................................. 5

114 unique_name character(12) .......................... 1


115 vlv_operator_dim_a double ................................. 5
116 vlv_operator_dim_b double ................................. 5
117 vlv_operator_dim_c double ................................. 5
118 vlv_operator_dim_d double ................................. 5

119 last_placed_date integer ................................ 3


120 generic_comp_no character(20) .......................... 1
121 inspection_key short .................................. 2
122 cp_1_inspect_key short .................................. 2
123 cp_2_inspect_key short .................................. 2
124 cp_3_inspect_key short .................................. 2
125 cp_4_inspect_key short .................................. 2
126 cp_5_inspect_key short .................................. 2

Table 50 - Piping/Tubing Data


1 system_unique_no integer index 1
2 piping_comp_no character(20) .......................... 1
3 commodity_name character(6) ........................... 1
4 model_code character(6) ........................... 1
5 option_code short (SN400) .............. 1
6 maximum_temp double ................................. 5
7 nominal_piping_dia short ............................(NPD). 1
8 outside_diameter double .....................(Dist. NPD). 1
9 schedule_thickness character(8) (SN332) .............. 1
10 sched_thick_basis character(8) (SN332) .............. 1
11 rating character(8) ........................... 1
12 commodity_code character(16) .......................... 1
13 MTO_requirements short (SN365) .............. 1
14 fabrication_cat short (SN180) .............. 1
15 source_of_data short (SN425) .............. 1
16 PDS_sort_code character(6) ........................... 1
17 geometric_standard short (SN575) .............. 1
18 weight_code short (SN578) .............. 1
19 table_suffix_green short (SN576) .............. 1
20 table_suffix_red short (SN577) .............. 1

188
________________ Piping Design Database (dd_projname)

21 materials_grade short (SN145) .............. 1


22 pipe_length double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
23 surface_area double (SN1010 units) ....... 5
24 empty_weight double (SN1028 units) ....... 5
25 water_weight double (SN1028 units) ....... 5
26 cold_spring_length double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
27 construction_stat short (SN130) ............... 1
28 hold_status short (SN50) ............... 1
29 heat_tracing_reqmt short (SN200) ............... 1
30 heat_tracing_media short (SN210) ............... 1
31 heat_tracing_temp double ................................. 5
32 iso_dwg_index_no integer ................................ 3
33 isometric_sheet_no character(2) ........................... 1
34 piece_mark_no character(60) .......................... 1
35 color_code character(8) ........................... 1
36 piping_assembly character(12) .......................... 1
37 component_group_no short .................................. 2
38 remarks character(50) .......................... 1
39 standard_note_no_a short (SN499) ............... 2 or 1
40 standard_note_no_b short (SN499) ............... 2 or 1

41 end_1_end_prep short (SN330) .............. 1


42 end_1_weld_no character(8) ........................... 1
43 end_1_weld_type short (SN1100)/400 (bolt option) 1
44 end_1_gasket_gap double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
45 end_1_gasket_opt short (SN400) .............. 1
46 end_1_stress_node short .................................. 2
47 end_1_stres_int double ................................. 5
48 end_1_head_loss double ................................. 5

49 end_2_end_prep short (SN330) .............. 1


50 end_2_weld_no character(8) ........................... 1
51 end_2_weld_type short (SN1100)/400 (bolt option) 1
52 end_2_gasket_gap double ....................(Dist. Model) 1
53 end_2_gasket_opt short (SN400) .............. 1
54 end_2_stress_node short .................................. 2
55 end_2_stres_int double ................................. 5
56 end_2_head_loss double ................................. 5
57 unique_name character(12) .......................... 1
58 last_placed_date integer ................................ 3
59 inspection_key short .................................. 2
60 end_1_inspect_key short .................................. 2
61 end_2_inspect_key short .................................. 2

Table 67 - Instrument and Specialty Component Data


1 system_unique_no integer index 1
2 instrument_comp_no character(20) .......................... 1
Database Info
5. Library and
3 model_code character(6) ........................... 1
4 option_code short (SN400) .............. 1
5 sched_thick_basis character(8) (SN332) .............. 1
6 MTO_requirements short (SN365) .............. 1
7 fabrication_cat short (SN180) .............. 1
8 source_of_data short (SN430) .............. 1
9 PDS_sort_code character(6) ........................... 1
10 physical_data_id character(8) ........................... 1
11 geometric_standard short (SN575) .............. 1
12 weight_code short (SN578) .............. 1
13 table_suffix_green short (SN576) .............. 1
14 table_suffix_red short (SN577) .............. 1

189
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

15 materials_grade short (SN145) .............. 1


16 face_to_face_dim double ................................. 1
17 dimension_a double ................................. 5
18 dimension_b double ................................. 5
19 dimension_c double ................................. 5
20 surface_area double (SN1010 units) ....... 5
21 empty_weight double (SN1028 units) ....... 5
22 water_weight double (SN1028 units) ....... 5
23 operator_weight double (SN1028 units) ....... 5
24 operator_type double ................................. 5
25 operator_sym_name character(6) ........................... 1
26 chain_operator_no short .................................. 2
27 chain_length double ................................. 5
28 opening_action short (SN390) .............. 1
29 construction_stat short (SN130) .............. 1
30 hold_status short (SN50) ............... 1
31 design_resp short (SN160) .............. 1
32 construction_resp short (SN160) .............. 1
33 heat_tracing_reqmt short (SN200) .............. 1
34 heat_tracing_media short (SN210) .............. 1
35 heat_tracing_temp double ................................. 5
36 insulation_purpose short (SN220) .............. 1
37 insulation_thick double ...............(ins thick units). 1
38 insulation_density double (SN1074 units) ........ 5
39 cleaning_reqmts short (SN230) .............. 1
40 safety_class short (SN340) .............. 1
41 module_no character(16) .......................... 1
42 package_system_no character(12) .......................... 1
43 iso_dwg_index_no integer ................................ 3
44 isometric_sheet_no character(2) ........................... 1
45 piece_mark_no character(60) .......................... 1
46 color_code character(8) ........................... 1
47 stress_node_no short .................................. 2
48 stress_intens_fact double ................................. 5
49 head_loss_factor double ................................. 5
50 piping_assembly character(12) .......................... 1
51 component_group_no short .................................. 2
52 remarks character(50) .......................... 1
53 standard_note_no_a short (SN499) .............. 2 or 1
54 standard_note_no_b short (SN499) .............. 2 or 1

55 cp_1_nom_pipe_diam short ............................(NPD). 1


56 cp_1_outside_diam double .....................(Dist. NPD). 1
57 cp_1_end_prep short (SN330) .............. 1
58 cp_1_sch_thk character(8) (SN332) .............. 1
59 cp_1_rating character(8) ........................... 1
60 cp_1_face_to_ctr double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
61 cp_1_weld_no character(8) ........................... 1
62 cp_1_weld_type short (SN1100)/400 (bolt option) 1
63 cp_1_gasket_gap double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
64 cp_1_gasket_option short (SN400) .............. 1
65 cp_1_stress_node short .................................. 2
66 cp_1_stress_factor double ................................. 5
67 cp_1_head_loss double ................................. 5

68 cp_2_nom_pipe_diam short ............................(NPD). 1


69 cp_2_outside_diam double .....................(Dist. NPD). 1
70 cp_2_end_prep short (SN330) .............. 1
71 cp_2_sch_thk character(8) (SN332) .............. 1
72 cp_2_rating character(8) ........................... 1
73 cp_2_face_to_ctr double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
74 cp_2_weld_no character(8) ........................... 1

190
________________ Piping Design Database (dd_projname)

75 cp_2_weld_type short (SN1100)/400 (bolt option) 1


76 cp_2_gasket_gap double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
77 cp_2_gasket_option short (SN400) ............... 1
78 cp_2_stress_node short .................................. 2
79 cp_2_stress_factor double ................................. 5
80 cp_2_head_loss double ................................. 5

81 cp_3_nom_pipe_diam short ............................(NPD). 1


82 cp_3_outside_diam double .....................(Dist. NPD). 1
83 cp_3_end_prep short (SN330) .............. 1
84 cp_3_sch_thk character(8) (SN332) .............. 1
85 cp_3_rating character(8) ........................... 1
86 cp_3_face_to_ctr double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
87 cp_3_weld_no character(8) ........................... 1
88 cp_3_weld_type short (SN1100)/400 (bolt option) 1
89 cp_3_gasket_gap double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
90 cp_3_gasket_option short (SN400) .............. 1
91 cp_3_stress_node short .................................. 2
92 cp_3_stress_factor double ................................. 5
93 cp_3_head_loss double ................................. 5

94 cp_4_nom_pipe_diam short ............................(NPD). 1


95 cp_4_outside_diam double .....................(Dist. NPD). 1
96 cp_4_end_prep short (SN330) .............. 1
97 cp_4_sch_thk character(8) (SN332) .............. 1
98 cp_4_rating character(8) ........................... 1
99 cp_4_face_to_ctr double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
100 cp_4_weld_no character(8) ........................... 1
101 cp_4_weld_type short (SN1100)/400 (bolt option) 1
102 cp_4_gasket_gap double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
103 cp_4_gasket_option short (SN400) ............... 1
104 cp_4_stress_node short .................................. 2
105 cp_4_stress_factor double ................................. 5
106 cp_4_head_loss double ................................. 5

107 cp_5_nom_pipe_diam short ............................(NPD). 1


108 cp_5_outside_diam double .....................(Dist. NPD). 1
109 cp_5_end_prep short (SN330) ............... 1
110 cp_5_sch_thk character(8) (SN332) ............... 1
111 cp_5_rating character(8) ........................... 1
112 cp_5_face_to_ctr double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
113 cp_5_weld_no character(8) ........................... 1
114 cp_5_weld_type short (SN1100)/400 (bolt option) 1
115 cp_5_gasket_gap double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
116 cp_5_gasket_option short (SN400) ............... 1
117 cp_5_stress_node short .................................. 2
118 cp_5_stress_factor double ................................. 5
119 cp_5_head_loss double ................................. 5

120 unique_name character(12) .......................... 1


Database Info
5. Library and
121 bend_angle double ................................. 5
122 vlv_operator_dim_a double ................................. 5
123 vlv_operator_dim_b double ................................. 5
124 vlv_operator_dim_c double ................................. 5
125 vlv_operator_dim_d double ................................. 5

126 last_placed_date integer ................................ 3


127 generic_comp_no character(20) .......................... 1
128 inspection_key short .................................. 2
129 cp_1_inspect_key short .................................. 2
130 cp_2_inspect_key short .................................. 2
131 cp_3_inspect_key short .................................. 2
132 cp_4_inspect_key short .................................. 2
133 cp_5_inspect_key short .................................. 2

191
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Table 80 - Pipe Support Data


1 system_unique_no integer index 1
2 pipe_support_no character(20) .......................... 1
3 model_code_phy character(6) ........................... 1
4 model_code_log character(6) ........................... 1
5 iso_support_type_a short (SN380) ............... 1
6 iso_support_type_b short (SN380) ............... 1
7 iso_support_type_c short (SN380) ............... 1
8 iso_support_type_d short (SN380) ............... 1
9 details_for_shop character(50) .......................... 1
10 details_for_field character(50) .......................... 1
11 fabrication_orient character(20) .......................... 1
12 commodity_code character(16) .......................... 1
13 MTO_requirements short (SN365) ............... 1
14 fabrication_cat short (SN180) ............... 1
15 weight double (SN1028 units) ........ 5
16 construction_stat short (SN130) ............... 1
17 hold_status short (SN50) ................ 1
18 standard_note_no short (SN499) ............... 2 or 1
19 iso_dwg_index_no integer ................................ 3
20 isometric_sheet_no character(2) ........................... 1
21 piece_mark_no character(60) .......................... 1
22 color_code character(8) ........................... 1
23 isometric_dim_a double ................................. 5
24 isometric_dim_b double ................................. 5
25 isometric_dim_c double ................................. 5
26 isometric_dim_d double ................................. 5
27 isometric_dim_e double ................................. 5
28 trans_rigidity_x double ................................. 5
29 trans_rigidity_y double ................................. 5
30 trans_rigidity_z double ................................. 5
31 rot_rigidity_x double ................................. 5
32 rot_rigidity_y double ................................. 5
33 rot_rigidity_z double ................................. 5
34 spring_gap_length double ................................. 5
35 sping_gap_direct short .................................. 2
36 number_of_springs short .................................. 2
37 last_placed_date integer ................................ 3
38 inspection_key short .................................. 2
39 mark_number character(80) .......................... 1
40 group_id integer ................................ 3
41 gang_id integer ................................ 3
42 material_grade short (SN145) ............... 1
43 weld_code short .................................. 2
44 material_index character(16) .......................... 1
45 operating_load double ................................. 5
46 installed_load double ................................. 5
47 hydrostatic_load double ................................. 5
48 total_movement_1 double in subunits (dist. att.) ....... 1
49 total_movement_2 double in subunits (dist. att.) ....... 1
50 rod_diameter double in subunits .................... 1

192
________________ Piping Design Database (dd_projname)

5.3.2 Equipment Modeling Database

Table 21 - Equipment Group


1 equip_indx_no integer index 1
2 equip_no character(30) .......................... 1
3 equip_descr_1 character(40) .......................... 1
4 equip_descr_2 character(40) .......................... 1
5 tutorial_no character(6) ........................... 1
6 equip_class character(2) ........................... 1
7 dry_weight double ................................. 5
8 oper_weight_1 double ................................. 5
9 oper_weight_2 double ................................. 5
10 insulation_thk double ................................. 5
11 construction_stat short (SN130) ................ 1
12 equipment_division short (SN69) ................ 1
13 approval_status short (SN35) ................ 1

Table 22 - Equipment Nozzle


1 nozzle_indx_no integer
2 nozzle_no character(10) .......................... 1
3 equip_index integer ................................ 3
4 nominal_piping_dia short ............................(NPD). 1
5 rating character(8) ........................... 1
6 preparation short (SN3300) .............. 1
7 piping_mater_class character(16) .......................... 1
8 unit_no character(12) .......................... 1
9 fluid_code short (SN125) ............... 1
10 unit_code character(3) ........................... 1
11 line_sequence_no character(16) .......................... 1
12 heat_tracing_reqmt short (SN200) ............... 1
13 heat_tracing_media short (SN210) ............... 1
14 insulation_purpose short (SN220) ............... 1
15 insulation_thk double ................................. 5
16 table_suffix short (SN576) ............... 1
17 service character(20) .......................... 1
18 schedule_thickness character(8) ........................... 1
19 nor_therm_growth_X double ................................. 5
20 nor_therm_growth_Y double ................................. 5
21 nor_therm_growth_Z double ................................. 5
22 alt_therm_growth_X double ................................. 5
23 alt_therm_growth_Y double ................................. 5
24 alt_therm_growth_Z double ................................. 5
Database Info
5. Library and
25 construction_stat short (SN130) ............... 1

Table 23 - Equipment Nozzle - Extended


1 nozzle_indx_no integer ................................. 3
2 equip_indx_no integer ................................. 3
3 parm_indx_no integer ................................. 3
4 parm_noz_no short ................................... 2
5 face_of_flange_x double .................................. 5
6 face_of_flange_y double .................................. 5

193
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

7 face_of_flange_z double .................................. 5


8 face_flange_pri_1 double .................................. 5
9 face_flange_pri_2 double .................................. 5
10 face_flange_pri_3 double .................................. 5
11 face_flange_sec_1 double .................................. 5
12 face_flange_sec_2 double .................................. 5
13 face_flange_sec_3 double .................................. 5
14 face_flange_nor_1 double .................................. 5
15 face_flange_nor_2 double .................................. 5
16 face_flange_nor_3 double .................................. 5
17 nozzle_type short ................................... 2
18 nozzle_length_1 double .................................. 5
19 nozzle_length_2 double .................................. 5
20 nozzle_radius double .................................. 5
21 reference_item character(11) ........................... 1
22 ref_loc_x double .................................. 5
23 ref_loc_y double .................................. 5
24 ref_loc_z double .................................. 5
25 ref_loc_pri_1 double .................................. 5
26 ref_loc_pri_2 double .................................. 5
27 ref_loc_pri_3 double .................................. 5
28 ref_loc_sec_1 double .................................. 5
29 ref_loc_sec_2 double .................................. 5
30 ref_loc_sec_3 double .................................. 5
31 ref_loc_nor_1 double .................................. 5
32 ref_loc_nor_2 double .................................. 5
33 ref_loc_nor_3 double .................................. 5
34 orientation_1 double .................................. 5
35 orientation_2 double .................................. 5
36 orientation_3 double .................................. 5
37 orientation_4 double .................................. 5
38 dimension_1 double .................................. 5
39 dimension_2 double .................................. 5
40 dimension_3 double .................................. 5
41 dimension_4 double .................................. 5
42 dimension_5 double .................................. 5
43 dimension_6 double .................................. 5
44 c_face_of_flange_x character(41) ........................... 1
45 c_face_of_flange_y character(41) ........................... 1
46 c_face_of_flange_z character(41) ........................... 1
47 c_face_flange_pri character(31) ........................... 1
48 c_face_flange_sec character(31) ........................... 1
49 c_face_flange_nor character(31) ........................... 1
50 c_nozzle_length_1 character(31) ........................... 1
51 c_nozzle_length_2 character(31) ........................... 1
52 c_nozzle_radius character(31) ........................... 1
53 c_ref_loc_x character(41) ........................... 1
54 c_ref_loc_y character(41) ........................... 1
55 c_ref_loc_z character(41) ........................... 1
56 c_ref_loc_pri character(31) ........................... 1
57 c_ref_loc_sec character(31) ........................... 1
58 c_ref_loc_nor character(31) ........................... 1
59 c_orientation_1 character(11) ........................... 1
60 c_orientation_2 character(11) ........................... 1
61 c_orientation_3 character(11) ........................... 1
62 c_orientation_4 character(11) ........................... 1
63 c_dimension_1 character(31) ........................... 1
64 c_dimension_2 character(31) ........................... 1
65 c_dimension_3 character(31) ........................... 1
66 c_dimension_4 character(31) ........................... 1
67 c_dimension_5 character(31) ........................... 1
68 c_dimension_6 character(31) ........................... 1

194
________________ Piping Design Database (dd_projname)

Table 24 - Equipment Datum Point


1 equip_indx_no integer ................................. 3
2 parm_indx_no integer ................................. 3
3 point_type short ................................... 2
4 point_indx_no short ................................... 2
5 loc_x double .................................. 5
6 loc_y double .................................. 5
7 loc_z double .................................. 5
8 loc_pri_1 double .................................. 5
9 loc_pri_2 double .................................. 5
10 loc_pri_3 double .................................. 5
11 loc_sec_1 double .................................. 5
12 loc_sec_2 double .................................. 5
13 loc_sec_3 double .................................. 5
14 loc_nor_1 double .................................. 5
15 loc_nor_2 double .................................. 5
16 loc_nor_3 double .................................. 5
17 c_loc_x character(41) ........................... 1
18 c_loc_y character(41) ........................... 1
19 c_loc_z character(41) ........................... 1
20 c_loc_pri character(31) ........................... 1
21 c_loc_sec character(31) ........................... 1
22 c_loc_nor character(31) ........................... 1

Table 25 - Equipment Primitive


1 equip_indx_no integer ................................. 3
2 prim_name character(20) ........................... 1
3 place_pnt_no short ................................... 2
4 place_by_x double .................................. 5
5 place_by_y double .................................. 5
6 place_by_z double .................................. 5
7 place_by_pri_1 double .................................. 5
8 place_by_pri_2 double .................................. 5
9 place_by_pri_3 double .................................. 5
10 place_by_sec_1 double .................................. 5
11 place_by_sec_2 double .................................. 5
12 place_by_sec_3 double .................................. 5
13 place_by_nor_1 double .................................. 5
14 place_by_nor_2 double .................................. 5
15 place_by_nor_3 double .................................. 5
16 category_type short ................................... 2
17 dimension_a double .................................. 5
18 dimension_b double .................................. 5
19 dimension_c double .................................. 5
Database Info
5. Library and
20 dimension_d double .................................. 5
21 dimension_e double .................................. 5
22 c_place_by_x character(41) ........................... 1
23 c_place_by_y character(41) ........................... 1
24 c_place_by_z character(41) ........................... 1
25 c_place_by_pri character(31) ........................... 1
26 c_place_by_sec character(31) ........................... 1
27 c_place_by_nor character(31) ........................... 1
28 c_dimension_a character(31) ........................... 1
29 c_dimension_b character(31) ........................... 1
30 c_dimension_c character(31) ........................... 1
31 c_dimension_d character(31) ........................... 1
32 c_dimension_e character(31) ........................... 1

195
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Table 26 - Equipment Primitive - User Projected Shape


1 equip_indx_no integer ................................. 3
2 prim_name character(20) ........................... 1
3 place_point_no short ................................... 2
4 place_by_pri_1 double .................................. 5
5 place_by_pri_2 double .................................. 5
6 place_by_pri_3 double .................................. 5
7 place_by_sec_1 double .................................. 5
8 place_by_sec_2 double .................................. 5
9 place_by_sec_3 double .................................. 5
10 place_by_nor_1 double .................................. 5
11 place_by_nor_2 double .................................. 5
12 place_by_nor_3 double .................................. 5
13 category_type short ................................... 2
14 number_vertices short ................................... 2
15 projection double .................................. 5
16 vertex_1_x double .................................. 5
17 vertex_1_y double .................................. 5
18 vertex_2_x double .................................. 5
19 vertex_2_y double .................................. 5
20 vertex_3_x double .................................. 5
21 vertex_3_y double .................................. 5
22 vertex_4_x double .................................. 5
23 vertex_4_y double .................................. 5
24 vertex_5_x double .................................. 5
25 vertex_5_y double .................................. 5
26 vertex_6_x double .................................. 5
27 vertex_6_y double .................................. 5
28 vertex_7_x double .................................. 5
29 vertex_7_y double .................................. 5
30 vertex_8_x double .................................. 5
31 vertex_8_y double .................................. 5
32 vertex_9_x double .................................. 5
33 vertex_9_y double .................................. 5
34 vertex_10_x double .................................. 5
35 vertex_10_y double .................................. 5
36 vertex_11_x double .................................. 5
37 vertex_11_y double .................................. 5
38 vertex_12_x double .................................. 5
39 vertex_12_y double .................................. 5
40 vertex_13_x double .................................. 5
41 vertex_13_y double .................................. 5
42 vertex_14_x double .................................. 5
43 vertex_14_y double .................................. 5
44 vertex_15_x double .................................. 5
45 vertex_15_y double .................................. 5
46 vertex_16_x double .................................. 5
47 vertex_16_y double .................................. 5
48 vertex_17_x double .................................. 5
49 vertex_17_y double .................................. 5
50 vertex_18_x double .................................. 5
51 vertex_18_y double .................................. 5
52 vertex_19_x double .................................. 5
53 vertex_19_y double .................................. 5
54 vertex_20_x double .................................. 5
55 vertex_20_y double .................................. 5
56 c_place_by_pri character(31) ........................... 1
57 c_place_by_sec character(31) ........................... 1
58 c_place_by_nor character(31) ........................... 1
59 c_projection character(31) ........................... 1

196
________________ Piping Design Database (dd_projname)

60 c_vertex_1_x character(31) ........................... 1


61 c_vertex_1_y character(31) ........................... 1
62 c_vertex_2_x character(31) ........................... 1
63 c_vertex_2_y character(31) ........................... 1
64 c_vertex_3_x character(31) ........................... 1
65 c_vertex_3_y character(31) ........................... 1
66 c_vertex_4_x character(31) ........................... 1
67 c_vertex_4_y character(31) ........................... 1
68 c_vertex_5_x character(31) ........................... 1
69 c_vertex_5_y character(31) ........................... 1
70 c_vertex_6_x character(31) ........................... 1
71 c_vertex_6_y character(31) ........................... 1
72 c_vertex_7_x character(31) ........................... 1
73 c_vertex_7_y character(31) ........................... 1
74 c_vertex_8_x character(31) ........................... 1
75 c_vertex_8_y character(31) ........................... 1
76 c_vertex_9_x character(31) ........................... 1
77 c_vertex_9_y character(31) ........................... 1
78 c_vertex_10_x character(31) ........................... 1
79 c_vertex_10_y character(31) ........................... 1
80 c_vertex_11_x character(31) ........................... 1
81 c_vertex_11_y character(31) ........................... 1
82 c_vertex_12_x character(31) ........................... 1
83 c_vertex_12_y character(31) ........................... 1
84 c_vertex_13_x character(31) ........................... 1
85 c_vertex_13_y character(31) ........................... 1
86 c_vertex_14_x character(31) ........................... 1
87 c_vertex_14_y character(31) ........................... 1
88 c_vertex_15_x character(31) ........................... 1
89 c_vertex_15_y character(31) ........................... 1
90 c_vertex_16_x character(31) ........................... 1
91 c_vertex_16_y character(31) ........................... 1
92 c_vertex_17_x character(31) ........................... 1
93 c_vertex_17_y character(31) ........................... 1
94 c_vertex_18_x character(31) ........................... 1
95 c_vertex_18_y character(31) ........................... 1
96 c_vertex_19_x character(31) ........................... 1
97 c_vertex_19_y character(31) ........................... 1
98 c_vertex_20_x character(31) ........................... 1
99 c_vertex_20_y character(31) ........................... 1

Table 27 - Equipment Parametric


1 equip_indx_no integer ................................. 3
2 parm_indx_no integer ................................. 3
3 symbol_name character(10) ........................... 1
4 place_pnt_no short ................................... 2
5 place_by_x double .................................. 5
Database Info
5. Library and
6 place_by_y double .................................. 5
7 place_by_z double .................................. 5
8 place_by_pri_1 double .................................. 5
9 place_by_pri_2 double .................................. 5
10 place_by_pri_3 double .................................. 5
11 place_by_sec_1 double .................................. 5
12 place_by_sec_2 double .................................. 5
13 place_by_sec_3 double .................................. 5
14 place_by_nor_1 double .................................. 5
15 place_by_nor_2 double .................................. 5
16 place_by_nor_3 double .................................. 5
17 c_place_by_x character(41) ........................... 1

197
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

18 c_place_by_y character(41) ........................... 1


19 c_place_by_z character(41) ........................... 1
20 c_place_by_pri character(31) ........................... 1
21 c_place_by_sec character(31) ........................... 1
22 c_place_by_nor character(31) ........................... 1

Table 28 - Equipment Parametric - Extended


1 parm_indx_no integer ................................. 3
2 form_indx_no short ................................... 2
3 form_name character(10) ........................... 1
4 form_fld short ................................... 2
5 data_type short ................................... 2
6 dimension_no short ................................... 2
7 nozzle_fld short ................................... 2
8 fld_attribute short ................................... 2
9 fld_default character(21) ........................... 1
10 fld_name character(13) ........................... 1
11 value_real double .................................. 5
12 value_char character(41) ........................... 1

198
________________ Project Control Database

5.3.3 Project Control Database

Table 101 - Project Description Data


1 system_unique_no integer ................................. 3
2 project_no character(15) ........................... 1
3 project_name character(40) ........................... 1
4 job_no character(40) ........................... 1
5 company_name character(40) ........................... 1
6 plant_name character(40) ........................... 1

Table 102 - Reference Database Management Data


1 type_of_rdb_data short ................................... 2
2 approval_status short (SN35) ................ 1
3 rdb_file_spec character(14) ........................... 1
4 path_name character(36) ........................... 1
5 network_address character(26) ........................... 1
6 lock_owner character(10) ........................... 1
7 lock_status short ................................... 2
8 lock_date integer ................................. 3
9 revision_date integer ................................. 3

Table 103 - Project Control Data


1 product_version_no short ................................... 2
2 report_path character(36) ........................... 1
3 report_node character(26) ........................... 1
4 report_format_path character(36) ........................... 1
5 report_format_node character(26) ........................... 1
6 report_filter_path character(36) ........................... 1
7 report_filter_node character(26) ........................... 1
8 piping_eden_path character(36) ........................... 1
9 piping_eden_node character(26) ........................... 1
10 eden_table_path character(36) ........................... 1
11 eden_table_node character(26) ........................... 1
12 piping_spec_path character(36) ........................... 1
13 piping_spec_node character(26) ........................... 1
14 assembly_path character(36) ........................... 1
15 assembly_node character(26) ........................... 1
16 model_builder_path character(36) ........................... 1
17 model_builder_node character(26) ........................... 1
Database Info
5. Library and
18 design_review_path character(36) ........................... 1
19 design_review_node character(26) ........................... 1
20 std_note_lib_path character(36) ........................... 1
21 std_note_lib_node character(26) ........................... 1
22 eqp_eden_path character(36) ........................... 1
23 eqp_eden_node character(26) ........................... 1
24 tdf_table_path character(36) ........................... 1
25 tdf_table_node character(26) ........................... 1
26 clash_report_path character(36) ........................... 1
27 clash_report_node character(26) ........................... 1
28 clash_plot_path character(36) ........................... 1
29 clash_plot_node character(26) ........................... 1

199
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

30 mdl_status_low_dr short ........(SN1605)................ 1


31 mdl_status_high_dr short ........(SN1605)................ 1
32 mdl_status_low_ic short ........(SN1605)................ 1
33 mdl_status_high_ic short ........(SN1605)................ 1
34 area_owner_opt_ic short ................................ 2
35 eqp_insul_opt_ic short ................................ 2
36 eqp_con_tol_opt_ic short ................................ 2
37 clash_rpt_index_no integer ................................ 1
38 report_search_path character(36) ........................... 1
39 report_search_node character(26) ........................... 1
40 sup_tdf_table_path character(36) ............................ 1
41 sup_tdf_table_node character(26) ............................ 1

Table 104 - Project Archival Management Data


1 archival_index_no integer ................................. 3
2 archival_number character(24) ........................... 1
3 archival_descript character(40) ........................... 1
4 archival_file_spec character(14) ........................... 1
5 path_name character(36) ........................... 1
6 network_address character(26) ........................... 1
7 month_map integer ................................. 3
8 day_of_week_map integer ................................. 3
9 day_map integer ................................. 3
10 time_of_day integer ................................. 3
11 schedule_type short .................................... 2

5.3.4 Model Management Data

Table 111 - Engineering Discipline Data


1 discipline_indx_no short ................................... 2
2 discipline_name character(20) ........................... 1
3 intra_disc_ifc_flg short ................................... 2
4 discipline_mtrx_a integer ................................. 3
5 discipline_mtrx_b integer ................................. 3

Table 112 - Design Area Data


1 discipline_indx_no short ................................... 2
2 area_index_no short ................................... 2
3 area_name character(10) ........................... 1
4 description character(40) ........................... 1
5 volume_low_x integer ................................. 3
6 volume_low_y integer ................................. 3
7 volume_low_z integer ................................. 3
8 volume_high_x integer ................................. 3
9 volume_high_y integer ................................. 3
10 volume_high_z integer ................................. 3
11 interference_mode short ................................... 2
12 area_lock_owner character(10) ............................ 1
13 area_lock_status short ................................... 2
14 area_lock_date integer ................................. 3
15 clash_rpt_index_no integer ................................. 3

200
________________ Project Control Database

Table 113 - Model Data


1 model_index_no integer index 1 ............... 3
2 discipline_indx_no short ................................... 2
3 area_index_no short ................................... 2
4 partition_no short ................................... 2
5 model_no character(10) ........................... 1
6 description character(40) ........................... 1
7 model_file_spec character(14) ........................... 1
8 path_name character(36) ........................... 1
9 network_address character(26) ........................... 1
10 lock_owner character(10) ........................... 1
11 lock_status short ................................... 2
12 lock_date integer ................................. 3
13 verification_date integer ................................. 3
14 revision_date integer ................................. 3
15 application_type short ................................. 2
16 model_type short ................................... 2
17 model_status short (SN1605) .............. 1

Table 114 - Piping Model Data


1 partition_no short ................................... 2
2 max_segment_number integer ................................. 3
3 max_piping_number integer ................................. 3
4 max_pipe_number integer ................................. 3
5 max_instr_number integer ................................. 3
6 max_support_number integer ................................. 3

Table 115 - Model Setup Data


1 discipline_indx_no short ................................... 2
2 default_path_name character(36) ........................... 1
3 default_node character(26) ........................... 1
4 ref_mdl_symbology short ................................... 2
5 symbology_display short ................................... 2

5.3.5 Structural Management Data

Table 116 - Structural Sub-Project Control Data


Database Info
5. Library and

1 sub_project_ndx_no short ................................... 2


2 sub_project_no character(15) ........................... 1
3 sub_project_name character(40) ........................... 1
4 sub_project_path character(36) ........................... 1
5 sub_project_node character(26) ........................... 1
6 sub_project_mount character(50) ........................... 1

201
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Table 117 - Structural Design Area Per Sub-Project Data


1 area_index_no short .................................... 2
2 sub_project_ndx_no short .................................... 2

Table 118 - Inspection Iso Data


1 inspection_iso_id character(24) ............................ 1
2 inspection_status short .................................... 2
3 max_inspection_key short .................................... 2

5.3.6 Drawing Management Data

Table 121 - Drawing Data


1 dwg_index_no integer index 1 ............... 3
2 drawing_no character(24) index 2 ............... 1
3 drawing_title character(40) ........................... 1
4 default_scale character(16) ........................... 1
5 approval_initials character(4) ............................ 1
6 approval_date integer ................................. 3
7 approval_status short (SN35) ................ 1
8 completion_status short ................................... 2
9 drawing_size short (SN1202) .............. 1
10 drawing_type short (SN2000) index 3 . 1
11 last_revision_no character(2) ............................ 1
12 drawing_file_spec character(14) ........................... 1
13 path_name character(36) ........................... 1
14 network_address character(26) ........................... 1
15 lock_owner character(10) ........................... 1
16 lock_status short ................................... 2
17 lock_date integer ................................. 3
18 revision_date integer ................................. 3
19 last_rev_index_no short ................................... 2
20 release_revision character(2) ............................ 1
21 release_date integer ................................. 3
22 checking_status short ................................... 2
23 standard_note_no_a short (SN499) ........... 2 or 1
24 standard_note_no_b short (SN499) .......... 2 or 1
25, custom_1 , character(40).............................1
26, custom_2 , character(40).............................1
27, custom_3 , character(16).............................1
28, custom_4 , character(16).............................1
29, custom_5 , character(16).............................1
30, custom_6 , character(16).............................1
31, custom_7 , character(16).............................1
32, custom_8 , character(16).............................1
33, custom_9 , integer...................................2
34, custom_10 , integer...................................2

202
________________ Project Control Database

Table 122 - Drawing View Data


1 dwg_view_index_no integer index 1
2 dwg_view_no character(6) index 2 ............... 1
3 dwg_view_name character(40) ........................... 1
4 dwg_view_scale character(16) ........................... 1
5 dwg_index_no integer ................................. 3
6 saved_view_name character(6) ............................ 1
7 viewing_direction short (SN1620 optional) ..... 1
8 composition_status short (SN1630) .............. 1
9 dwg_view_x_low double .................................. 1
10 dwg_view_y_low double .................................. 1
11 dwg_view_z_low double .................................. 1
12 dwg_view_x_high double .................................. 1
13 dwg_view_y_high double .................................. 1
14 dwg_view_z_high double .................................. 1
15 vhl_category_index short ................................... 2
16 drawing_view_type short ................................... 2

Table 123 - Drawing View Reference Model Data


1 dwg_view_index_no integer ................................. 3
2 model_index_no integer ................................. 3

Table 124 - Composite Drawing View Data


1 comp_dwg_index_no integer index 1 ............... 3
2 comp_dwg_view_no character(24) ........................... 1
3 comp_dwg_view_name character(40) ........................... 1
4 comp_dwg_v_scale character(16) ........................... 1
5 dwg_index_no integer ................................. 3
6 dwg_view_index_a integer ................................. 3
7 dwg_view_index_b integer ................................. 3
8 dwg_view_index_c integer ................................. 3
9 dwg_view_index_d integer ................................. 3
10 dwg_view_index_e integer ................................. 3
11 dwg_view_index_f integer ................................. 3
12 dwg_view_index_g integer ................................. 3
13 dwg_view_index_h integer ................................. 3
14 dwg_view_index_i integer ................................. 3
15 dwg_view_index_j integer ................................. 3

Table 125 - Drawing Revision Data


Database Info
5. Library and

1 dwg_index_no integer ................................. 3


2 revision_index_no short ................................... 2
3 revision_no character(2) ............................ 1
4 revision_date integer ................................. 3
5 revision_by character(4) ............................ 1
6 checked_by character(4) ............................ 1
7 rev_description character(40) ........................... 1
8 appr_by_1 character(4) ............................ 1
9 appr_by_2 character(4) ............................ 1
10 appr_by_3 character(4) ............................ 1

203
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

11 appr_by_4 character(4) ............................ 1


12 appr_by_1_date integer ................................. 3
13 appr_by_2_date integer ................................. 3
14 appr_by_3_date integer ................................. 3
15 appr_by_4_date integer ................................. 3
16 checked_date integer ................................. 3

Table 126 - Drawing Setup Data


1 drawing_type short (SN2000) ...................... 1
2 drawing_size short (SN1202) ...................... 1
3 drawing_scale character(16) ............................ 1
4 default_path_name character(36) ............................ 1
5 default_node character(26) ............................ 1
6 discipline_mask short ................................... 2
7 alternate_seed_opt short ................................... 2
8 cell_file_spec character(14) ........................... 1
9 cell_path_name character(36) ........................... 1
10 cell_net_address character(26) ........................... 1
11 plot_catgy_mask_a integer ................................. 3
12 plot_catgy_mask_b integer ................................. 3
13 label_mask_a integer ................................. 3
14 label_mask_b integer ................................. 3
15 label_mask_c integer ................................. 3
16 label_mask_d integer ................................. 3
17 custom_1 character(40) ........................... 1
18 custom_2 character(40) ........................... 1
19 custom_3 character(16) ........................... 1
20 custom_4 character(16) ........................... 1
21 custom_5 character(16) ........................... 1
22 custom_6 character(16) ........................... 1
23 custom_7 character(16) ........................... 1
24 custom_8 character(16) ........................... 1
25 custom_9 integer .................................. 3
26 custom_10 integer ................................. 3

Table 127 - Reference Model Display Category Setup Data


1 drawing_type short (SN2000) ....................... 1
2 discipline_indx_no short ................................. 2
3 category_mask_a integer ................................. 1
4 category_mask_b integer ................................. 1
5 category_mask_c integer ................................. 1
6 category_mask_d integer ................................. 1
7 vhl_category_msk_a integer .................................. 1
8 vhl_category_msk_b integer .................................. 1
9 vhl_category_msk_c integer .................................. 1
10 vhl_category_msk_d integer .................................. 1
11 vhl_ref_symbology short .................................... 2
12 vhl_symbology short .................................... 2

204
________________ Project Control Database

Table 128 - Plotting Default Data


1 iplot_index_no integer ................................. 1
2 iplot_number character(24) ............................ 1
3 iplot_description character(40) ............................ 1
4 iplot_file_spec character(14) ............................ 1
5 path_name character(36) ............................ 1
6 network_address character(26) ............................ 1

5.3.7 Interference Management Data

Table 131 - Interference Clash Job Data


1 system_unique_no integer index 1 .............. 3
2 discipline_indx_no short ................................... 2
3 area_index_no short ................................... 2
4 unique_sequence_no integer ................................. 3
5 completion_date integer ................................. 1
6 control_user_no short ................................... 2
7 env_creation_date integer ................................. 3
8 clash_check_option short (SN1208) ............. 1
9 volume_filter_opt short (SN1209) ............. 1
10 volume_low_x integer ................................. 3
11 volume_low_y integer ................................. 3
12 volume_low_z integer ................................. 3
13 volume_high_x integer ................................. 3
14 volume_high_y integer ................................. 3
15 volume_high_z integer ................................. 3

Table 132 - Interference Clash Data Per Project


1 unique_clash_id integer index 1 .............. 3
2 if_approval_status short (SN1203) .............. 1
3 comp_a_unique_id integer ................................. 3
4 comp_b_unique_id integer ................................. 3
5 model_index_no_a integer ................................. 3
6 model_index_no_b integer ................................. 3
7 discipline_index_a short ................................... 2
8 discipline_index_b short ................................... 2
9 recent_clash_type short (SN1204) .............. 1
10 recent_plot_date integer ................................. 1
11 recent_review_date integer index 2 .............. 1
Database Info
5. Library and
12 recent_sequence_no integer ................................. 3
13 area_index_no short ................................... 2
14 action_discipline short ................................... 2
15 recent_seq_no_b integer ................................. 3
16 area_index_no_b short ................................... 2

205
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Table 133 - Interference Clash Data Per Job


1 system_unique_no integer ................................. 3
2 unique_clash_id integer index 1................. 3
3 unique_sequence_no integer index 2................. 3
4 clash_type short (SN1204) index 3 . 1
5 comp_a_range_x_lo integer ................................. 1
6 comp_a_range_y_lo integer ................................. 1
7 comp_a_range_z_lo integer ................................. 1
8 comp_a_range_x_hi integer ................................. 1
9 comp_a_range_y_hi integer ................................. 1
10 comp_a_range_z_hi integer ................................. 1
11 comp_b_range_x_lo integer ................................. 1
12 comp_b_range_y_lo integer ................................. 3
13 comp_b_range_z_lo integer ................................. 3
14 comp_b_range_x_hi integer ................................. 3
15 comp_b_range_y_hi integer ................................. 3
16 comp_b_range_z_hi integer ................................. 3

Table 134 - Component Interference Clash Data Per


Project
1 unique_comp_id integer index 1................. 3
2 comp_table_number short ................................... 2
3 comp_row_number integer ................................. 3
4 model_index_no integer ................................. 3
5 primary_descript character(20) ........................... 1
6 secondary_descript character(40) ........................... 1
7 comp_model_status short ................................... 2

Table 135 - Interference Clash Review History Information


1 system_unique_no integer index 1 ............... 3
2 unique_clash_id integer index 2 ............... 3
3 review_date integer ................................. 3
4 review_user_no short ................................... 2
5 responsib_user_no short ................................... 1
6 action short (SN1205) .............. 1
7 review_comment character(100) .......................... 1
8 approval_method short (SN1207) .............. 1

Table 136 - Interference Clash Plot History Information


1 system_unique_no integer index 1 .............. 3
2 unique_clash_id integer ................................. 3
3 plot_date integer ................................. 1
4 responsib_user_no short ................................... 2

206
________________ Project Control Database

5.3.8 Report Management Data

Table 141 - Report Data


1 report_index_no integer index 1 ............... 3
2 report_no character(24) index 2 ............... 1
3 report_title character(40) ........................... 1
4 approval_initials character(4) ............................ 1
5 approval_date integer ................................. 3
6 approval_status short (SN35) ................ 1
7 last_revision_no character(2) ............................ 1
8 report_file_spec character(14) ........................... 1
9 path_name character(36) ........................... 1
10 network_address character(26) ........................... 1
11 lock_owner character(10) ........................... 1
12 lock_status short ................................... 2
13 lock_date integer ................................. 3
14 revision_date integer ................................. 1
15 format_index_no integer ................................. 3
16 filter_index_no integer ................................. 3
17 last_rev_index_no short ................................... 2
18 report_source short (SN1310) .............. 1
19 report_type short (SN1310) .............. 1
20 search_index_no integer .................................. 3

Table 142 - Report Format Data


1 format_index_no integer index 1 ............... 3
2 format_number character(24) ........................... 1
3 format_description character(40) ........................... 1
4 format_file_spec character(14) ........................... 1
5 path_name character(36) ........................... 1
6 network_address character(26) ........................... 1
7 lock_owner character(10) ........................... 1
8 lock_status short ................................... 2
9 lock_date integer ................................. 3
10 revision_date integer ................................. 1
11 rpt_format_source short (SN1310) .............. 1

Table 143 - Report Discrimination Data


1 filter_index_no integer index 1 ............... 3
Database Info
5. Library and
2 filter_number character(24) ........................... 1
3 filter_description character(40) ........................... 1
4 filter_file_spec character(14) ........................... 1
5 path_name character(36) ........................... 1
6 network_address character(26) ........................... 1
7 lock_owner character(10) ........................... 1
8 lock_status short ................................... 2
9 lock_date integer ................................. 3
10 revision_date integer ................................. 1
11 rpt_filter_source short (SN1310) .............. 1

207
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Table 144 - Report Revision Data


1 report_index_no integer ................................. 3
2 revision_index_no short ................................... 2
3 revision_no character(2) ............................ 1
4 revision_date integer ................................. 1
5 revision_by character(4) ............................ 1
6 checked_by character(4) ............................ 1
7 rev_description character(40) ........................... 1

Table 145 - Report Search Criteria Data


1 search_index_no integer index 1 ...................... 3
2 search_number character(24) ........................... 1
3 search_description character(40) ........................... 1
4 search_file_spec character(14) ........................... 1
5 path_name character(36) ........................... 1
6 network_address character(26) ........................... 1
7 lock_owner character(10) ........................... 1
8 lock_status short ................................... 2
9 lock_date integer ................................. 3
10 revision_date integer ................................. 3
11 rpt_search_source short (SN1310) ..................... 1

Table 151 - DesignReview Management Data


1 review_index_no integer index 1 .............. 3
2 review_no character(24) ........................... 1
3 review_title character(40) ........................... 1
4 review_type short (SN1410) .............. 1
5 control_file_spec character(14) ........................... 1
6 control_path_name character(36) ........................... 1
7 control_node character(26) ........................... 1
8 control_lock_owner character(10) ........................... 1
9 control_lock_stat short ................................... 2
10 control_lock_date integer ................................. 3
11 tag_file_spec character(14) ........................... 1
12 tag_path_name character(36) ........................... 1
13 tag_node character(26) ........................... 1
14 tag_lock_owner character(10) ........................... 1
15 tag_lock_status short ................................... 2
16 tag_lock_date integer ................................. 3
17 session_rev_date integer .................................. 3
18 label_rev_date integer ................................. 3
19 label_file_spec character(14) ........................... 1
20 label_path_name character(36) ........................... 1
21 label_net_address character(26) ........................... 1
22 month_map integer ................................. 3
23 day_of_week_map integer ................................. 3
24 day_map integer ................................. 3
25 time_of_day integer ................................. 3

208
________________ Project Control Database

5.3.9 Package/Release Management Data

Table 161 - Package Data


1 package_index_no integer index 1 .............. 3
2 package_no character(24) ........................... 1
3 package_title character(40) ........................... 1
4 release_revision character(2) ........................... 1
5 release_date integer ................................. 3

Table 162 - Document Data


1 document_index_no integer ................................. 3
2 package_index_no integer ................................. 3
3 document_type short (SN1710) .............. 1
4 document_sub_type short (SN1720) .............. 1

5.3.10 Pipe Support Drawing Management Data

Table 170 - Pipe Support Drawing Data


1 support_unique_no integer .................................. 3
2 ganged_id integer .................................. 3
3 grouped_id integer .................................. 3
4 area_index_no short .................................... 2
5 model_index_no short .................................... 2
6 drawing_title character(40) ............................ 1
7 drawing_file_spec character(40) ............................ 1
8 path_name character(40) ............................ 1
9 network_address character(40) ............................ 1
10 support_lineid character(40) ............................ 1
11 material_index character(20) ............................ 1
12 revision_no short .................................... 2
13 revision_date integer .................................. 3
14 drawing_status short .................................... 2
15 sheet_no short .................................... 2
16 sheet_total short .................................... 2

Table 171 - Weld Data


Database Info
5. Library and

1 weld_id character(80) .......................... 1


2 weld_id_data character(40) ........................... 1
3 last_modified_date integer ............................... 3

209
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

5.3.11 Isometric Drawing Management Data

Table 180 - Isometric Files Data


1 isofile_indx_no integer .................................. 3
2 isodflt_indx_no integer .................................. 3
3 isofile_type short ................................... 2
4 isofile_spec character(14) ........................... 1
5 path_name character(36) ............................ 1
6 network_address character(26) ............................ 1
7 iso_description character(40) ........................... 1
8 lock_owner character(10) ........................... 1
9 lock_status short .................................... 2
10 lock_date integer .................................. 3
11 revision_date integer .................................. 3

Table 181 - Project Options Data


1 isoproj_indx_no integer index 1 ............ 3
2 isoproj_task_opt short .................................. 2
3 isoproj_name_opt short .................................. 2
4 isoproj_dwg_opt short ................................. 2
5 isodflt_indx_no integer ............................... 3
6 reserved_1 character(26) ......................... 1
7 reserved_2 character(36) ......................... 1
8 reserved_3 character(20) ......................... 1
9 reserved_4 character(20) ......................... 1
10 isoproj_name_label short ................................ 2
11 isoproj_dwg_label short ................................ 2
12 sub_directory_opt short ................................ 2

Table 182 - Defaults Set Data


1 isodflt_indx_no integer ............................... 3
2 isodflt_tag character(12) index 1 ........... 1
3 isodflt_descr character(40) ......................... 1
4 isodflt_rev_date integer ............................... 3

Table 183 - Isometric Design Area Definition Data


1 iso_area_indx_no integer ............................... 3
2 area_indx_no1 short index 1 .............. 2
3 area_indx_no2 short ............................... 2
4 area_indx_no3 short ............................... 2
5 area_indx_no4 short ............................... 2
6 area_indx_no5 short ............................... 2
7 area_indx_no6 short ............................... 2
8 selection_mode short ............................... 2
9 iso_area_name character(10) ......................... 1
10 iso_area_desc character(40) ......................... 1
11 user_data_indx_n o integer ............................... 3

210
________________ Project Control Database

12 isodflt_indx_no integer ............................... 3


13 cont_indx_no1 short ............................... 2
14 cont_indx_no2 short ............................... 2
15 cont_indx_no3 short ............................... 2
16 cont_indx_no4 short ............................... 2
17 cont_indx_no5 short ............................... 2
18 cont_indx_no6 short ............................... 2
19 cont_indx_no7 short ............................... 2
20 cont_indx_no8 short ............................... 2
21 cont_indx_no9 short ............................... 2
22 cont_indx_no10 short ............................... 2
23 cont_indx_no11 short ............................... 2
24 cont_indx_no12 short ............................... 2
25 cont_indx_no13 short ............................... 2
26 cont_indx_no14 short ............................... 2
27 cont_indx_no15 short ............................... 2
28 cont_indx_no16 short .............................. 2
29 cont_indx_no17 short ............................... 2
30 cont_indx_no18 short ............................... 2
31 cont_indx_no19 short ............................... 2
32 cont_indx_no20 short ............................... 2

Table 184 - Isometric User Data


1 user_data_indx_no integer ............................... 3
2 type_of_user_data short ............................... 2
3 user_data_1 character(40) ......................... 1
4 user_data_2 character(40) ......................... 1
5 user_data_3 character(40) ......................... 1
6 user_data_4 character(40) ......................... 1
7 user_data_5 character(40) ......................... 1
8 user_data_6 character(40) ......................... 1
9 user_data_7 character(40) ......................... 1
10 user_data_8 character(40) ......................... 1
11 user_data_9 character(40) ......................... 1
12 user_data_10 character(40) ......................... 1

Table 185 - Isometric Drawing Extraction Data


1 drawing_indx_no integer ............................... 3
2 iso_area_indx_no integer index 1 ........... 3
3 lineid_1 character(24) index 2 ........... 1
4 lineid_2 character(24) ......................... 1
5 lineid_3 character(24) ......................... 1
6 number_of_sections short ................................. 2
7 drawing_number character(24) ......................... 1
Database Info
5. Library and

8 batch_ref_no character(12) ......................... 1


9 iso_dgn_name character(24) ......................... 1
10 model_status_code character(2) ......................... 1
11 model_revised_date integer .............................. 3
12 lst_extraction_date integer .............................. 3
13 tot_no_extractions short .............................. 2
14 no_sheets_extract short .............................. 2
15 last_mto_date integer .............................. 3
16 mto_to_mtl_control integer .............................. 3
17 no_of_revisions short .............................. 2
18 user_data_indx_no integer .............................. 3
19 iso_type short index 3 ............ 2

211
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Table 186 - Isometric Drawing Revision Information


1 draw_rev_indx_no integer .............................. 3
2 draw_sht_indx_no integer index 1 .................. 3
3 type_of_revision short index 2 .................. 2
4 revision_number short index 3 .................. 2
5 generated_by character(3) .......................... 1
6 checked_by character(3) .......................... 1
7 approved_by character(3) .......................... 1
8 extraction_date integer .............................. 3
9 extraction_no short .............................. 2
10 sheets_extracted short .............................. 2
11 rev_description character(60) ......................... 1
12 isodflt_indx_no integer ............................... 3

Table 187 - Isometric Last Used Occurrence Data


1 table_no integer ............................... 3
2 last_used integer ............................... 3

Table 188 - Isometric Sheet Extraction Data


1 sheet_indx_no integer .............................. 3
2 drawing_indx_no integer index 1 ........... 3
3 sheet_no integer index 2 ........... 3
4 last_extract_date integer .............................. 3
5 tot_no_extractions integer .............................. 3
6 last_mto_date integer .............................. 3
7 no_of_revisions integer .............................. 3

Table 189 - Isometric Drawing Re-Extraction Data


1 drawing_indx_no integer index 1 ........... 3
2 section_no short index 2 ........... 3
3 start_traversal_x integer .............................. 3
4 start_traversal_y integer .............................. 3
5 start_traversal_z integer .............................. 3
6 start_entity short .............................. 2
7 start_comp_occ integer .............................. 3
8 start_seg_occ integer .............................. 3

212
________________ Specification/Material Reference Database

5.3.12 Specification/Material Reference Database

Table 201 - Piping Materials Class Data


1 system_unique_no integer ................................. 3
2 piping_mater_class character(16) ........................... 1
3 revision_no character(2) ............................ 1
4 version_no character(2) ........................... 1
5 revision_date character(10) ........................... 1
6 fluid_code character(6) (SN125) .............. 2
7 mater_of_construct character(6) ............................ 1
8 corrosion_allow double .................................. 5
9 mat_description short (SN148) ............... 1
10 service_lim_table character(6) ............................ 1
11 diameter_table character(6) ............................ 1
12 thickness_table character(6) ............................ 1
13 materials_table character(6) ............................ 1
14 thickness_equation character(6) ............................ 1
15 branch_table character(6) ............................ 1
16 tap_data_table character(6) ............................ 1
17 vent_drain_macro character(6) ............................ 1
18 gasket_separation character(8) ............................ 1
19 standard_note_no_a short (SN499) ............... 2 or 1
20 standard_note_no_b short (SN499) ............... 2 or 1
21 revision_mngt_date integer ................................. 3
22 bend_deflect_table character(6) ............................ 1
23 pipe_length_table character(6) ............................ 1

Table 202 - Piping Commodity Specification Data


1 system_unique_no integer ................................. 3
2 piping_mater_class character(16) index 1 ............... 1
3 commodity_name character(6) ............................ 1
4 option_code short (SN400) ............... 1
5 maximum_temp double .................................. 5
6 gcp_from_nom_diam short .............................(NPD). 1
7 gcp_to_nom_diam short .............................(NPD). 1
8 gcp_end_prep short (SN330) ............... 1
9 gcp_rating character(8) ............................ 1
10 gcp_sch_thk character(8) ............................ 1
11 gcp_table_suffix short (SN576) ............... 1
12 rcp_from_nom_diam short .............................(NPD). 1
13 rcp_to_nom_diam short .............................(NPD). 1
14 rcp_end_prep short (SN330) ............... 1
Database Info
5. Library and
15 rcp_rating character(8) ............................ 1
16 rcp_sch_thk character(8) ............................ 1
17 rcp_table_suffix short (SN577) ............... 1
18 commodity_code character(16) ........................... 1
19 model_code character(6) ............................ 1
20 PDS_sort_code character(6) ............................ 1
21 modifier double .................................. 5
22 geometric_standard short (SN575) ............... 1
23 weight_code short (SN578) ............... 1
24 fabrication_cat short (SN180) ............... 1
25 materials_grade short (SN145) ............... 1
26 standard_note_no_a short (SN499) ............... 2 or 1

213
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

27 standard_note_no_b short (SN499) ............... 2 or 1


28 input_form_type short (SN990) ............... 2 or 1

Table 203 - Piping Specialty Specification Data


1 system_unique_no integer ................................. 3
2 piping_comp_no character(20) ........................... 1
3 model_code character(6) ............................ 1
4 option_code short (SN400) ............... 1
5 gcp_from_nom_diam short .............................(NPD). 1
6 gcp_to_nom_diam short .............................(NPD). 1
7 gcp_end_prep short (SN330) ............... 1
8 gcp_rating character(8) ............................ 1
9 gcp_sch_thk character(8) ............................ 1
10 gcp_table_suffix short (SN576) ............... 1
11 rcp_from_nom_diam short .............................(NPD). 1
12 rcp_to_nom_diam short .............................(NPD). 1
13 rcp_end_prep short (SN330) ............... 1
14 rcp_rating character(8) ............................ 1
15 rcp_sch_thk character(8) ............................ 1
16 rcp_table_suffix short (SN577) ............... 1
17 physical_data_id character(8) ............................ 1
18 PDS_sort_code character(6) ............................ 1
19 modifier double .................................. 5
20 geometric_standard short (SN575) ............... 1
21 weight_code short (SN578) ............... 1
22 fabrication_cat short (SN180) ............... 1
23 materials_grade short (SN145) ............... 1
24 standard_note_no_a short (SN499) ............... 2 or 1
25 standard_note_no_b short (SN499) ............... 2 or 1
26 input_form_type short (SN990) ............... 2 or 1

Table 204 - Instrument Component Specification Data


1 system_unique_no integer ................................. 3
2 instrument_comp_no character(20) ........................... 1
3 model_code character(6) ............................ 1
4 option_code short (SN400) ............... 1
5 gcp_from_nom_diam short .............................(NPD). 1
6 gcp_to_nom_diam short .............................(NPD). 1
7 gcp_end_prep short (SN330) ............... 1
8 gcp_rating character(8) ............................ 1
9 gcp_sch_thk character(8) ............................ 1
10 gcp_table_suffix short (SN576) ............... 1
11 rcp_from_nom_diam short .............................(NPD). 1
12 rcp_to_nom_diam short .............................(NPD). 1
13 rcp_end_prep short (SN330) ............... 1
14 rcp_rating character(8) ............................ 1
15 rcp_sch_thk character(8) ............................ 1
16 rcp_table_suffix short (SN577) ............... 1
17 physical_data_id character(8) ............................ 1
18 PDS_sort_code character(6) ............................ 1
19 modifier double .................................. 5
20 geometric_standard short (SN575) ............... 1
21 weight_code short (SN578) ............... 1
22 fabrication_cat short (SN180) ............... 1
23 materials_grade short (SN145) ............... 1
24 standard_note_no_a short (SN499) ............... 2 or 1

214
________________ Specification/Material Reference Database

25 standard_note_no_b short (SN499) ............... 2 or 1


26 input_form_type short (SN990) ............... 2 or 1

Table 205 - Tap Properties Data


1 system_unique_no integer ................................. 3
2 tap_table_name character(6) ............................ 1
3 nominal_piping_dia short .............................(NPD). 1
4 option_code short (SN400) ............... 1
5 end_preparation short (SN330) ............... 1
6 rating character(8) ............................ 1
7 sched_thick character(8) ............................ 1
8 tap_material_code character(10) ........................... 1

Table 211 - Piping Commodity Size-Dependent Material


Data
1 system_unique_no integer ................................. 3
2 sys_commodity_code character(16) index 1 ............... 1
3 gcp_nom_diam short ................................... 1
4 rcp_nom_diam short ................................... 1
5 gcp_sch_thk character(8) ............................ 1
6 rcp_sch_thk character(8) ............................ 1
7 commodity_code character(16) ............................ 1
8 weld_weight double .................................. 5
9 unit_price double .................................. 5
10 manhours double .................................. 5

Table 212 - Piping Commodity Implied Material Data


1 system_unique_no integer index 1 ............... 3
2 sys_commodity_code character(16) ........................... 1
3 gcp_from_nom_diam short ................................... 1
4 gcp_to_nom_diam short ................................... 1
5 rcp_from_nom_diam short ................................... 2
6 rcp_to_nom_diam short ................................... 2
7 commodity_code character(16) ........................... 1
8 quantity double .................................. 5
9 fabrication_cat short ................................... 2
10 standard_note_no short ................................... 2 or 1

Table 221 - Reference Database Revision Management


Database Info
5. Library and

Data
1 specialty_rev_date integer ................................. 3
2 instr_rev_date integer ................................. 3
3 tap_data_rev_date integer ................................. 3
4 size_data_rev_date integer ................................. 3
5 implied_rev_date integer ................................. 3
6 cmp_insul_rev_date integer ................................. 3
7 flg_insul_rev_data integer ................................. 3
8 con_tol_excl_data integer ................................. 3

215
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Table 231 - Component Insulation Exclusion Data


1 system_unique_no integer ................................. 3
2 commodity_name character(6) ............................ 1
3 model_code character(6) ............................ 1
4 gcp_npd_from short ................................. 2
5 gcp_npd_to short ................................. 2
6 rcp_npd_from short ................................. 2
7 rcp_npd_to short ................................. 2
8 heat_tracing_from short (SN200) ................. 1
9 heat_tracing_to short (SN200) ................. 1
10 insul_purpose_from short (SN220) ................. 1
11 insul_purpose_to short (SN220) ................. 1
12 nor_oper_temp_from double ................................. 5
13 nor_oper_temp_to double ................................. 5

Table 232 - Flange Insulation Exclusion Data


1 system_unique_no integer ................................. 3
2 bolted_npd_from short ................................. 2
3 bolted_npd_to short .................................. 1
4 heat_tracing_from short (SN200)................... 1
5 heat_tracing_to short (SN200)................... 1
6 insul_purpose_from short (SN220)................... 1
7 insul_purpose_to short (SN220)................... 1
8 nor_oper_temp_from double .................................. 5
9 nor_oper_temp_to double .................................. 5

Table 233 - Piping Construction Tolerance Exclusion Data


1 system_unique_no integer .................................. 3
2 commodity_name character(6) ............................ 1
3 model_code character(6) ............................ 1
4 gcp_npd_from short ................................... 1
5 gcp_npd_to short ................................... 1
6 rcp_npd_from short ................................... 1
7 rcp_npd_to short ................................... 1

Table 240 - Pipe Support Group


1 system_unique_no integer .................................. 3
2 support_group character(6) ............................. 1
3 group_descr character(40) ............................ 1

Table 241 - Pipe Support Commodity Reference Data


1 system_unique_no integer .................................. 3
2 support_group character(6) ............................. 1
3 commodity_name character(6) ............................. 1
4 npd_from short .................................... 2
5 npd_to short .................................... 2

216
________________ Specification/Material Reference Database

6 tdf_table_name character(8) ............................. 1


7 temp_table character(8) ............................. 1
8 sched_table character(8) ............................. 1
9 attachment_type short .................................... 2
10 model_code character(6) ............................. 1
11 material_desr character(50) ............................ 1

Table 242 - Pipe Support Material Reference Data


1 system_unique_no integer .................................. 3
2 commodity_name character(6) ............................. 1
3 npd_from short .................................... 2
4 npd_to short .................................... 2
5 geometric_standard short (SN575)........................ 1
6 material_index character(16) ............................ 1
7 drawing_seed character(16) ............................ 1
8 item_key0 character(2) ............................. 1
9 item_key1 character(2) ............................. 1
10 item_key2 character(2) ............................. 1

Table 243 - Pipe Support Description Data


1 system_unique_no integer .................................. 3
2 material_index character(16) ............................ 1
3 sequence_number short .................................... 2
4 quantity short .................................... 2
5 dimension_att_no short .................................... 2
6 implied_status short .................................... 2
7 material_descr character(80) ............................ 1

Database Info
5. Library and

217
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

5.3.13 FrameWorks Plus Data


You can change the name of any attribute if necessary; however, you cannot move the attribute
to a different location. Additionally, the following restrictions apply:

All model_index_no attribute names, if modified, must have the same name as is used in the
pdtable_900.

All table_no attribute names, if modified, must have the same name as is used in the
pdtable_910.

Table 500 - Model Data Table


1 model_index_no integer ................................. 3
2 area_index_no short ................................... 2
3 fwp_model_id short ................................... 2
4 extract_last_date integer ................................. 3
5 extract_fail_date integer ................................. 3
6 model_no character(10) ........................... 1
7 model_units character(10) ........................... 1
8 length_units character(10) ........................... 1
9 force_units character(14) ........................... 1
10 analytical_sw character(10) ........................... 1
11 dgn_code_setting character(10) ........................... 1
12 std_section_table character(64) ........................... 1
13 user_section_table character(64) ........................... 1

Table 532 - Linear Member Table


1 model_index_no integer ................................. 3
2 linear_member_id integer ................................. 3
3 member_type character(18) ........................... 1
4 member_name character(24) ........................... 1
5 section_type character(18) ........................... 1
6 end1_section character(24) ........................... 1
7 end2_section character(24) ........................... 1
8 grade character(24) ........................... 1
9 material character(18) ........................... 1
10 created character(30) ........................... 1
11 modified character(30) ........................... 1
12 reflect character(3) ............................ 1
13 member_status short ................................... 2
14 class short ................................... 2
15 cardinalPoint short ................................... 2
16 rotation double .................................. 5
17 ov_x double .................................. 5
18 ov_y double .................................. 5
19 ov_z double .................................. 5
20 end1_cutback_prio short .................................... 2
21 end2_citback_prio short ................................... 2
22 cntrlNamedGrp_Indx short ................................... 2
23 framemem_TOS double .................................. 5

218
________________ FrameWorks Plus Data

24 total_length double .................................. 5


25 cut_length double .................................. 5
26 tot_len_strfmt character(24) ........................... 1
27 cut_len_strfmt character(24) ........................... 1
28 surface_area double .................................. 5
29 member_weight double .................................. 5
30 weight_per_unitlen double .................................. 5
31 fireproof_type character(27) ........................... 1
32 fireproof_lenbasis character(24) ........................... 1
33 fireproof_applied character(12) ........................... 1
34 fireproof_thick double .................................. 5
35 fireproof_length double .................................. 5
36 fireproof_volume double .................................. 5

Table 534 - LinearMem CoordData Table


1 model_index_no integer ................................. 3
2 linear_member_id integer ................................. 3
3 end1_x double .................................. 5
4 end1_y double .................................. 5
5 end1_z double .................................. 5
6 end2_x double .................................. 5
7 end2_y double .................................. 5
8 end2_z double .................................. 5
9 end1_offset_x double .................................. 5
10 end1_offset_y double .................................. 5
11 end1_offset_z double .................................. 5
12 end2_offset_x double .................................. 5
13 end2_offset_y double .................................. 5
14 end2_offset_z double .................................. 5
15 x_offset double .................................. 5
16 y_offset double .................................. 5
17 end1_cutback_min double .................................. 5
18 end1_cutback_max double .................................. 5
19 end2_cutback_min double .................................. 5
20 end2_cutback_max double .................................. 5
21 workpoint_offset short ................................... 2
22 end1_FPsetback double .................................. 5
23 end2_FPsetback double .................................. 5
24 member_FPsetback double .................................. 5
25 arc_radius double .................................. 5
26 arc_center_x double .................................. 5
27 arc_center_y double .................................. 5
28 arc_center_z double .................................. 5

Table 536 - 3D Member Table


Database Info
5. Library and

1 model_index_no integer ................................. 3


2 solid_member_id integer ................................. 3
3 member_type character(10) ........................... 1
4 name character(24) ........................... 1
5 grade character(24) ........................... 1
6 material character(18) ........................... 1
7 class short ................................... 2
8 member_status short ................................... 2
9 created character(30) ........................... 1
10 modified character(30) ........................... 1
11 cntrlNamedGrp_Indx short ................................... 2

219
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

12 num_of_holes short ................................... 2


13 rotation double .................................. 5
14 mem_offset double .................................. 5
15 radius double .................................. 5
16 surface_area double .................................. 5
17 net_surface_area double .................................. 5
18 thickness double .................................. 5
19 volume double .................................. 5
20 net_volume double .................................. 5
21 weight double .................................. 5
22 area double .................................. 5

Table 538 - 3D Member Geometry Table


1 model_index_no integer ................................. 3
2 solid_member_id integer ................................. 3
3 member_type character(10) ........................... 1
4 face character(6) ............................ 1
5 coord_index short ................................... 2
6 coord_x double .................................. 5
7 coord_y double .................................. 5
8 coord_z double .................................. 5

Table 540 - NamedGrp Defn Table


1 sub_project_idx_no short ................................... 2
2 named_group_index short ................................... 2
3 named_group_desc character(45) ........................... 1

Table 542 - Fwperr Table


1 model_index_no integer ................................. 3
2 error_code integer ................................. 3
3 tableno short ................................... 2
4 member_no integer ................................. 3

Table 544 - NamedGrp Member Table


1 model_index_no integer ................................. 3
2 member_id integer ................................. 3
3 member_type character(18) ........................... 1
4 named_group_index short ................................... 2

220
________________ Material Takeoff Database

5.3.14 Material Takeoff Database


In tables 12, 21, 22, 34, 50, 67 and 80, any user-defined attributes will appear after the
attributes defined in the design and equipment ddl files, and the material data attributes
defined in the mto.ddl file will appear after the delivered attributes and any user-defined
attributes.

Notes on the Material Data Publisher Data


Model
If there are already user-defined attributes added to the project, and if these attributes
have names which clash with attribute names in the mto.ddl file, the attributes in the
mto.ddl file can be changed in accordance with the restrictions noted in the
mto.ddl file. Currently these restrictions are:

1. Each partition_no attribute should have the same name as it is named in Table
900.

2. Each table_no attribute should have the same name as it is named in Table 920.

MDP tables are not partitioned per model. The partition_no attribute is in all the
MDP Tables containing model specific data.

Table Attribute Relationships


All attributes named idx_xx (or ending with idx_xx), where xx is a number, are
links to the system_unique_no attribute in Table xx. For example, idx_12,
cp1_idx_12, and end1_idx_12 are links to Table 12, while idx_80 is a link to
the system_unique_number in Table 80.

All attributes named partition_no (or ending with partition_no) are links to
the partition_no attribute in Table 900. The partition_no attributes in
Tables 21 and 22 refer to equipment models, and the partition_no attributes in
other tables refer to piping models. Also, in Table 170, if the table_no attribute is
21 or 22 then the table refers to the equipment model with that partition_no.
Otherwise it refers to a piping model with that partition_no.

Attributes end1_noz_id_ascii and end2_noz_id_ascii in Table 12 are the


Database Info
5. Library and

nozzle names to which the segments are connected, and are in the format EQP-Name
/ NOZ-Name, for example AIRPUMP-1/NOZ-1.

The attribute component_group_no in Table 150 is linked to the


component_group_no attribute in Tables 34, 50 and 67.

The table_no attribute (or any attribute ending with table_no) in Tables 110,
120, 130, 170 and 180 is linked to the table_no attribute in Table 910 for getting the
table_name.

221
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Tables 910 and 920 are linked by the table_no attribute for getting the attribute
information in that table.

All table_uniq_no attributes (or attributes ending with table_uniq_no) in


Tables 170 and 180 are links to the system_unique_no attribute (or index_no
attribute in case of Table 120) in the table, whose name is the value of the table_no
attribute looked up in pdtable_910.

Resolving Standard Note Text in Codelisted


Attributes
Use the following steps to get the Standard Note text corresponding to an attribute.

1. Take the table_name to which the attribute belongs and look up the table name in
Table 910 to get its corresponding table_no.

2. Look in Table 920 with the table_no and attribute_name (or


attribute_no) as input and get the attribute_qual as output. If the value of
this attribute is CLxxx where xxx is a number, then the attribute is a codelisted
attribute. Using this value as the standard note number and the value of the attribute in
question as the standard_note_code, look for descr in Table 250 to give the
description of the Standard Note. For example, a Component (Table 34) whose attribute
fabrication_cat has a value of 5 we get the description of the Fabrication
category as follows.

1. With pdtable_34 as the lookup for table_name into pdtable_910, we get


table_no as 34.

2. With 34 and fabrication_cat as inputs, look for attribute_qual in


pdtable_920 to get the value of attribute_qual as CL180.

3. Now with 180 as the std_note_no and 5 as the std_note_code, we get


the description as CSSF=Contractor supplied, shop fabricated.

The attribute_qual attribute in Table 920 for any attribute can


also have one of the following values.

— NULL, which means that this attribute is a normal attribute, and its
value needs no further processing being in its final form.

— NPD, which means that this attribute is a NPD attribute, with the
nominal piping diameter in coded form. All these attributes have
mirrored attributes in the same tables with name npd, which
contains the real NPD value in NPD units.

In the following listings, the line USER-DEFINED ATTRIBUTES (if


applicable) specifies the location of the user-defined attributes in relation to the
delivered attributes and material data attributes.

222
________________ Material Takeoff Database

Table 12 - Piping Segments


1 system_unique_no integer index 1
2 line_number_label character(40) .......................... 1
3 line_id character(24) .......................... 1
4 unit_number character(12) .......................... 1
5 unit_code character(3) .......................... 1
6 module_no character(16) .......................... 1
7 package_system_no character(12) .......................... 1
8 train_number character(2) .......................... 1
9 fluid_code short (SN125) ............... 1
10 line_sequence_no character(16) .......................... 1
11 nominal_piping_dia short ............................(NPD). 1
12 piping_mater_class character(16) .......................... 1
13 gasket_separation character(8) .......................... 1
14 insulation_purpose short (SN220) ............... 1
15 insulation_thick double (ins thick units)....... 1
16 insulation_density double (SN1074 units).......... 5
17 heat_tracing_reqmt short (SN200) ............... 1
18 heat_tracing_media short (SN210) ............... 1
19 heat_tracing_temp double ................................. 5
20 construction_stat short (SN130) ............... 1
21 hold_status short (SN50) ................ 1
22 approval_status short (SN35) ................ 1
23 schedule_override character(8) (SN332)................. 1
24 nor_oper_pres double ................................. 5
25 nor_oper_temp double ................................. 5
26 alt_oper_pres double ................................. 5
27 alt_oper_temp double ................................. 5
28 nor_dgn_pres double ................................. 5
29 nor_dgn_temp double ................................. 5
30 alt_dgn_pres double ................................. 5
31 alt_dgn_temp double ................................. 5
32 steam_outlet_temp double ................................. 5
33 mater_of_construct character(6) .......................... 1
34 safety_class short (SN340) ............... 1
35 design_standard short (SN570) ............... 1
36 design_area_number character(10) .......................... 1
37 design_resp short (SN160) ............... 1
38 construction_resp short (SN160) ............... 1
39 supply_resp short (SN160) ............... 1
40 coating_reqmts short (SN190) ............... 1
41 cleaning_reqmts short (SN230) ............... 1
42 fluid_category character(4) ........................... 1
43 nor_op_pres_units short (SN1064) .............. 1
44 nor_op_temp_units short (SN1056) .............. 1
45 alt_op_pres_units short (SN1064) .............. 1
46 alt_op_temp_units short (SN1056) .............. 1
47 nor_dgn_pres_units short (SN1064) .............. 1
Database Info
5. Library and

48 nor_dgn_temp_units short (SN1056) .............. 1


49 alt_dgn_pres_units short (SN1064) .............. 1
50 alt_dgn_temp_units short (SN1056) .............. 1
51 steam_temp_units short (SN1056) .............. 1
52 stress_system_no character(12) .......................... 1
53 stress_reqmts short (SN360) ............... 1
54 hyd_system_no character(12) .......................... 1
55 hyd_reqmts short (SN360) ............... 1
56 specific_gravity_a double ................................. 5
57 specific_gravity_b double ................................. 5
58 specific_gravity_c double ................................. 5
59 viscosity double ................................. 5

223
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

60 density double ................................. 5


61 spec_heat_ratio double ................................. 5
62 sonic_velocity double ................................. 5
63 surface_roughness double ................................. 5
64 test_system_no character(6) ........................... 1
65 test_fluid short (SN125) ............... 1
66 test_pressure double ................................. 5
67 PID_id_part_a character(4) ........................... 1
68 PID_id_part_b character(4) ........................... 1
69 end_1_nozzle_id integer ................................ 3
70 end_2_nozzle_id integer ................................ 3
71 alpha_descript_id character(12) .......................... 1
72 standard_note_no short (SN499) ............... 2 or 1
73 pid_index_no integer ................................ 3
74 color_code character(8) ............................ 1
75 inspection_iso_id character(24) ........................... 1
76 index_to_pi_dwg integer ................................. 3
77 weld_id character(80) ........................... 1

USER-DEFINED ATTRIBUTES (if applicable)

seg_len double ................................. 5


end1_noz_id_ascii character(80) ........................... 1
end2_noz_id_ascii character(80) ........................... 1
partition_no short ................................. 2
npd double ................................. 5

Table 21 - Equipment
1 equip_indx_no integer index 1
2 equip_no character(30) .......................... 1
3 equip_descr_1 character(40) .......................... 1
4 equip_descr_2 character(40) .......................... 1
5 tutorial_no character(6) ........................... 1
6 equip_class character(2) ........................... 1
7 dry_weight double ................................. 5
8 oper_weight_1 double ................................. 5
9 oper_weight_2 double ................................. 5
10 insulation_thk double ................................. 5
11 construction_stat short (SN130) ................ 1
12 equipment_division short (SN69) ................ 1
13 approval_status short (SN35) ................ 1

USER-DEFINED ATTRIBUTES (if applicable)

partition_no short .................................. 2

Table 22 - Nozzles
1 nozzle_indx_no integer
2 nozzle_no character(10) .......................... 1
3 equip_index integer ................................ 3
4 nominal_piping_dia short ............................(NPD). 1
5 rating character(8) ........................... 1
6 preparation short (SN3300) ............... 1
7 piping_mater_class character(16) .......................... 1
8 unit_no character(12) .......................... 1
9 fluid_code short (SN125) ................ 1

224
________________ Material Takeoff Database

10 unit_code character(3) ........................... 1


11 line_sequence_no character(16) .......................... 1
12 heat_tracing_reqmt short (SN200) ................ 1
13 heat_tracing_media short (SN210) ................ 1
14 insulation_purpose short (SN220) ................ 1
15 insulation_thk double ................................. 5
16 table_suffix short (SN576) ................ 1
17 service character(20) .......................... 1
18 schedule_thickness character(8) ........................... 1
19 nor_therm_growth_X double ................................. 5
20 nor_therm_growth_Y double ................................. 5
21 nor_therm_growth_Z double ................................. 5
22 alt_therm_growth_X double ................................. 5
23 alt_therm_growth_Y double ................................. 5
24 alt_therm_growth_Z double ................................. 5
25 construction_stat short (SN130) ................ 1

USER-DEFINED ATTRIBUTES (if applicable)

partition_no short ................................... 2


idx_12 integer ................................ 3
npd double ................................. 5

Table 34 - Piping Components


1 system_unique_no integer index 1
2 piping_comp_no character(20) .......................... 1
3 commodity_name character(6) ........................... 1
4 model_code character(6) ........................... 1
5 option_code short (SN400) ............... 1
6 maximum_temp double ................................. 5
7 sched_thick_basis character(8) ........................... 1
8 commodity_code character(16) .......................... 1
9 MTO_requirements short (SN365) ............... 1
10 fabrication_cat short (SN180) ............... 1
11 source_of_data short (SN420) ............... 1
12 PDS_sort_code character(6) ........................... 1
13 physical_data_id character(8) ........................... 1
14 geometric_standard short (SN575) ............... 1
15 weight_code short (SN578) ............... 1
16 table_suffix_green short (SN576) ............... 1
17 table_suffix_red short (SN577) ............... 1
18 materials_grade short (SN145) ............... 1
19 bend_radius double ................................. 5
20 bend_angle double ................................. 5
21 face_to_face_dim double ................................. 1
22 dimension_a double ................................. 5
23 dimension_b double ................................. 5
Database Info
5. Library and
24 dimension_c double ................................. 5
25 surface_area double (SN 1010 units) ........ 5
26 empty_weight double (SN 1028 units) ........ 5
27 water_weight double (SN 1028 units) ........ 5
28 operator_weight double ................................. 5
29 operator_sym_name character(6) ........................... 1
30 chain_operator_no short .................................. 2
31 opening_action short (SN390) ............... 1
32 construction_stat short (SN130) ............... 1
33 hold_status short (SN50) ................ 1
34 heat_tracing_reqmt short (SN200) ............... 1
35 heat_tracing_media short (SN210) ............... 1

225
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

36 heat_tracing_temp double ................................. 5


37 iso_dwg_index_no integer ................................ 3
38 isometric_sheet_no character(2) ........................... 1
39 piece_mark_no character(60) .......................... 1
40 color_code character(8) ........................... 1
41 stress_node_no short .................................. 2
42 stress_intens_fact double ................................. 5
43 head_loss_factor double ................................. 5
44 piping_assembly character(12) .......................... 1
45 component_group_no short .................................. 2
46 remarks character(50) .......................... 1
47 standard_note_no_a short (SN499) ............... 2 or 1
48 standard_note_no_b short (SN499) ............... 2 or 1

49 cp_1_nom_pipe_diam short ............................(NPD). 1


50 cp_1_outside_diam double .....................(Dist. NPD). 1
51 cp_1_end_prep short (SN330) ............... 1
52 cp_1_sch_thk character(8) (SN332) ............... 1
53 cp_1_rating character(8) ........................... 1
54 cp_1_face_to_ctr double ................................. 5
55 cp_1_weld_no character(8) ........................... 1
56 cp_1_weld_type short (SN1100)/400 (bolt option) 1
57 cp_1_gasket_gap double ................................. 5
58 cp_1_gasket_option short (SN400) ............... 1
59 cp_1_stress_node short .................................. 2
60 cp_1_stress_factor double ................................. 5
61 cp_1_head_loss double ................................. 5

62 cp_2_nom_pipe_diam short ............................(NPD). 1


63 cp_2_outside_diam double .....................(Dist. NPD). 1
64 cp_2_end_prep short (SN330) ............... 1
65 cp_2_sch_thk character(8) (SN332) ............... 1
66 cp_2_rating character(8) ........................... 1
67 cp_2_face_to_ctr double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
68 cp_2_weld_no character(8) ........................... 1
69 cp_2_weld_type short (SN1100)/400 (bolt option) 1
70 cp_2_gasket_gap double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
71 cp_2_gasket_option short (SN400) ............... 1
72 cp_2_stress_node short .................................. 2
73 cp_2_stress_factor double ................................. 5
74 cp_2_head_loss double ................................. 5

75 cp_3_nom_pipe_diam short ............................(NPD). 1


76 cp_3_outside_diam double .....................(Dist. NPD). 1
77 cp_3_end_prep short (SN330) ............... 1
78 cp_3_sch_thk character(8) (SN332) ............... 1
79 cp_3_rating character(8) ........................... 1
80 cp_3_face_to_ctr double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
81 cp_3_weld_no character(8) ........................... 1
82 cp_3_weld_type short (SN1100)/400 (bolt option) 1
83 cp_3_gasket_gap double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
84 cp_3_gasket_option short (SN400) ............... 1
85 cp_3_stress_node short .................................. 2
86 cp_3_stress_factor double ................................. 5
87 cp_3_head_loss double ................................. 5

88 cp_4_nom_pipe_diam short ............................(NPD). 1


89 cp_4_outside_diam double .....................(Dist. NPD). 1
90 cp_4_end_prep short (SN330) ............... 1
91 cp_4_sch_thk character(8) (SN332) ............... 1
92 cp_4_rating character(8) ........................... 1
93 cp_4_face_to_ctr double ...................(Dist. Model). 1

226
________________ Material Takeoff Database

94 cp_4_weld_no character(8) ........................... 1


95 cp_4_weld_type short (SN1100)/400 (bolt option) 1
96 cp_4_gasket_gap double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
97 cp_4_gasket_option short (SN400) ............... 1
98 cp_4_stress_node short .................................. 2
99 cp_4_stress_factor double ................................. 5
100 cp_4_head_loss double ................................. 5

101 cp_5_nom_pipe_diam short ............................(NPD). 1


102 cp_5_outside_diam double .....................(Dist. NPD). 1
103 cp_5_end_prep short (SN330) ............... 1
104 cp_5_sch_thk character(8) (SN332) ............... 1
105 cp_5_rating character(8) ........................... 1
106 cp_5_face_to_ctr double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
107 cp_5_weld_no character(8) ........................... 1
108 cp_5_weld_type short (SN1100/400 (bolt option) 1
109 cp_5_gasket_gap double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
110 cp_5_gasket_option short (SN400) ............... 1
111 cp_5_stress_node short .................................. 2
112 cp_5_stress_factor double ................................. 5
113 cp_5_head_loss double ................................. 5

114 unique_name character(12) .......................... 1


115 vlv_operator_dim_a double ................................. 5
116 vlv_operator_dim_b double ................................. 5
117 vlv_operator_dim_c double ................................. 5
118 vlv_operator_dim_d double ................................. 5

119 last_placed_date integer ................................ 3


120 generic_comp_no character(20) .......................... 1
121 inspection_key short .................................. 2
122 cp_1_inspect_key short .................................. 2
123 cp_2_inspect_key short .................................. 2
124 cp_3_inspect_key short .................................. 2
125 cp_4_inspect_key short .................................. 2
126 cp_5_inspect_key short .................................. 2

USER-DEFINED ATTRIBUTES (if applicable)

partition_no short ................................... 2


cp1_idx_12 integer ................................. 3
cp2_idx_12 integer ................................. 3
cp3_idx_12 integer ................................. 3
cp4_idx_12 integer ................................. 3
cp5_idx_12 integer ................................. 3
siz_dep_comm_code character(16) ........................... 1
cp1_npd double .................................. 5
cp2_npd double .................................. 5
cp3_npd double .................................. 5
cp4_npd double .................................. 5
Database Info
5. Library and
cp5_npd double .................................. 5
idx_205 integer ................................. 3
idx_215 integer ................................. 3

227
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Table 50 - Pipes
1 system_unique_no integer index 1
2 piping_comp_no character(20) .......................... 1
3 commodity_name character(6) ........................... 1
4 model_code character(6) ........................... 1
5 option_code short (SN400) ............... 1
6 maximum_temp double ................................. 5
7 nominal_piping_dia short ............................(NPD). 1
8 outside_diameter double .....................(Dist. NPD). 1
9 schedule_thickness character(8) (SN332) ............... 1
10 sched_thick_basis character(8) (SN332) ............... 1
11 rating character(8) ........................... 1
12 commodity_code character(16) .......................... 1
13 MTO_requirements short (SN365) ............... 1
14 fabrication_cat short (SN180) ............... 1
15 source_of_data short (SN425) ............... 1
16 PDS_sort_code character(6) ........................... 1
17 geometric_standard short (SN575) ............... 1
18 weight_code short (SN578) ............... 1
19 table_suffix_green short (SN576) ............... 1
20 table_suffix_red short (SN577) ............... 1
21 materials_grade short (SN145) ............... 1
22 pipe_length double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
23 surface_area double (SN1010 units) ........ 5
24 empty_weight double (SN1028 units) ........ 5
25 water_weight double (SN1028 units) ........ 5
26 cold_spring_length double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
27 construction_stat short (SN130) ............... 1
28 hold_status short (SN50) ................ 1
29 heat_tracing_reqmt short (SN200) ............... 1
30 heat_tracing_media short (SN210) ............... 1
31 heat_tracing_temp double ................................. 5
32 iso_dwg_index_no integer ................................ 3
33 isometric_sheet_no character(2) ........................... 1
34 piece_mark_no character(60) .......................... 1
35 color_code character(8) ........................... 1
36 piping_assembly character(12) .......................... 1
37 component_group_no short .................................. 2
38 remarks character(50) .......................... 1
39 standard_note_no_a short (SN499) ............... 2 or 1
40 standard_note_no_b short (SN499) ............... 2 or 1

41 end_1_end_prep short (SN330) ............... 1


42 end_1_weld_no character(8) ........................... 1
43 end_1_weld_type short (SN1100)/400 (bolt option) 1
44 end_1_gasket_gap double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
45 end_1_gasket_opt short (SN400) ............... 1
46 end_1_stress_node short .................................. 2
47 end_1_stres_int double ................................. 5
48 end_1_head_loss double ................................. 5

49 end_2_end_prep short (SN330) ............... 1


50 end_2_weld_no character(8) ........................... 1
51 end_2_weld_type short (SN1100)/400 (bolt option) 1
52 end_2_gasket_gap double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
53 end_2_gasket_opt short (SN400) ............... 1
54 end_2_stress_node short .................................. 2
55 end_2_stres_int double ................................. 5
56 end_2_head_loss double ................................. 5
57 unique_name character(12) .......................... 1

228
________________ Material Takeoff Database

58 last_placed_date integer ................................ 3


59 inspection_key short .................................. 2
60 end_1_inspect_key short .................................. 2
61 end_2_inspect_key short .................................. 2

USER-DEFINED ATTRIBUTES (if applicable)

partition_no short ................................... 2


end1_idx_12 integer ................................. 3
end2_idx_12 integer ................................. 3
siz_dep_comm_code character(16) ........................... 1
npd double .................................. 5
idx_205 integer ................................. 3
idx_215 integer ................................. 3

Table 67 - Instrument Components


1 system_unique_no integer index 1
2 instrument_comp_no character(20) .......................... 1
3 model_code character(6) ........................... 1
4 option_code short (SN400) ............... 1
5 sched_thick_basis character(8) (SN332) ............... 1
6 MTO_requirements short (SN365) ............... 1
7 fabrication_cat short (SN180) ............... 1
8 source_of_data short (SN430) ............... 1
9 PDS_sort_code character(6) ........................... 1
10 physical_data_id character(8) ........................... 1
11 geometric_standard short (SN575) ............... 1
12 weight_code short (SN578) ............... 1
13 table_suffix_green short (SN576) ............... 1
14 table_suffix_red short (SN577) ............... 1
15 materials_grade short (SN145) ............... 1
16 face_to_face_dim double ................................. 1
17 dimension_a double ................................. 5
18 dimension_b double ................................. 5
19 dimension_c double ................................. 5
20 surface_area double (SN1010 units) ........ 5
21 empty_weight double (SN1028 units) ........ 5
22 water_weight double (SN1028 units) ........ 5
23 operator_weight double (SN1028 units) ........ 5
24 operator_type double ................................. 5
25 operator_sym_name character(6) ........................... 1
26 chain_operator_no short .................................. 2
27 chain_length double ................................. 5
28 opening_action short (SN390) ............... 1
29 construction_stat short (SN130) ............... 1
30 hold_status short (SN50) ................ 1
31 design_resp short (SN160) ............... 1
Database Info
5. Library and
32 construction_resp short (SN160) ............... 1
33 heat_tracing_reqmt short (SN200) ............... 1
34 heat_tracing_media short (SN210) ............... 1
35 heat_tracing_temp double ................................. 5
36 insulation_purpose short (SN220) ............... 1
37 insulation_thick double ...............(ins thick units). 1
38 insulation_density double (SN1074 units) ........ 5
39 cleaning_reqmts short (SN230) ............... 1
40 safety_class short (SN340) ............... 1
41 module_no character(16) .......................... 1
42 package_system_no character(12) .......................... 1
43 iso_dwg_index_no integer ................................ 3

229
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

44 isometric_sheet_no character(2) ........................... 1


45 piece_mark_no character(60) .......................... 1
46 color_code character(8) ........................... 1
47 stress_node_no short .................................. 2
48 stress_intens_fact double ................................. 5
49 head_loss_factor double ................................. 5
50 piping_assembly character(12) .......................... 1
51 component_group_no short .................................. 2
52 remarks character(50) .......................... 1
53 standard_note_no_a short (SN499) ............... 2 or 1
54 standard_note_no_b short (SN499) ............... 2 or 1

55 cp_1_nom_pipe_diam short ............................(NPD). 1


56 cp_1_outside_diam double .....................(Dist. NPD). 1
57 cp_1_end_prep short (SN330) ............... 1
58 cp_1_sch_thk character(8) (SN332) ............... 1
59 cp_1_rating character(8) ........................... 1
60 cp_1_face_to_ctr double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
61 cp_1_weld_no character(8) ........................... 1
62 cp_1_weld_type short (SN1100)/400 (bolt option) 1
63 cp_1_gasket_gap double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
64 cp_1_gasket_option short (SN400) ............... 1
65 cp_1_stress_node short .................................. 2
66 cp_1_stress_factor double ................................. 5
67 cp_1_head_loss double ................................. 5

68 cp_2_nom_pipe_diam short ............................(NPD). 1


69 cp_2_outside_diam double .....................(Dist. NPD). 1
70 cp_2_end_prep short (SN330) ............... 1
71 cp_2_sch_thk character(8) (SN332) ............... 1
72 cp_2_rating character(8) ........................... 1
73 cp_2_face_to_ctr double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
74 cp_2_weld_no character(8) ........................... 1
75 cp_2_weld_type short (SN1100)/400 (bolt option) 1
76 cp_2_gasket_gap double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
77 cp_2_gasket_option short (SN400) ............... 1
78 cp_2_stress_node short .................................. 2
79 cp_2_stress_factor double ................................. 5
80 cp_2_head_loss double ................................. 5

81 cp_3_nom_pipe_diam short ............................(NPD). 1


82 cp_3_outside_diam double .....................(Dist. NPD). 1
83 cp_3_end_prep short (SN330) ............... 1
84 cp_3_sch_thk character(8) (SN332) ............... 1
85 cp_3_rating character(8) ........................... 1
86 cp_3_face_to_ctr double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
87 cp_3_weld_no character(8) ........................... 1
88 cp_3_weld_type short (SN1100)/400 (bolt option) 1
89 cp_3_gasket_gap double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
90 cp_3_gasket_option short (SN400) ............... 1
91 cp_3_stress_node short .................................. 2
92 cp_3_stress_factor double ................................. 5
93 cp_3_head_loss double ................................. 5

94 cp_4_nom_pipe_diam short ............................(NPD). 1


95 cp_4_outside_diam double .....................(Dist. NPD). 1
96 cp_4_end_prep short (SN330) ............... 1
97 cp_4_sch_thk character(8) (SN332) ............... 1
98 cp_4_rating character(8) ........................... 1
99 cp_4_face_to_ctr double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
100 cp_4_weld_no character(8) ........................... 1
101 cp_4_weld_type short (SN1100)/400 (bolt option) 1

230
________________ Material Takeoff Database

102 cp_4_gasket_gap double ...................(Dist. Model). 1


103 cp_4_gasket_option short (SN400) ............... 1
104 cp_4_stress_node short .................................. 2
105 cp_4_stress_factor double ................................. 5
106 cp_4_head_loss double ................................. 5

107 cp_5_nom_pipe_diam short ............................(NPD). 1


108 cp_5_outside_diam double .....................(Dist. NPD). 1
109 cp_5_end_prep short (SN330) ............... 1
110 cp_5_sch_thk character(8) (SN332) ............... 1
111 cp_5_rating character(8) ........................... 1
112 cp_5_face_to_ctr double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
113 cp_5_weld_no character(8) ........................... 1
114 cp_5_weld_type short (SN1100)/400 (bolt option) 1
115 cp_5_gasket_gap double ...................(Dist. Model). 1
116 cp_5_gasket_option short (SN400) ............... 1
117 cp_5_stress_node short .................................. 2
118 cp_5_stress_factor double ................................. 5
119 cp_5_head_loss double ................................. 5

120 unique_name character(12) ........................... 1


121 bend_angle double .................................. 5
122 vlv_operator_dim_a double .................................. 5
123 vlv_operator_dim_b double .................................. 5
124 vlv_operator_dim_c double .................................. 5
125 vlv_operator_dim_d double .................................. 5

126 last_placed_date integer ................................. 3


127 generic_comp_no character(20) ........................... 1
128 inspection_key short ................................... 2
129 cp_1_inspect_key short ................................... 2
130 cp_2_inspect_key short ................................... 2
131 cp_3_inspect_key short ................................... 2
132 cp_4_inspect_key short ................................... 2
133 cp_5_inspect_key short .................................... 2

USER-DEFINED ATTRIBUTES (if applicable)

partition_no short ................................... 2


cp1_idx_12 integer ................................ 3
cp2_idx_12 integer ................................ 3
cp3_idx_12 integer ................................ 3
cp4_idx_12 integer ................................ 3
cp5_idx_12 integer ................................ 3
cp1_npd double ................................. 5
cp2_npd double ................................. 5
cp3_npd double ................................. 5
cp4_npd double ................................. 5
cp5_npd double ................................. 5
idx_205 integer ................................. 3
Database Info
5. Library and

Table 80 - Pipe Supports


1 system_unique_no integer index 1
2 pipe_support_no character(20) .......................... 1
3 model_code_phy character(6) ........................... 1
4 model_code_log character(6) ........................... 1
5 iso_support_type_a short (SN380) ............... 1
6 iso_support_type_b short (SN380) ............... 1
7 iso_support_type_c short (SN380) ............... 1

231
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

8 iso_support_type_d short (SN380) ............... 1


9 details_for_shop character(50) .......................... 1
10 details_for_field character(50) .......................... 1
11 fabrication_orient character(20) .......................... 1
12 commodity_code character(16) .......................... 1
13 MTO_requirements short (SN365) ............... 1
14 fabrication_cat short (SN180) ............... 1
15 weight double (SN1028 units) ......... 5
16 construction_stat short (SN130) ............... 1
17 hold_status short (SN50) ................ 1
18 standard_note_no short (SN499) ............... 2 or 1
19 iso_dwg_index_no integer ................................ 3
20 isometric_sheet_no character(2) ........................... 1
21 piece_mark_no character(60) .......................... 1
22 color_code character(8) ........................... 1
23 isometric_dim_a double ................................. 5
24 isometric_dim_b double ................................. 5
25 isometric_dim_c double ................................. 5
26 isometric_dim_d double ................................. 5
27 isometric_dim_e double ................................. 5
28 trans_rigidity_x double ................................. 5
29 trans_rigidity_y double ................................. 5
30 trans_rigidity_z double ................................. 5
31 rot_rigidity_x double ................................. 5
32 rot_rigidity_y double ................................. 5
33 rot_rigidity_z double ................................. 5
34 spring_gap_length double ................................. 5
35 sping_gap_direct short .................................. 2
36 number_of_springs short .................................. 2
37 last_placed_date integer ................................. 3
38 inspection_key short .................................. 2
40 group_id integer ................................. 3
41 gang_id integer ................................. 3
42 material_grade short (SN145) ................. 1
43 weld_code short .................................. 1
44 material_index character(16) .......................... 1
45 operating_load double ................................. 5
46 installed_load double ................................. 5
47 hydrostatic_load double ................................. 5
48 total_movement_1 double in subunits (dist. att.) ....... 1
49 total_movement_2 double in subunits (dist. att.) ....... 1
50 rod_diameter double in subunits .................... 1
USER-DEFINED ATTRIBUTES (if applicable)

partition_no short .................................. 2


idx_12 integer ................................ 3
idx_205 integer ................................ 3

Table 101 - Project Description Data


1 system_unique_no integer ................................ 3
2 project_no character(15) .......................... 1
3 project_name character(40) .......................... 1
4 job_no character(40) .......................... 1
5 company_name character(40) .......................... 1
6 plant_name character(40) .......................... 1

232
________________ Material Takeoff Database

Table 110 - Gaskets


The values in this table are dependent upon the model settings for implied materials.

1 index_no integer ................................ 3


2 idx_12 integer ................................ 3
3 partition_no short .................................. 2
4 own_comp_table_no short .................................. 2
5 idx_of_own_comp integer ................................ 3
6 own_comp_cp_no short .................................. 2
7 mat_partition_no short .................................. 2
8 mat_comp_table_no short .................................. 2
9 idx_of_mat_comp integer ................................ 3
10 mat_comp_cp_no short .................................. 2
11 gasket_od double ................................. 5
12 gasket_id double ................................. 5
13 pmc character(16) .......................... 1
14 gasket_thk double ................................. 5
15 commodity_code character(16) .......................... 1
16 line_id character(40) .......................... 1
17 commodity_name character(6) ............................ 1
18 gasket_option short .................................. 2
19 max_temp double ................................. 5
20 end_prep short .................................. 2
21 pres_rating character(8) ........................... 1
22 fabrication_cat short .................................. 2
23 mater_grade short .................................. 2
24 std_note_a short .................................. 2
25 std_note_b short .................................. 2
26 unique_name character(16) .......................... 1
27 idx_205 integer ................................ 3
28 idx_215 integer ................................ 3

Table 120 - Bolts and Nuts


1 index_no integer ................................ 3
2 idx_12 integer ................................ 3
3 partition_no short .................................. 2
4 own_comp_table_no short .................................. 2
5 idx_of_own_comp integer ................................ 3
6 own_comp_cp_no short .................................. 2
7 mat_partition_no short .................................. 2
8 mat_comp_table_no short .................................. 2
9 idx_of_mat_comp integer ................................ 3
10 mat_comp_cp_no short .................................. 2
11 pmc character(16) .......................... 1
Database Info
5. Library and
12 line_id character(40) .......................... 1
13 quantity short .................................. 2
14 diameter double ................................. 5
15 item_length double ................................. 5
16 commodity_code character(16) .......................... 1
17 total_wt double ................................. 5
18 commodity_name character(6) ........................... 1
19 fabrication_cat short .................................. 2
20 material_grade short .................................. 2
21 std_note_a short .................................. 2
22 std_note_b short .................................. 2
23 unique_name character(16) .......................... 1

233
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

24 idx_205 integer ................................ 3


25 idx_215 integer ................................ 3

Table 130 - Welds


1 index_no integer ................................ 3
2 idx_12 integer ................................ 3
3 partition_no short .................................. 2
4 own_comp_table_no short .................................. 2
5 idx_of_own_comp integer ................................ 3
6 own_comp_cp_no short .................................. 2
7 mat_partition_no short .................................. 2
8 mat_comp_table_no short .................................. 2
9 idx_of_mat_comp integer ................................ 3
10 mat_comp_cp_no short .................................. 2
11 pmc character(16) .......................... 1
12 line_id character(40) .......................... 1
13 weld_diameter double ................................. 5
14 weld_type short .................................. 2
15 end_prep_a short .................................. 2
16 end_prep_b short .................................. 2
17 sched_thick_a character(8) ........................... 1
18 sched_thick_b character(8) ........................... 1
19 mater_grade_a short .................................. 2
20 mater_grade_b short .................................. 2
21 weld_no character(8) ........................... 1

Table 140 - Implied Material from Specification Data


1 index_no integer ................................ 3
2 partition_no short .................................. 2
3 table_no short .................................. 2
4 table_uniq_no integer ................................ 3
5 source_comm_code character(16) .......................... 1
6 report_comm_code character(16) .......................... 1
7 quantity double ................................. 5
8 fabrication_cat short .................................. 2
9 standard_note_no short .................................. 2
10 idx_205 integer ................................ 3
11 idx_215 integer ................................ 3

Table 150 - Induction Bends


1 partition_no short .................................. 2
2 component_group_no short .................................. 2
3 pipe_length double ................................. 5
4 number_of_bends short .................................. 2
5 idx_12 integer ................................ 3

234
________________ Material Takeoff Database

Table 160 - Pipe Support Material Data


1 idx_80 integer ................................ 3
2 partition_no short .................................. 2
3 material_index character(16) .......................... 1
4 sequence_number short .................................. 2
5 quantity short .................................. 2
6 dimension double ................................. 5
7 material_descr character(80) .......................... 1

Table 170 - Geometric Data Table


For this table, if the connect_point_no attribute is 1-5, the item is a piping connect point or an equipment
place point. If the connect_point_no attribute is

-1, the item is the dry center of gravity (COG).


-2, the item is the wet COG.
-3, the item is a bolt COG.

1 partition_no short .................................. 2


2 table_no integer ................................ 3
3 table_uniq_no integer ................................ 3
4 connect_point_no short .................................. 2
5 cp_easting double ................................. 5
6 cp_northing double ................................. 5
7 cp_elevation double ................................. 5
8 cp_easting_dvcs double ................................. 5
9 cp_northing_dvcs double ................................. 5
10 cp_elevation_dvcs double ................................. 5

Table 180 - Error Table


The errors in this table are also logged to the file temp\mdp_err.log, which also contains informational
messages.

1 index_no integer ................................ 3


2 error_code integer ................................ 3
3 partition_no short .................................. 2
4 table_no short .................................. 2
5 table_uniq_no integer ................................ 3
6 sec_table_no short .................................. 2
7 sec_table_uniq_no integer ................................ 3
Database Info
5. Library and
8 where_string character(128) ......................... 1

Table 205 - Short Material Table


1 system_unique_no integer ................................. 3
2 label character(240) .......................... 1

235
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Table 215 - Long Material Table


1 system_unique_no integer ................................. 3
2 label_part1 character(240) .......................... 1
3 label_part2 character(240) .......................... 1
4 label_part3 character(240) .......................... 1

Table 250 - Standard Notes Table


This table is published when you select the Standard Notes option on the Schedule Setup dialog box. This
table should be published after any changes are made to the standard notes.

Only the Approved libraries are published.

1 system_unique_no integer ................................ 3


2 std_note_no short .................................. 2
3 std_note_code short .................................. 2
4 descr character(240) ......................... 1

Table 900 - Model Data Table


1 system_unique_no integer ................................ 3
2 model_index_no integer ................................ 3
3 extract_last_date integer ................................ 3
4 extract_fail_date integer ................................ 3
5 model_no character(10) .......................... 1
6 discipline_no short .................................. 2
7 area_no short .................................. 2
8 partition_no short .................................. 2
9 system_of_units character(2) ........................... 1
10 npd_units character(2) ........................... 1
11 bolt_len_units character(2) ........................... 1
12 bolt_dia_units character(2) ........................... 1

Table 910 - Entity Data Table


1 table_no integer ................................ 3
2 table_name character(32) .......................... 1

Table 920 - Attribute Data Table


This table contains information about all the attributes in the MTO schema tables.

The attribute_qual attribute specifies whether the attribute is a normal attribute, an NPD attribute, or a
codelisted attribute.

236
________________ Material Takeoff Database

The attribute_code attribute is

0 for PDS attributes,


1 for user-defined attributes, and
2 for MTO attributes.

1 table_no integer ................................ 3


2 attribute_num integer ................................ 3
3 attribute_name character(32) .......................... 1
4 attribute_type character(20) .......................... 1
5 attribute_qual character(80) .......................... 1
6 attribute_code short .................................. 2

Table 930 - MDP Lock Table


1 mdp_task character(4) ........................... 1
2 lock_node character(30) ........................... 1
3 lock_time integer ................................ 3

Database Info
5. Library and

237
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

238
________________ Material Data Publisher

6. Material Data Publisher

Publisher
6. Material Data
The Material Data Publisher utility (MDP) allows PDS users to generate relational database tables containing
all the material data associated with a PDS model and publish these tables to a new database schema
(MTO_PROJNAME). These tables make the model data available for easier reporting outside of PD_Report.

The Material Data Publisher uses selection set files to determine what data to publish. The MDP interface
allows you to select specific disciplines, model areas, and models within the project to publish, and to save
different sets of models in separate selection set files.

When the data is published, it can be accessed through ORACLE, INFORMIX, SQL, ODBC clients such as
Microsoft Access, and other database utilities for reporting, tracking, and ordering.

239
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

6.1 Material Data Publisher Interface


This section contains descriptions of the Material Data Publisher interface, including information on all dialog
boxes, gadgets, and commands.

6.1.1 Tree View


The Tree View, on the left side of the main MDP window, contains a hierarchical list of the selected projects.
This list consists of the project name, the disciplines contained in the project, and the areas contained in each
discipline.

Beside each component of the tree view appears a box which changes depending upon the selections made in
the List View:

If all the subcomponents for a particular component are selected, the component’s box in the Tree View
contains an X.

If some but not all of the subcomponents for a particlar component are selected, the component’s box will
be shaded grey and contain an X.

If none of the subcomponents for a particular component are selected, the component’s box will be blank.

You can also use the boxes to select items in the tree view.

240
________________ List View

6.1.2 List View

Publisher
6. Material Data
The List View, on the right side of the main MDP window, contains a listing of the various components
comprising the selected item in the Tree View. Initially the List View contains a list of available projects, with
projects using PDS Access Control represented by a lock icon.

When you select a project, discipline, or model area in the Tree View, the components that make up the project,
discipline, or model appear in the List View. Beside each component in the List View is a check box that
allows you to select the component for inclusion in the current selection set file.

241
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

6.2 Workflow
This section describes the general workflow for Material Data Publisher.

6.2.1 Create a Selection Set File


1. Click Start > Programs > PD_Shell > Material Data Publisher.

The Material Data Publisher interface displays.

2. Select a project by double-clicking a project icon in the List View or by selecting a project from the
Project pulldown list.

If the MDP database tables have not been created for the project, or if they exist and need to be updated,
you will be prompted to create or update them.

3. Use the Tree View to navigate the project hierarchy, and use the List View check boxes to select various
components in the hierarchy.

4. Click File > Save or the Save button on the toolbar to save the project selection set file.

242
________________ Workflow

6.2.2 Publish Material Data

Publisher
6. Material Data
1. Create a selection set file.

— OR —

Click File > Open or the Open button on the toolbar to open an existing selection set file.

2. Click Publish > Start Publishing to publish data immediately.

If a node is already performing a publishing operation on this project, a message box prompts you that
the project is locked by that node for MDP.

— OR —

Click Publish > Setup Scheduled Jobs to schedule publishing jobs for later.

3. Set the options on the Schedule Setup dialog box.

4. Click the Submit button to process the job immediately or to schedule the batch jobs.

6.2.3 Check or Change MDP Project Lock Status


If an MDP process is active on a node for the active project, you are prompted that the project is locked.

Clicking OK releases the lock, but this should only be done if the process has stopped
abnormally. This should not be done with an active process running.

243
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

6.2.4 Access published data


You can use the published database schemas in the same manner as any other ORACLE, INFORMIX, SQL, or
other relational database schemas. You can also use ODBC applications to access the published data. This
section details steps to access the data using Microsoft Access, but the same general workflow applies to other
ODBC applications.

Before accessing the data, you should:

Install the required client services.

Use TNSPing or other utility to test connectivity to database.

Create the ODBC data source using the Windows NT Control Panel.

To use the data in Microsoft Access:

1. Open a blank database in Microsoft Access.

2. Click File > Get External Data > Import to import the published data into Access.

3. Select the ODBC data source.

4. Select the MTO_PDTABLE_* tables to import.

When the import process completes, you can manipulate the data contained in the imported tables as
necessary.

See Material Takeoff Database for a listing of the published tables and their attributes. Also see the
Material Data Publisher Data Model Diagram (DEA514810) for listings of the table attributes and their
relationships.

244
________________ Command Reference

6.3 Command Reference

Publisher
6. Material Data
This section details the Material Data Publisher commands, which are available from the toolbar and from
menus.

6.3.1 File Menu

6.3.1.1 New
This command creates a new selection set (*.sel) file. If you are already working in a selection set file, or have
made selections in a new file, the system will prompt you to save the file.

6.3.1.2 Open
This command opens an existing selection set file for modification.

6.3.1.3 Save
This command saves the current selection set file. If you are working in a new file, the system will prompt you
for a file name.

6.3.1.4 Save As
This command saves the open selection set file to a new file name.

6.3.1.5 Exit
Exits the Material Data Publisher.

245
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

6.3.2 Edit Menu

6.3.2.1 Select All


This command selects all the items in the list view for the active node in the tree view.

6.3.2.2 Unselect All


This command resets selections so that no models in the active node in the tree view are selected.

6.3.2.3 Invert Selection


This command switches the selection status of the components in the List View, so that items that are currently
selected become unselected, and items that are currently not selected become selected.

246
________________ Publish Menu

6.3.3 Publish Menu

Publisher
6. Material Data
6.3.3.1 Start Publishing
This command displays the Schedule Setup dialog box, which starts the publishing processes that write the
material data to the database. If you are using a new selection set file, you will be prompted to save the file
before you can start the processes.

Operating Sequence
1. Click Publish > Start Publishing.

If you have not saved the current selection set file, you will be prompted to do so.

The Schedule Setup dialog box displays.

2. Select the libraries to publish.

3. If necessary, select the Forced Publishing of Models check box to bypass revision date checking for an
incremental update. This bypass may be useful for such cases as spec changes.

4. Click the Start button to start the publishing process.

— OR —

Click the Later radio button to display the job scheduling options of the Schedule Setup dialog box.

247
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

6.3.3.2 Setup Scheduled Jobs


This command displays the Schedule Setup dialog box, which allows you to specify various jobs and times for
batch processing.

Options
Select Libraries to (Re)Publish – Allows you to include Short Material Description, Specialty
Material Description, and Standard Note attributes in the published data.

Forced Publishing of Models – Allows you to bypass revision date checking for an incremental update.
This bypass may be useful for such cases as spec changes.

Schedule Job Information – Allows you to schedule multiple jobs for batch processing.

— On – Allows you to select Every day selected in the Day list, the Next occurrence of the day selected
in the list, or None. When set to None, the job runs at the next occurrence of the specified time, either
the same day or the next day.

— Day – Allows you to select particular days of the week, as well as particular days in each month.

— At – Specifies the time of day to run the schedule job.

— Data File – Specifies the selection set file with which this job will be run.

— Data File Browse Button – Allows you to browse for the selection set file with which the scheduled
job will be run.

248
________________ Setup Scheduled Jobs

— Existing Scheduled Jobs – Displays the currently scheduled jobs and their various options. When
you select a job in this list, its options display in the other fields on the dialog box.

— Add – Adds the current job to the Existing Scheduled Jobs list.

Publisher
6. Material Data
— Remove – Deletes the currently selected job from the Existing Scheduled Jobs list.

The Remove button deletes jobs immediately. Clicking the Cancel button will not restore
deleted jobs.

— Modify – Saves the changes made to the currently selected job in the Existing Scheduled Jobs list.
Changes are submitted by clicking the Submit button.

Before Using This Command


The user scheduling the publishing jobs must have administrative privileges on the system in order to set
the at jobs.

The Scheduler service in Control Panel > Services must be started and running for jobs to be scheduled.

Operating Sequence
1. Click Publish > Setup Scheduled Jobs.

The Schedule Setup dialog box displays.

2. Select the options for the batch publishing jobs to be processed.

3. Click Submit to submit the batch jobs.

The system creates an mdpatjob.cmd file in the pdreport\bin directory which is used to start
the at job, and also submits an at job with the correct options specified.

You can modify the environmental variables set in the mdpatjob.cmd file after it is
created. The system will not overwrite this file if it already exists.

— OR —

Click Cancel to close the dialog box without making any changes or scheduling any jobs.

The Cancel button will not restore jobs deleted using the Remove button.

249
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

— OR —

Change the options for the batch publishing jobs.

250
________________ Unlock MDP Lock

6.3.3.3 Unlock MDP Lock


This command checks the Lock status of the active project. If the project is not locked for MDP, the system

Publisher
6. Material Data
displays a message box.

If the active project has been locked for MDP, the system displays another prompt.

Clicking OK displays a confirmation dialog box asking whether you want to remove the MDP lock for the
project.

251
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

6.3.4 Help Menu

6.3.4.1 PDS Material Data Publisher Help


Displays the Material Data Publisher Help file.

6.3.4.2 About PDS Material Data Publisher


Displays the About screen with information about Material Data Publisher, including version and copyright
date.

Options
System Info – Displays the System Information dialog box.

252
________________ MDP Error Messages

6.3.5 MDP Error Messages

Publisher
6. Material Data
If any errors occur while you are running the Material Data Publisher, the error code and its description are
written to pdtable_180. Below is a table that lists all the errors and the code that is written to pdtable_180 for
each.

Error Code
_________ Description
__________

210 ERROR - failed to read linkage.


@#, 210, <ent_no>, <occ_no>, <partition_no>

220 ERROR - failed to read entity '<ent_no>' attribute '<attr_no>' with


linkage.
@#, 220, <ent_no>, <occ_no>, <partition_no>

390 ERROR - incompatible bolt data generated at mating.


@#, 390, <ent_no1>, <occ_no1>, <partition_no1>, <ent_no2>,
<occ_no2>, <partition_no2>
Number of bolts, bolt diameter, and/or bolt circle diameter do not
match.

410 Linkage Error @#, 410, <ent_no1>, <occ_no1>, <partition_no1>,


<ent_no2>, <occ_no2>, <partition_no2>

540 ERROR - failed to find IMPLIED commodity data in reference


database.
Searched with: system commodity code - '<sys_comm_code>'
green nominal diameter - '<green_npd>'
red nominal diameter - '<red_npd>'

560 ERROR - failed to find SIZE-DEPENDENT commodity data in


reference database.
Searched with: system commodity code - '<sys_comm_code>'
green nominal diameter - '<green_npd>'
red nominal diameter - '<red_npd>'
green schedule thickness - '<green_sch_thick>'
red schedule thickness - '<red_sch_thick>'

580> ERROR - failed accessing nozzle data from equipment file.


@#, 580, <ent_no>, <occ_no>, <partition_no>
Check that the line segment user data is connected to the nozzle and
that the user has access to the nozzle data in the equipment file.

660 ERROR - incompatible gasket data generated at mating.


@#, 660, <ent_no1>, <occ_no1>, <partition_no1>, <ent_no2>,
<occ_no2>, <partition_no2>

670 ERROR - failed to find GASKET commodity data in reference


database.
Searched with: piping material class - '<pmc>'
gasket item name - '<name>'

253
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

option code - '<op_code>'


nominal diameter - '<npd>'
end preparation - '<end_prep>'
pressure rating - '<pr_rating>'
table suffix - '<TS>'
max temperature - '<max_temp>'

680 ERROR - graphics overlap error, caused missing mating data.


Check files that are being reported with PD_DESIGN diagnostics.
@#, 680, <ent_no1>, <occ_no1>, <partition_no1>, <ent_no2>,
<occ_no2>, <partition_no2>

700 ERROR - failed to find BOLT commodity data in reference database.


Searched with: piping material class - '<pmc>'
bolt item name - '<name>'
option code - '<op_code>'
nominal diameter - '<npd>'
end preparation - '<end_prep>'
mating A pressure rating - '<pr_rating_A>'
mating B pressure rating - '<pr_rating_B>'
max temperature - '<max_temp>'

710 ERROR - failed to find SPEC IMPLIED commodity data in reference


database.
Searched with: piping material class - '<pmc>'
item name - '<name>'
green nominal diameter - '<green_npd>'
red nominal diameter - '<red_npd>'
option code - '<op_code>'

720 ERROR - incompatible item ends at mating.


@#, 720, <ent_no1>, <occ_no1>, <partition_no1>, <ent_no2>,
<occ_no2>, <partition_no2>

730 ERROR - failed to find NUT commodity data in reference database.


Searched with: piping material class - '<pmc>'
nut item name - '<name>'
max temperature - '<max_temp>'

750 WARNING - max temperature is not within service limits.


Temperature used for bolt/gasket search is 'undefined'.

840 ERROR - failed to translate red schedule thickness of lap joint flange at
mating.
@#, 840, <ent_no1>, <occ_no1>, <partition_no1>, <ent_no2>,
<occ_no2>, <partition_no2>

850 ERROR - failed to find Pipe Support spec data in reference database.
Searched with: material index - '<matl_index>'

254
________________ MDP Error Messages

860 ERROR - Nozzle has more than one line connected.


@#, 860, 22, Noz IDX, 12, Seg Idx, 0

1190 ERROR - failed to find GASKET commodity data in reference

Publisher
6. Material Data
database.
Searched with (ALTERNATE):
piping material class - '<pmc>'
gasket item name - '<name>'
option code - '<op_code>'
nominal diameter - '<npd>'
green end preparation - '<green_end_prep>'
green pressure rating - '<green_pr_rating>'
green table suffix - '<green_TS>'
red end preparation - '<red_end_prep>'
red pressure rating - '<red_pr_rating>'
red table suffix - '<red_TS>'
max temperature - '<max_temp>'

20020 Error Reading attribute <att_no> of Entity <ent>

255
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

256
________________ Appendix A: Sample Format Files and Output

Appendix A Sample Format Files


and Output
Since there are different types of reports, different format files are used by the system to generate specific types
of reports. The following sections explain all of the delivered sample format files, their delivery locations, and
what type of report they generate.

The format files and report output in this chapter have been provided to display format rather
than content, therefore many of the examples are only partial files and do not represent the entire

and Output
A. Format Files
format file or report output.

Sample MTO Report Format Files


The following files are provided in the product delivery in ˜\pdreport\sample directory.

segment.fmt
This report format will include piping segment data. It demonstrates ’control’ sorting and output field ’looping’
(field functions 9 and 10).

This report format will report a list of piping segments grouped by the Model Builder’s alphanumeric
description id. The report will include all piping lines that are associated with a specific Model Builder
alphanumeric input file.

(report type = 687)

piping_a.fmt
This report format will include data for piping components, pipes, instrument components, gaskets, bolts, nuts,
and welds. It demonstrates the use of ’standard’ output fields.

This report will include each category of data in a fixed area of a repeated report page using ’normal sorting’
and ’standard output fields’ (field function 4).

(report type = 689)

piping_b.fmt
This report format will include data for piping components, pipes, instrument components, gaskets, bolts, nuts,
and welds. It demonstrates the technique for grouping blocks of output fields on the same page of the report.

This report format will report data similar to ’piping_a.fmt’. It differs only in that it demonstrates another
method to format the data on the repeated page of the report.

(report type = 689)

piping_c.fmt
This report format will include data for piping components, pipes, instrument components, gaskets, bolts, nuts,
welds, pipe supports, implied piping components, equipment, and nozzles. It demonstrates the use of different
pages of output within one report.

257
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

This report format will report data similar to ’piping_b.fmt’ with the addition of pipe_supports, implied piping
components, equipment, and nozzles. It will use ’page break markers’ (field function 5) to break each category
of data onto a different repeated page of the report.

(report type = 689)

piping_d.fmt
This report format will report the material descriptions for piping components, pipes, instrument components,
pipe supports, gaskets, and bolts.

This report format will use identical report indices to create two columns to continue data on the same report
page. It will also use page breaks to separate the different categories of data onto different repeated pages of the
report.

(report type = 689)

piping_e.fmt
This report format will report data similar to ’piping_c.fmt’, but without any equipment and nozzle data.

This report format will use a ’continuous page marker’ (field function 6) to create a report with no page
boundaries and continuous output (typically used for creating a neutral file format). It also demonstrates the use
of report indices to create a summary of standard notes used in the report.

(report type = 689)

piping_f.fmt
This report format will include data for piping components, pipes, instrument components, gaskets, bolts, and
pipe supports similar to ’piping_e.fmt’.

Each category of data will be grouped (using ’global control sorting’) under a common line number label for
each page of output. It uses ’output field appending’ (field functions 7 and 8) to have the different categories of
data reported on the same page and column of output.

(report type = 689)

piping_g.fmt
This report format will include data for piping components, pipes, instrument components, gaskets, bolts, and
pipe supports similar to ’piping_f.fmt’ with the same line number grouping.

This report format uses ’output field looping’ (field functions 9 and 10) to utilize all of the report page space
available. The report will include a line number followed by all components that are associated with that line
number label with one or more line number labels being reported per page, depending upon the amount of data
and the space available.

(report type = 689)

weight.fmt
This report format will include weight and center of gravity data for piping components, pipes, instrument
components, gaskets, bolts, pipe supports, implied piping components, and equipment.

258
________________ Appendix A: Sample Format Files and Output

The output is similar in format to ’piping_e.fmt’ and demonstrates the weight and cog calculation reporting
indices.

(report type = 689)

equip_a.fmt
This report format will report equipment data (including location data) and nozzle data (including location and
orientation data).

It demonstrates the full range of equipment and nozzle reporting indices.

(report type = 661)

and Output
A. Format Files
weldno.fmt
This format reports weld information, such as the weld number, type and the first and second connect point
NPD.

The following files are provided in the product delivery in win32app\ingr\pdreport\rpt\ directory.

14_equip.fmt
This format report contains two sections. The first section contains an equipment section and the second section
contains nozzle data including data about the nozzles associated with each equipment item.

The default discrimination for this report is included in the 14_equip.dcr file.

(report type = 682)

16_classes.fmt
This format report provides piping class data including data from Piping Segment Data (table 12).

The default discrimination for this report is included in the 16_classes.dcr file.

17_seglist.fmt
This format report provides piping segment data including data from Piping Segment Data (table 12) and can be
modified to include report revision date, report title by user, P&ID number, and model number.

The default discrimination for this report is included in the 17_seglist.dcr file.

(report type = 687)

18_linelst.fmt
This format report provides piping line lists data including data from Piping Segment Data (table 12).

The default discrimination for this report is included in the 18_linelst.dcr file.

(report type = 685)

21_dwg_id.fmt
This format report provides line IDs per drawing data including data from Piping Segment Data (table 12).

259
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Since drawing reports can only be run on one drawing at a time, there is no default discrimination file.

22_line_id.fmt
This format report provides line ID lists using data extracted from the t12c3 attribute. Data is extracted from all
piping model files including all piping design areas.

The default discrimination for this report is included in the 22_line_id.dcr file.

23_comp.fmt
This format report provides piping components data including data from Piping Segment Data (table 12) and
Piping Component Data (table 34).

The default discrimination for this report is included in the 23_comp.dcr file.

27_comp_ld.fmt
This format report provides piping components long description MTO summary data including data from Piping
Component Data (table 34).

The default discrimination for this report is included in the 27_comp_ld.dcr file.

(report type = 689)

28_pipe_ld.fmt
This format report provides piping components long description MTO summary data including data from
Piping/Tubing Data (table 50).

The default discrimination for this report is included in the 28_pipe_ld.dcr file.

29_pipspt1.fmt
This format report provides piping support data (report 1) including data from Pipe Segment Data (table 12).
To include report revision date, report title user, and model number in the report, the report format must be
modified.

The default discrimination for this report is included in the 29_pipspt1.dcr file.

(report type = 690)

30_pipspt2.fmt
This format report provides piping support data (report 2) including data from Pipe Segment Data (table 12) and
Pipe Support Data (table 80). To include report revision date, report title user, and model number in the report,
the report format must be modified.

The default discrimination for this report is included in the 30_pipspt2.dcr file.

40_instr.fmt
This format report provides instrument data including data from Pipe Segment Data (table 12) and Instrument
Component Data (table 67).

The default discrimination for this report is included in the 40_instr.dcr file.

260
________________ Appendix A: Sample Format Files and Output

(report type = 692)

60_pid_pip.fmt
This format report provides data for a P&ID and piping comparison including data from Pipe Segment Data
(table 12).

The default discrimination for this report is included in the 60_pidpip.dcr file.

65_pcalc.fmt
This format report provides piping calculation results including data from Pipe Segment Data (table 12) and
Piping/Tubing Data (table 50).

To include report revision date and report title by user, the report format file must be modified.

and Output
A. Format Files
The default discrimination for this report is included in the 65_pcalc.dcr file.

66_bcalc.fmt
This format report provides branch calculation results including data from Pipe Segment Data (table 12) and
Piping Component Data (table 34).

To include report revision date and report title by user, the report format file must be modified.

The default discrimination for this report is included in the 66_bcalc.dcr file.

The default search criteria for this report format is included in the 66_bcalc.srh file.

68_chkmdl.fmt
This format report provides an integrity check of a model including data from Pipe Segment Data (table 12),
Piping Component Data (table 34), Piping/Tubing Data (table 50), Instrument Component Data (table 67), and
Pipe Support Data (table 80).

This report format should be run on only one model at a time.

Sample Spec Report Format Files


The following files are provided in the product delivered in the win32app\ingr\pddata\sample\format\ directory.

piping_rdb.fmt
This report format will include piping material class data and piping commodity data from the Material
Reference Database. It will report the ’partial’ (without embedded commodity code labels) material
descriptions.

(report type = 601)

tbl_chk_1.fmt
This report format will include Table Checker data for one piping material class. It will report the piping
commodities with the dimension tables and Piping Eden modules used, including a list of all entries read in the
dimension tables.

261
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

This report will also include a list of all dimension tables and Piping Eden modules that were required for those
piping commodities, but not available in the Reference Database.

This report format is a combination of the following report formats tbl_chk_2.fmt, tblk_chk_3.fmt, and
tbl_chk_4.fmt. It provides full Table Checker output for a specific piping materials class.

(report type = 601)

tbl_chk_2.fmt
This report format will include Table Checker data for one piping material class. It will report the dimension
tables and Piping Eden modules used by each piping commodity in that piping materials class.

(report type = 601)

tbl_chk_3.fmt
This report format will include Table Checker data for one piping material class. It will list all entries read in
dimension tables.

(report type = 601)

tbl_chk_4.fmt
This report format will include Table Checker data for one piping material class. It will include a list of all
dimension tables and Piping Eden modules used by the piping commodities in that piping materials class.

This report will also include a list of all dimension tables and Piping Eden modules that were required for those
piping commodities, but not available in the Reference Database.

(report type = 601)

Sample Project Control Report Format Files


The following examples are delivered in the win32app\ingr\pdprojec\sample\ directory.

model_mgt.fmt
This format file reports model management data.

draw_mgt.fmt
This format file reports orthographic drawing management data.

iso_mgt.fmt
This format file reports isometric drawing management data.

iso_rev.fmt
This format file reports isometric drawing revision management data.

project_a.fmt
This format reports project information such as the client and project location and uses information from the
Drawing Management Data table and the Drawing Revision Data table for reporting.

262
________________ Appendix A: Sample Format Files and Output

Sample Interference Report Format File


The following example is delivered in the win32app\ingr\pdclash\sample\ directory.

clash_mgt.fmt
This format file reports interference checker data.

Sample P&ID Consistency Check Report Format File


The following example is delivered in the win32app\ingr\pddesign\sample\ directory.

and Output
A. Format Files
pid_cmprpt.fmt
This format file specifies the format of the title page and heading for each page of the P&ID Consistency Check
reports. The remainder of the report is predefined by the product.

263
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Material Takeoff Reporting (Report


Manager)
Material takeoff reporting (with implied materials) generates reports on PDS piping and equipment models
involving data from the Design Database, Reference Database, Project Database, and Material Description
Libraries. This type of report will also include implied mating data, such as bolts, gaskets, and welds by
determining the connectivity of the piping and equipment. Format files used in this type of report primarily use
A and B prefixed indices. This report is generated using Report Manager. These format files are also used by
Drawing Manager to create drawing reports.

Sample Format – The sample format files for creating MTO reports are: segment.fmt, piping_a.fmt through
piping_g.fmt, weight.fmt, equip_a.fmt, and weldno.fmt and are delivered in the ˜\pdreport\sample\ directory.

Sample MTO Format (segment.fmt)


report_type=687 ! Piping Segments Report
1,1,10,-13,1,1,’Date/Time :’
1,1,14,-23,1,5
1,1,50,-40,1,1,’PDS LINE ROUTE MTO REPORT’
1,1,110,-6,1,1,’Page: ’
1,1,117,-3,2,4
2,3,10,-40,1,1,’Corporate Headquarters’
2,4,10,-40,1,1,’Intergraph Corporation’
2,5,10,-40,1,1,’Huntsville, Alabama 35894-0001’
2,6,10,-40,1,1,’(205)730-2000’
2,3,90,-20,1,2,B**Q5
2,3,110,-20,1,2,B**Q9
2,4,90,-20,1,2,B**Q6
2,5,90,-20,1,2,B**Q7
2,6,90,-20,1,2,B**Q8

1,9,20,-40,1,-1,’Line Number Label’


1,8,75,-45,1,1, ’ Line Status ’
1,9,75,-45,1,-1,’ Approval Construction Hold ’

9
4,11,50,-50,’Model Builder ID: [A12]’,-2,AH71C1,45,2

4,13,10,-5,2,2,AL,45,2
4,13,20,-40,1,2,AH2,45,2
4,13,80,-5,1,2,AH22,45,2
4,13,92,-5,1,2,AH20,45,2
4,13,102,-5,1,2,AH21,45,2
10

264
________________
Appendix A: Material Takeoff Reporting (Report Manager)

Sample MTO Output (segment.rpt)


Date22-Feb-93 PDS LINE ROUTE MTO REPORT Page: 1

Corporate Headquarters Integration Testing intoes_1


Intergraph Corporation 1234-5678
Huntsville, Alabama 35894-0001 Intergraph
(205)730-2000 Huntsville

Line Status
Line Number Label Approval Construction Hold _________________

Model Builder ID: _________________

1 MMA0104-4"-1C0031-N NA - -

2 MMA0104-6"-1C0031-N NA - -

and Output
A. Format Files
Sample MTO Format (piping_a.fmt)
report_type=689 ! Piping Components MTO Report
1,1,1,23,1,3
1,1,117,4,1,1,’PAGE’
1,1,122,3,2,4
1,1,42,45,1,1,’INTERGRAPHS TEST MATERIAL TAKE-OFF EXAMPLE 1’
1,3,1,76,1,1,’—————————————————————————-’
1,3,77,55,1,1,’——————————————————-’
1,4,1,9,1,1,’LINE NAME’
1,4,30,3,1,1,’PMC’
1,4,38,14,1,1,’Material Grade’
1,4,85,13,1,1,’New Item Name’
1,4,100,25,1,1,’Commodity Code/Ins. Name’
1,4,65,15,1,1,’Quantity/Length’
1,5,5,9,1,1,’GREEN NPD’
1,5,24,8,1,1,’GREEN EP’
1,5,37,8,1,1,’GREEN ST’
1,5,49,8,1,1,’GREEN PR’
1,5,62,7,1,1,’RED NPD’
1,5,82,6,1,1,’RED EP’
1,5,98,6,1,1,’RED ST’
1,5,114,6,1,1,’RED PR’
1,6,5,26,1,1,’Short Material Description’
1,7,1,76,1,1,’—————————————————————————-’
1,7,77,55,1,1,’——————————————————-’
1,8,44,46,1,1,’Piping Components’
1,9,1,76,1,1,’............................................................................’
1,9,77,55,1,1,’.......................................................’
4,10,1,30,1,2,BI2S1,20,3
4,10,30,6,1,2,BI12,20,3
4,10,38,30,1,2,BG18,20,3
4,10,68,4,2,2,BS,20,3
4,10,85,16,1,2,BG4S3,20,3
4,10,101,16,1,2,BG8,20,3
4,11,5,16,1,2,BN49S4,20,3
4,11,24,16,1,2,BN51,20,3
4,11,37,8,1,2,BN52,20,3
4,11,49,8,1,2,BN53,20,3
4,11,62,16,1,2,BN-49S5,20,3
4,11,82,16,1,2,BN-51,20,3
4,11,98,8,1,2,BN-52,20,3
4,11,114,8,1,2,BN-53,20,3
4,12,5,125,1,2,BM1,20,3
1,31,1,76,1,1,’............................................................................’
1,31,77,55,1,1,’.......................................................’
1,32,57,17,1,1,’Pipes/Tubes/Hoses’
1,33,1,76,1,1,’............................................................................’
1,33,77,55,1,1,’.......................................................’
4,34,1,30,1,2,BB2S1,6,3
4,34,30,6,1,2,BB12S2,6,3

265
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

4,34,38,30,1,2,BA21,6,3
4,34,85,6,1,2,BA4,6,3
4,34,100,16,1,2,BA12,6,3
4,35,5,16,1,2,BA7S3,6,3
4,35,24,16,1,2,BA41,6,3
4,35,37,8,1,2,BA9,6,3
4,35,49,8,1,2,BA11,6,3
4,36,5,125,1,2,BF1,6,3
4,34,64,16,1,2,BA22,6,3
1,42,1,76,1,1,’............................................................................’
1,42,77,55,1,1,’.......................................................’
1,43,57,46,1,1,’Instrument Components’
1,44,1,76,1,1,’............................................................................’
1,44,77,55,1,1,’.......................................................’
4,45,1,30,1,2,B*I2S1,1,1
4,45,30,6,1,2,B*I12,1,1
4,45,38,30,1,2,B*G15,1,1
4,45,68,4,2,2,B*O,1,1
4,45,85,16,1,2,B*G2S2,1,1
4,45,101,16,1,2,B*G3,1,1
4,46,5,16,1,2,B*L55S3,1,1
4,46,24,16,1,2,B*L57,1,1
4,46,37,8,1,2,B*L58,1,1
4,46,49,8,1,2,B*L59,1,1
4,46,62,16,1,2,B*L-55S4,1,1
4,46,82,16,1,2,B*L-57,1,1
4,46,98,8,1,2,B*L-58,1,1
4,46,114,8,1,2,B*L-59,1,1
4,47,5,125,1,2,B*K1,1,1
1,48,1,76,1,1,’—————————————————————————-’
1,48,77,55,1,1,’——————————————————-’
1,49,46,70,1,1,’Gaskets (PMC,Quantity,New Item Name,Diameter,Commodity Code)’
4,50,5,6,1,2,BT3S1,2,1
4,50,15,4,2,2,BV,2,1
4,50,25,16,1,2,BT11S2,2,1
4,50,45,16,1,2,BT2S3,2,1
4,50,65,16,1,2,BT13S4,2,1
1,52,46,70,1,1,’Bolts (PMC,Quantity,New Item Name,Diameter,Bolt Length,Commodity Code)’
4,53,5,6,1,2,BX2S1,2,1
4,53,15,4,2,2,BZ,2,1
4,53,25,16,1,2,BX10S2,2,1
4,53,45,16,1,2,BX4S3,2,1
4,53,65,16,1,2,BX5S4,2,1
4,53,85,16,1,2,BX12S5,2,1
1,55,46,70,1,1,’Nuts (PMC,Quantity,Nut Diameter)’
4,56,5,6,1,2,B*A2S1,1,1
4,56,15,4,2,2,B*C,1,1
4,56,25,16,1,2,B*A3S2,1,1
1,57,46,70,1,1,’Welds (PMC,Quantity,Weld Diameter,Weld Type)’
4,58,5,6,1,2,B*D2S1,3,1
4,58,15,4,2,2,B*F,3,1
4,58,25,16,1,2,B*D3S2,3,1
4,58,45,30,1,2,B*D4S3,3,1
1,61,1,76,1,1,’............................................................................’
1,61,77,55,1,1,’.......................................................’
1,62,57,20,1,1,’PAGE TOTALS’
1,63,1,15,1,1,’Piping Comps’
1,63,17,15,1,1,’Piping’
1,63,33,15,1,1,’Instruments’
1,63,49,15,1,1,’Gaskets’
1,63,65,15,1,1,’Bolts’
1,63,81,15,1,1,’Nuts’
1,63,97,15,2,1,’Welds’
1,64,1,15,2,2,BSP
1,64,17,15,2,2,BRP
1,64,33,15,2,2,B*OP
1,64,49,15,2,2,BVP
1,64,65,15,2,2,BZP
1,64,81,15,2,2,B*CP
1,64,97,15,2,2,B*FP
3,65,115,13,1,1,’GRAND TOTALS’
3,65,1,15,2,2,BST
3,65,17,15,2,2,BRT
3,65,33,15,2,2,B*OT
3,65,49,15,2,2,BVT
3,65,65,15,2,2,BZT
3,65,81,15,2,2,B*CT
3,65,97,15,2,2,B*FT

266
________________
Appendix A: Material Takeoff Reporting (Report Manager)

and Output
A. Format Files

267
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Sample MTO Output (piping_a.rpt)


22-Aug-94 10:25 INTERGRAPHS TEST MATERIAL TAKE-OFF EXAMPLE 1 PAGE 1

———————————————————————————————————————————–
LINE NAME PMC Material Grade Quantity/Length New Item Name Commodity Code/Ins. Name
GREEN NPD GREEN EP GREEN ST GREEN PR RED NPD RED EP RED ST RED PR
Short Material Description
———————————————————————————————————————————–
Piping Components
MMA0104-4"-1C0031-N 1C0031 A105 2 FWN FAAABAWAAA
4" RFFE NREQD CL150 4" BE S-STD CL150
Flange, CL150, RFFE/BE, ASTM-A105, ANSI-B16.5, WN, S-STD bore
MMA0104-6"-1C0031-N 1C0031 - 1
6" RFFE NREQD CL150 6" RFFE NREQD CL150
*
MMA0104-6"-1C0031-N 1C0031 A234-WPB 6 E90LR WAAAAAWAAA
6" BE S-STD 6" BE S-STD
90 deg LR elbow, S-STD, BE, ASTM-A234-WPB, ANSI-B16.9
MMA0104-6"-1C0031-N 1C0031 A105 9 FWN FAAABAWAAA
6" RFFE NREQD CL150 6" BE S-STD CL150
Flange, CL150, RFFE/BE, ASTM-A105, ANSI-B16.5, WN, S-STD bore
MMA0104-6"-1C0031-N 1C0031 A216-WCB 3 GAT VAABAHCCAA
6" RFFE NREQD CL150 6" RFFE NREQD CL150
Gate valve, CL150, RFFE, BB, OS&Y, ASTM-A216-WCB, trim 8, Crane 47
MMA0104-6"-1C0031-N 1C0031 A234-WPB 2 REDE WRBAAAWAAA
6" BE S-STD 4" BE S-STD
Eccentric reducer, S-STD x S-STD bore, BE, ASTM-A234-WPB, ANSI-B16.9
MMA0104-6"-1C0031-N 1C0031 A234-WPB 1 T WTAAAAWAAA
6" BE S-STD 6" BE S-STD
Tee, S-STD, BE, ASTM-A234-WPB, ANSI-B16.9
Pipes/Tubes/Hoses
MMA0104-6"-1C0031-N 1C0031 A53-B 21’-10" PIPE PAAAAAWAAA
6" BE S-STD
Pipe, S-STD, BE, ASTM-A53-B Type S

Instrument Components

———————————————————————————————————————————–
Gaskets (PMC,Quantity,New Item Name,Diameter,Commodity Code)
1C0031 2 4" XDAABZZQSG
1C0031 9 6" XDAABZZQSG
Bolts (PMC,Quantity,New Item Name,Diameter,Bolt Length,Commodity Code)
1C0031 16 5/8" 3 1/2" YZZZHZZFFF
1C0031 72 3/4" 4" YZZZHZZFFF
Nuts (PMC,Quantity,Nut Diameter)
1C0031 32 5/8"
Welds (PMC,Quantity,Weld Diameter,Weld Type)
1C0031 2 4 1/2" Shop Weld
1C0031 21 6 5/8" Shop Weld

PAGE TOTALS
Piping Comps Piping Instruments Gaskets Bolts Nuts Welds
24 8 0 11 88 32 23

268
________________ Appendix A: Sample MTO Format (piping_b.fmt)

Sample MTO Format (piping_b.fmt)


report_type=689 ! Piping Components MTO Report
1,3,1,13,1,1,’Date/Time :’
1,3,14,23,1,3
1,3,50,40,1,1,’PDS PIPING MTO REPORT’
1,3,120,6,1,1,’Page: ’
1,3,127,3,2,4
2,5,10,40,1,1,’Corporate Headquarters’
2,6,10,40,1,1,’Intergraph Corporation’
2,7,10,40,1,1,’Huntsville, Alabama 35894-0001’
2,8,10,40,1,1,’(205)730-2000’
2,5,90,40,1,1,’Required Material for Reporting:’
2,7,90,40,1,1,’1. FORMAT file’
2,8,90,40,1,1,’2. PDS Design file’
1,11,1,24,1,1,’PIPING COMPONENTS’
1,12,2,3,1,1,’Qty’

and Output
A. Format Files
1,12,8,13,1,1,’New Item Name’
1,12,25,10,1,1,’Spec’
1,11,38,10,1,1,’GREEN’
1,12,38,10,1,1,’Size’
1,11,51,10,1,1,’RED’
1,12,51,10,1,1,’Size’
1,11,64,10,1,1,’GREEN’
1,12,64,10,1,1,’End’
1,11,77,10,1,1,’RED’
1,12,77,10,1,1,’End’
1,11,90,10,1,1,’GREEN’
1,12,90,10,1,1,’S-W-W’
1,11,103,10,1,1,’RED’
1,12,103,10,1,1,’S-W-W’
1,12,116,16,1,1,’Commodity Code’
1,13,1,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
1,13,67,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
1,33,1,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
1,33,67,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
4,14,1,1,1,1,’/’,19,1
4,14,132,1,1,1,’/’,19,1
4,14,4,3,2,2,BS,19,1
4,14,8,10,1,2,BG4S2,19,1
4,14,25,10,1,2,BI12S1,19,1
4,14,38,10,1,2,BN49S3,19,1
4,14,51,10,1,2,BN-49S4,19,1
4,14,64,10,1,2,BN51S5,19,1
4,14,77,10,1,2,BN-51S6,19,1
4,14,90,10,1,2,BN52S7,19,1
4,14,103,10,1,2,BN-52S8,19,1
4,14,116,16,1,2,BG8S9,19,1
1,35,1,34,1,1,’INSTRUMENTS’
1,36,2,3,1,1,’Qty’
1,36,8,16,1,1,’Tag Number’
1,36,30,16,1,1,’Instr Name’
1,35,50,10,1,1,’GREEN’
1,36,50,10,1,1,’Size’
1,35,65,10,1,1,’RED’
1,36,65,10,1,1,’Size’
1,35,80,10,1,1,’GREEN’
1,36,80,10,1,1,’End’
1,35,95,10,1,1,’RED’
1,36,95,10,1,1,’End’
1,37,1,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
1,37,67,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
1,40,1,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
1,40,67,66,1,1,’/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
4,38,1,1,1,1,’/’,2,1
4,38,100,1,1,1,’/’,2,1
4,38,4,3,2,2,B*O,2,1
4,38,8,16,1,2,B*G2S1,2,1
4,38,30,16,1,2,B*G3S2,2,1
4,38,50,10,1,2,B*L55S3,2,1
4,38,65,10,1,2,B*L-55S4,2,1
4,38,80,10,1,2,B*L57S5,2,1
4,38,95,10,1,2,B*L-57S6,2,1
1,42,1,34,1,1,’PIPES/TUBES/HOSES’
1,43,2,15,1,1,’Length’

269
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

1,43,20,16,1,1,’New Item Name’


1,43,40,16,1,1,’Size’
1,43,60,10,1,1,’S-W-W’
1,43,80,16,1,1,’Commodity Code’
1,44,1,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
1,44,67,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
1,56,1,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
1,56,67,66,1,1,’/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
4,45,1,1,1,1,’/’,11,1
4,45,100,1,1,1,’/’,11,1
4,45,20,16,1,2,BA4S1,11,1
4,45,40,16,1,2,BA7S2,11,1
4,45,60,10,1,2,BA9,11,1
4,45,80,16,1,2,BA12,11,1
4,45,4,15,1,2,BA22,11,1
1,57,2,25,1,1,’GASKETS (Qty Diameter)’
4,57,1,1,1,1,’/’,6,1
4,59,4,3,2,2,BV,4,1
4,59,7,16,1,2,BT2S1,4,1
1,57,30,40,1,1,’BOLTS (Qty Diameter Length)’
4,57,28,1,1,1,’/’,6,1
4,59,31,3,2,2,BZ,4,1
4,59,36,16,1,2,BX4S1,4,1
4,59,53,16,1,2,BX5S2,4,1
1,57,75,25,1,1,’NUTS (Qty Diameter)’
4,57,73,1,1,1,’/’,6,1
4,59,76,3,2,2,B*C,4,1
4,59,80,16,1,2,B*A3S1,4,1
1,57,105,25,1,1,’WELDS (Qty Diameter)’
4,57,102,1,1,1,’/’,6,1
4,59,106,3,2,2,B*F,4,1
4,59,111,16,1,2,B*D3S1,4,1
4,57,132,1,1,1,’/’,6,1
1,58,1,66,1,1,’——————————————————————’
1,58,67,66,1,1,’——————————————————————’

270
________________ Appendix A: Sample MTO Output (piping_b.rpt)

Sample MTO Output (piping_b.rpt)

Date/Time : 22-Feb-93 10:27 PDS PIPING MTO REPORT Page: 1

Corporate Headquarters Required Material for Reporting:


Intergraph Corporation
Huntsville, Alabama 35894-0001 1. FORMAT file
(205)730-2000 2. PDS Design file

PIPING COMPONENTS GREEN RED GREEN RED GREEN RED


Qty New Item Name Spec Size Size End End S-W-W S-W-W Commodity Code
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/ 1 1C0031 6" 6" RFFE RFFE NREQD NREQD /
/ 6 E90LR 1C0031 6" 6" BE BE S-STD S-STD WAAAAAWAAA /
/ 2 FWN 1C0031 4" 4" RFFE BE NREQD S-STD FAAABAWAAA /

and Output
A. Format Files
/ 9 FWN 1C0031 6" 6" RFFE BE NREQD S-STD FAAABAWAAA /
/ 3 GAT 1C0031 6" 6" RFFE RFFE NREQD NREQD VAABAHCCAA /
/ 2 REDE 1C0031 6" 4" BE BE S-STD S-STD WRBAAAWAAA /
/ 1 T 1C0031 6" 6" BE BE S-STD S-STD WTAAAAWAAA /
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

INSTRUMENTS GREEN RED GREEN RED


Qty Tag Number Instr Name Size Size End End
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/ /
/ /
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

PIPES/TUBES/HOSES
Length New Item Name Size S-W-W Commodity Code
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/ 21’-10" PIPE 6" S-STD PAAAAAWAAA /
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
/ /
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/GASKETS (Qty Diameter) / BOLTS (Qty Diameter Length) / NUTS (Qty Diameter) / WELDS (Qty Diameter) /
————————————————————————————————————————————
/ 2 4" / 16 5/8" 3 1/2" / 32 5/8" / 2 4 1/2" /
/ 9 6" / 72 3/4" 4" / 144 3/4" / 21 6 5/8" /
/ / / / /
/ / / / /

271
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Sample MTO Format (piping_c.fmt)


report_type=689 ! Piping Components MTO Report
!
!
!
! REMOVE COMMENTS IF YOU WISH TO HAVE PAGE TOTALS
!
!
!
1,3,1,13,1,1,’Date/Time :’
1,3,14,23,1,3
1,3,50,40,1,1,’PDS MTO REPORT’
1,3,120,6,1,1,’Page: ’
1,3,127,3,2,4
2,5,10,40,1,1,’Corporate Headquarters’
2,6,10,40,1,1,’Intergraph Corporation’
2,7,10,40,1,1,’Huntsville, Alabama 35894-0001’
2,8,10,40,1,1,’(205)730-2000’
2,5,90,20,1,2,B**Q9
2,5,110,20,1,2,B**Q5
2,6,90,20,1,2,B**Q6
2,7,90,20,1,2,B**Q7
2,8,90,20,1,2,B**Q8
1,11,1,24,1,1,’PIPING COMPONENTS’
1,12,2,3,1,1,’Qty’
1,12,8,13,1,1,’New Item Name’
1,12,25,10,1,1,’Spec’
1,11,38,10,1,1,’1st’
1,12,38,10,1,1,’Size’
1,11,51,10,1,1,’2nd’
1,12,51,10,1,1,’Size’
1,11,64,10,1,1,’1st’
1,12,64,10,1,1,’End’
1,11,77,10,1,1,’2nd’
1,12,77,10,1,1,’End’
1,11,90,10,1,1,’1st’
1,12,90,10,1,1,’S-W-W’
1,11,103,10,1,1,’2nd’
1,12,103,10,1,1,’S-W-W’
1,12,116,16,1,1,’Commodity Code’
1,13,1,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
1,13,67,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
4,14,3,4,2,2,BS,40,1
4,14,8,10,1,2,BG4S2,40,1
4,14,25,10,1,2,BI12S1,40,1
4,14,38,10,1,2,BN49S3,40,1
4,14,51,10,1,2,BN-49S4,40,1
4,14,64,10,1,2,BN51S5,40,1
4,14,77,10,1,2,BN-51S6,40,1
4,14,90,10,1,2,BN52S7,40,1
4,14,103,10,1,2,BN-52S8,40,1
4,14,116,16,1,2,BG8S9,40,1
!
! 1,57,3,4,2,2,BSP
! 1,57,8,40,1,1,’:Page Total -Piping Components’
!
5
1,3,1,13,1,1,’Date/Time :’
1,3,14,23,1,3
1,3,50,40,1,1,’PDS MTO REPORT’
1,3,120,6,1,1,’Page: ’
1,3,127,3,2,4
1,11,1,34,1,1,’INSTRUMENTS’
1,12,2,3,1,1,’Qty’
1,12,8,20,1,1,’Tag Number’
1,12,30,16,1,1,’Instr Name’
1,11,50,10,1,1,’1st’
1,12,50,10,1,1,’Size’
1,11,65,10,1,1,’2nd’
1,12,65,10,1,1,’Size’
1,11,80,10,1,1,’1st’
1,12,80,10,1,1,’End’
1,11,95,10,1,1,’2nd’
1,12,95,10,1,1,’End’

272
________________ Appendix A: Sample MTO Format (piping_c.fmt)

1,13,1,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
1,13,67,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
4,14,3,4,2,2,B*O,40,1
4,14,8,20,1,2,B*G2S1,40,1
4,14,30,16,1,2,B*G3S2,40,1
4,14,50,10,1,2,B*L55S3,40,1
4,14,65,10,1,2,B*L-55S4,40,1
4,14,80,10,1,2,B*L57S5,40,1
4,14,95,10,1,2,B*L-57S6,40,1
!
! 1,57,3,4,2,2,B*OP
! 1,57,8,40,1,1,’:Page Total -Instruments’
!
5
1,3,1,13,1,1,’Date/Time :’
1,3,14,23,1,3
1,3,50,40,1,1,’PDS MTO REPORT’
1,3,120,6,1,1,’Page: ’
1,3,127,3,2,4
1,11,1,34,1,1,’PIPES/TUBES/HOSES’

and Output
A. Format Files
1,12,2,15,1,1,’Length’
1,12,20,16,1,1,’New Item Name’
1,12,40,16,1,1,’Size’
1,12,60,10,1,1,’S-W-W’
1,12,80,16,1,1,’Commodity Code’
1,13,1,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
1,13,67,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
4,14,20,16,1,2,BA4S1,40,1
4,14,40,16,1,2,BA7S2,40,1
4,14,60,10,1,2,BA9S3,40,1
4,14,80,16,1,2,BA12S4,40,1
4,14,4,15,1,2,BA22,40,1
!
! 1,57,3,4,2,2,BRP
! 1,57,8,40,1,1,’:Page Total -Individual Sections of Pipe’
!
5
1,3,1,13,1,1,’Date/Time :’
1,3,14,23,1,3
1,3,50,40,1,1,’PDS MTO REPORT’
1,3,120,6,1,1,’Page: ’
1,3,127,3,2,4
1,11,1,34,1,1,’PIPE SUPPORTS’
1,12,2,15,1,1,’Quantity’
1,12,20,16,1,1,’Pipe Support Number’
1,12,40,16,1,1,’Size’
1,12,60,16,1,1,’Commodity Code’
1,13,1,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
1,13,67,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
4,14,4,15,2,2,B*R,40,1
4,14,20,16,1,2,B*P2,40,1
4,14,40,16,1,2,B*S11,40,1
4,14,60,16,1,2,B*P12,40,1
!
! 1,57,3,4,2,2,B*RP
! 1,57,8,40,1,1,’:Page Total - Pipe Supports’
!
5
1,3,1,13,1,1,’Date/Time :’
1,3,14,23,1,3
1,3,50,40,1,1,’PDS MTO REPORT’
1,3,120,6,1,1,’Page: ’
1,3,127,3,2,4
1,11,1,34,1,1,’IMPLIED MATERIALS’
1,12,7,15,1,1,’GASKETS’
1,13,4,3,1,1,’Qty’
1,13,10,10,1,1,’Diam.’
1,13,25,16,1,1,’Comm. Code’
1,12,52,10,1,1,’BOLTS’
1,13,45,3,1,1,’Qty’
1,13,50,10,1,1,’Diam.’
1,13,63,10,1,1,’Length’
1,12,78,10,1,1,’NUTS’
1,13,76,3,1,1,’Qty’
1,13,81,10,1,1,’Diam.’
1,12,109,10,1,1,’WELDS’
1,13,106,3,1,1,’Qty’
1,13,111,16,1,1,’Diam.’

273
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

1,14,1,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
1,14,67,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
4,15,3,4,2,2,BV,40,1
4,15,10,10,1,2,BT2S1,40,1
4,15,25,16,1,2,BT13S2,40,1
4,15,45,3,2,2,BZ,40,1
4,15,50,10,1,2,BX4S1,40,1
4,15,63,10,1,2,BX5S2,40,1
4,15,76,3,2,2,B*C,40,1
4,15,81,10,1,2,B*A3S1,40,1
4,15,106,3,2,2,B*F,40,1
4,15,111,16,1,2,B*D3S1,40,1
!
! 1,57,3,4,2,2,BVP
! 1,57,8,25,1,1,’:Page Total -Gaskets’
! 1,57,44,4,2,2,BZP
! 1,57,50,25,1,1,’:Page Total -Bolts’
! 1,57,75,4,2,2,B*CP
! 1,57,80,25,1,1,’:Page Total -Nuts’
! 1,57,105,4,2,2,B*FP
! 1,57,110,21,1,1,’:Page Total -Welds’
!
5
1,3,1,13,1,1,’Date/Time :’
1,3,14,23,1,3
1,3,50,40,1,1,’PDS MTO REPORT’
1,3,120,6,1,1,’Page: ’
1,3,127,3,2,4
1,10,50,34,1,1,’IMPILIED ALPHANUMERIC MATERIALS’
1,12,1,16,1,1,’Qty’
1,12,20,16,1,1,’Commodity’
1,12,40,80,1,1,’Fabrication Category’
1,12,125,4,1,1,’Note’
1,13,20,110,1,1,’Short Material Description’
1,14,1,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
1,14,67,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
4,16,1,16,1,2,B**O,36,3
4,16,20,16,1,2,B**J7,36,3
4,16,40,80,1,2,B**J9,36,3
4,16,125,4,2,2,B**J10,36,3
4,17,20,110,1,2,B**M1,36,3
!
! 1,57,105,4,5,2,B**OP
! 1,57,110,21,1,1,’:Page Total -Implied’
!
5
1,3,1,13,1,1,’Date/Time :’
1,3,14,23,1,3
1,3,50,40,1,1,’PDS MTO REPORT’
1,3,120,6,1,1,’Page: ’
1,3,127,3,2,4
1,11,1,34,1,1,’EQUIPMENT’
1,12,2,15,1,1,’Quantity’
1,12,20,30,1,1,’Equipment Name’
1,12,55,40,1,1,’Equipment Description 1/2’
1,12,100,6,1,1,’Class’
1,13,1,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
1,13,67,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
4,14,4,15,2,2,B**D,40,2
4,14,22,30,1,2,B**A2,40,2
4,14,57,40,1,2,B**A3,40,2
4,15,57,40,1,2,B**A4,40,2
4,14,102,2,1,2,B**A6,40,2
!
! 1,57,3,4,2,2,B**DP
! 1,57,8,40,1,1,’:Page Total - Equipment’
!
5
1,3,1,13,1,1,’Date/Time :’
1,3,14,23,1,3
1,3,50,40,1,1,’PDS MTO REPORT’
1,3,120,6,1,1,’Page: ’
1,3,127,3,2,4
1,11,1,34,1,1,’NOZZLES’
!
! 1,12,2,15,1,1,’Quantity’
!
1,12,20,30,1,1,’Equipment Name’

274
________________ Appendix A: Sample MTO Format (piping_c.fmt)

1,12,55,10,1,1,’Nozz Tag’
1,12,70,16,1,1,’Size’
1,12,90,8,1,1,’Rating’
1,12,100,16,1,1,’End Prep’
1,12,120,6,1,1,’PMC’
1,13,1,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
1,13,67,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
!
! 4,14,4,15,2,2,B**I,40,1
!
4,14,22,30,1,2,B**F2C1,40,1
4,14,57,10,1,2,B**E2,40,1
4,14,72,16,1,2,B**E4,40,1
4,14,92,8,1,2,B**E5,40,1
4,14,102,16,1,2,B**E6,40,1
4,14,122,6,1,2,B**E7,40,1
!
! 1,57,3,4,2,2,B**IP
! 1,57,8,40,1,1,’:Page Total - Nozzles’
!

and Output
A. Format Files
5
1,3,1,13,1,1,’Date/Time :’
1,3,14,23,1,3
1,3,50,40,1,1,’PDS MTO REPORT’
1,3,120,6,1,1,’Page: ’
1,3,127,3,2,4
1,11,1,34,1,1,’GRAND TOTALS’
1,13,1,20,1,1,’Piping Components’
1,13,25,15,1,1,’Instruments’
1,18,1,20,1,1,’Equipment’
1,18,25,15,1,1,’Nozzles’
1,18,45,15,1,1,’Implied’
1,13,45,10,1,1,’Pipes’
1,13,60,15,1,1,’Pipe Supports’
1,13,80,10,1,1,’Gaskets’
1,13,95,10,1,1,’Bolts’
1,13,105,10,1,1,’Nuts’
1,13,120,10,1,1,’Welds’
1,14,1,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
1,14,67,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
1,19,1,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
1,15,8,4,2,2,BST
1,15,30,4,2,2,B*OT
1,20,8,4,2,2,B**DT
1,20,30,4,2,2,B**IT
1,20,47,4,5,2,B**OT
1,15,47,4,2,2,BRT
1,15,65,4,2,2,B*RT
1,15,83,4,2,2,BVT
1,15,96,4,2,2,BZT
1,15,106,4,2,2,B*CT
1,15,121,4,2,2,B*FT

275
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Sample MTO Output (piping_c.rpt)

Date/Time : 22-Feb-93 10:29 PDS MTO REPORT Page: 1

Corporate Headquarters intoes_1 Integration Testing


Intergraph Corporation 1234-5678
Huntsville, Alabama 35894-0001 Intergraph
(205)730-2000 Huntsville

PIPING COMPONENTS 1st 2nd 1st 2nd 1st 2nd


Qty New Item Name Spec Size Size End End S-W-W S-W-W Commodity Code
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1 1C0031 6" 6" RFFE RFFE NREQD NREQD
6 E90LR 1C0031 6" 6" BE BE S-STD S-STD WAAAAAWAAA
2 FWN 1C0031 4" 4" RFFE BE NREQD S-STD FAAABAWAAA
9 FWN 1C0031 6" 6" RFFE BE NREQD S-STD FAAABAWAAA
3 GAT 1C0031 6" 6" RFFE RFFE NREQD NREQD VAABAHCCAA
2 REDE 1C0031 6" 4" BE BE S-STD S-STD WRBAAAWAAA
1 T 1C0031 6" 6" BE BE S-STD S-STD WTAAAAWAAA

Date/Time : 22-Feb-93 10:29 PDS MTO REPORT Page: 2

PIPES/TUBES/HOSES
Length New Item Name Size S-W-W Commodity Code
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
21’-10" PIPE 6" S-STD PAAAAAWAAA

Date/Time : 22-Feb-93 10:29 PDS MTO REPORT Page: 3

IMPLIED MATERIALS
GASKETS BOLTS NUTS WELDS
Qty Diam. Comm. Code Qty Diam. Length Qty Diam. Qty Diam.
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
2 4" XDAABZZQSG 16 5/8" 3 1/2" 32 5/8" 2 4 1/2"
9 6" XDAABZZQSG 72 3/4" 4" 144 3/4" 21 6 5/8"

Date/Time : 22-Feb-93 10:29 PDS MTO REPORT Page: 4

GRAND TOTALS

Piping Components Instruments Pipes Pipe Supports Gaskets Bolts Nuts Welds
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
24 0 8 0 11 88 176 23

Equipment Nozzles Implied


//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
0 0 0

276
________________ Appendix A: Sample MTO Format (piping_d.fmt)

Sample MTO Format (piping_d.fmt)


report_type=689 ! Piping Components MTO Report
1,3,1,13,1,1,’Date/Time :’
1,3,14,23,1,3
1,3,50,40,1,1,’PDS PIPING MTO REPORT’
1,3,120,6,1,1,’Page: ’
1,3,127,3,2,4
2,5,10,40,1,1,’Corporation Headquarters’
2,6,10,40,1,1,’Intergraph Corporation’
2,7,10,40,1,1,’Huntsville, Alabama 35894-0001’
2,8,10,40,1,1,’(205)730-2000’
1,11,1,24,1,1,’PIPING COMPONENTS’
1,12,2,3,1,1,’Qty’
1,12,8,10,1,1,’New Item Name’
1,12,20,10,1,1,’Commodity Code’
1,12,35,30,1,1,’Material Description’

and Output
A. Format Files
1,12,70,3,1,1,’Qty’
1,12,75,10,1,1,’New Item Name’
1,12,87,10,1,1,’Commodity Code’
1,12,100,30,1,1,’Material Description’
1,13,1,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
1,13,67,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
4,14,67,1,1,1,’*’,43,1
4,14,4,3,2,2,BS,43,4
4,14,8,10,1,2,BG4S1,43,4
4,14,20,15,1,2,BG8S2,43,4
4,14,35,30,1,2,BM1,43,4
4,14,72,3,2,2,BS,43,4
4,14,75,10,1,2,BG4S1,43,4
4,14,87,15,1,2,BG8S2,43,4
4,14,102,30,1,2,BM1,43,4
5
1,3,1,13,1,1,’Date/Time :’
1,3,14,23,1,3
1,3,50,40,1,1,’PDS PIPING MTO REPORT’
1,3,120,6,1,1,’Page: ’
1,3,127,3,2,4
1,11,1,34,1,1,’INSTRUMENTS’
1,12,2,3,1,1,’Qty’
1,12,8,16,1,1,’Tag Number’
1,12,30,16,1,1,’Instr Name’
1,12,50,80,1,1,’Specialty Material Description’
1,13,1,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
1,13,67,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
4,14,4,3,2,2,B*O,43,4
4,14,8,16,1,2,B*G2S1,43,4
4,14,30,16,1,2,B*G3S2,43,4
4,14,50,80,1,2,B*K1,43,4
5
1,3,1,13,1,1,’Date/Time :’
1,3,14,23,1,3
1,3,50,40,1,1,’PDS PIPING MTO REPORT’
1,3,120,6,1,1,’Page: ’
1,3,127,3,2,4
1,11,1,34,1,1,’PIPES/TUBES/HOSES’
1,12,2,15,1,1,’Length’
1,12,20,16,1,1,’New Item Name’
1,12,40,16,1,1,’Commodity Code’
1,12,60,70,1,1,’Material Description’
1,13,1,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
1,13,67,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
4,14,20,16,1,2,BA4S1,43,4
4,14,40,16,1,2,BA12S2,43,4
4,14,60,70,1,2,BF1,43,4
4,14,4,15,1,2,BA22,43,4
5
1,3,1,13,1,1,’Date/Time :’
1,3,14,23,1,3
1,3,50,40,1,1,’PDS PIPING MTO REPORT’
1,3,120,6,1,1,’Page: ’
1,3,127,3,2,4
1,11,1,34,1,1,’PIPE SUPPORTS’
1,12,2,15,1,1,’Qty’
1,12,20,16,1,1,’Support Number’

277
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

1,12,40,16,1,1,’Commodity Code’
1,12,60,70,1,1,’Material Description’
1,13,1,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
1,13,67,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
4,14,4,15,2,2,B*R,43,4
4,14,20,16,1,2,B*P2S1,43,4
4,14,40,16,1,2,B*P12S2,43,4
4,14,60,70,1,2,B*U1,43,4
5
1,3,1,13,1,1,’Date/Time :’
1,3,14,23,1,3
1,3,50,40,1,1,’PDS PIPING MTO REPORT’
1,3,120,6,1,1,’Page: ’
1,3,127,3,2,4
1,11,1,34,1,1,’GASKETS’
1,12,2,15,1,1,’Qty’
1,12,40,16,1,1,’Commodity Code’
1,12,60,70,1,1,’Material Description’
1,13,1,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
1,13,67,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
4,14,4,15,2,2,BV,43,4
4,14,40,16,1,2,BT13,43,4
4,14,60,70,1,2,BT21,43,4
5
1,3,1,13,1,1,’Date/Time :’
1,3,14,23,1,3
1,3,50,40,1,1,’PDS PIPING MTO REPORT’
1,3,120,6,1,1,’Page: ’
1,3,127,3,2,4
1,11,1,34,1,1,’BOLTS’
1,12,2,15,1,1,’Qty’
1,12,40,16,1,1,’Commodity Code’
1,12,60,70,1,1,’Material Description’
1,13,1,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
1,13,67,66,1,1,’//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////’
4,14,4,15,2,2,BZ,43,4
4,14,40,16,1,2,BX12,43,4
4,14,60,70,1,2,BX20,43,4

278
________________ Appendix A: Sample MTO Output (piping_d.rpt)

Sample MTO Output (piping_d.rpt)

Date/Time : 22-Feb-93 10:35 PDS PIPING MTO REPORT Page: 1

Corporation Headquarters
Intergraph Corporation
Huntsville, Alabama 35894-0001
(205)730-2000

PIPING COMPONENTS
Qty New Item Commodity Material Description Qty New Item Commodity Material Description
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1 * *
*
*

and Output
A. Format Files
*
6 E90LR WAAAAAWAAA 90 deg LR elbow, S-STD, BE, *
ASTM-A234-WPB, ANSI-B16.9 *
*
*
11 FWN FAAABAWAAA Flange, CL150, RFFE/BE, *
ASTM-A105, ANSI-B16.5, WN, *
S-STD bore *
*
3 GAT VAABAHCCAA Gate valve, CL150, RFFE, BB, *
OS&Y, ASTM-A216-WCB, trim 8, *
Crane 47 *
*
2 REDE WRBAAAWAAA Eccentric reducer, S-STD x *
S-STD bore, BE, *
ASTM-A234-WPB, ANSI-B16.9 *
*
1 T WTAAAAWAAA Tee, S-STD, BE, ASTM-A234-WPB, *
ANSI-B16.9 *
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

279
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Sample MTO Format (piping_e.fmt)


report_type=689 ! Piping Components MTO Report
6
1,3,1,13,1,1,’Date-Time :’
1,3,14,23,1,3
1,3,50,40,1,1,’PDS MTO REPORT’
2,5,10,40,1,1,’Corporate Headquarters’
2,6,10,40,1,1,’Intergraph Corporation’
2,7,10,40,1,1,’Huntsville, Alabama 35894-0001’
2,8,10,40,1,1,’(205)730-2000’
2,5,90,20,1,2,B**Q9
2,5,110,20,1,2,B**Q5
2,6,90,20,1,2,B**Q6
2,7,90,20,1,2,B**Q7
2,8,90,20,1,2,B**Q8
1,10,50,24,1,1,’PIPING COMPONENTS’
1,11,2,3,1,1,’Qty’
1,11,8,20,1,1,’New Item Name’
1,12,8,20,1,1,’Tag Number’
1,13,8,20,1,1,’Commodity Code’
1,11,30,8,1,1,’1st Size’
1,11,39,8,1,1,’1st Rat’
1,11,48,8,1,1,’1st End’
1,12,30,8,1,1,’2nd Size’
1,12,39,8,1,1,’2nd Rat’
1,12,48,8,1,1,’2nd End’
1,12,57,10,1,1,’Std. Note’
1,13,30,82,1,1,’Material Description’
1,14,1,66,1,1,’——————————————————————’
1,14,67,66,1,1,’——————————————————————’
4,16,2,3,2,2,BS,1,4
4,16,8,6,1,2,BG4,1,4
4,17,8,20,1,2,BG2,1,4
4,18,8,16,1,2,BG8,1,4
4,16,30,8,1,2,BN49,1,4
4,16,39,8,1,2,BN53,1,4
4,16,48,8,1,2,BN51,1,4
4,17,30,8,1,2,BN-49,1,4
4,17,39,8,1,2,BN-53,1,4
4,17,48,8,1,2,BN-51,1,4
4,16,58,5,2,2,BG47,1,4
4,18,30,82,1,2,BM1,1,4
4,19,1,1,1,1,’ ’,1,4
5
6
1,3,50,34,1,1,’PIPES-TUBES-HOSES’
1,5,2,15,1,1,’Length’
1,5,20,8,1,1,’Size’
1,5,31,5,1,1,’Std. Note’
1,5,39,16,1,1,’Commodity Code’
1,5,58,74,1,1,’Material Description’
1,6,1,66,1,1,’——————————————————————’
1,6,67,66,1,1,’——————————————————————’
4,7,20,8,1,2,BA7,1,2
4,7,31,5,2,2,BA39,1,2
4,7,39,16,1,2,BA12,1,2
4,7,58,74,1,2,BF1,1,2
4,7,2,15,1,2,BA22,1,2
4,8,1,1,1,1,’ ’,1,2
5
6
1,3,50,34,1,1,’INSTRUMENTS’
1,5,2,20,1,1,’Tag Number’
1,5,25,6,1,1,’Instr Name’
1,5,36,8,1,1,’1st Size’
1,5,47,8,1,1,’1st Rat’
1,5,58,8,1,1,’1st End’
1,5,71,8,1,1,’2nd Size’
1,5,82,8,1,1,’2nd Rat’
1,5,93,8,1,1,’2nd End’
1,5,106,5,1,1,’Std. Note’
1,7,19,113,1,1,’Material Description’
1,8,1,66,1,1,’——————————————————————’
1,8,67,66,1,1,’——————————————————————’

280
________________
Appendix A: Sample MTO Format (piping_e.fmt)

4,9,2,20,1,2,B*G2,1,3
4,9,25,6,1,2,B*G3,1,3
4,9,36,8,1,2,B*L55,1,3
4,9,47,8,1,2,B*L59,1,3
4,9,58,8,1,2,B*L57,1,3
4,9,71,8,1,2,B*L-55,1,3
4,9,82,8,1,2,B*L-59,1,3
4,9,93,8,1,2,B*L-57,1,3
4,9,106,5,2,2,B*G53,1,3
4,10,19,113,1,2,B*K1,1,3
4,11,1,1,1,1,’ ’,1,3
5
6
1,3,50,34,1,1,’PIPE SUPPORTS’
1,5,2,3,1,1,’Qty’
1,5,8,16,1,1,’Support Number’
1,5,27,8,1,1,’Size’
1,5,38,16,1,1,’Commodity Code’
1,4,57,5,1,1,’Std. Note’
1,5,65,67,1,1,’Material Description’

and Output
A. Format Files
1,6,1,66,1,1,’——————————————————————’
1,6,67,66,1,1,’——————————————————————’
4,7,2,3,2,2,B*R,1,2
4,7,8,16,1,2,B*P2,1,2
4,7,27,8,1,2,B*S11,1,2
4,7,38,16,1,2,B*P12,1,2
4,7,57,5,2,2,B*P18,1,2
4,7,65,67,1,2,B*U1,1,2
4,8,1,1,1,2,’ ’,1,2
5
6
1,3,50,34,1,1,’IMPLIED MATERIAL - GASKETS’
1,5,2,3,1,1,’Qty’
1,5,8,8,1,1,’Size’
1,5,19,8,1,1,’End’
1,5,27,5,1,1,’Std. Note’
1,5,35,16,1,1,’Commodity Code’
1,5,54,68,1,1,’Material Description’
1,6,1,66,1,1,’——————————————————————’
1,6,67,66,1,1,’——————————————————————’
4,7,2,3,2,2,BV,1,2
4,7,8,8,1,2,BT2,1,2
4,7,19,8,1,2,BT8,1,2
4,7,27,5,2,2,BT19,1,2
4,7,35,16,1,2,BT13,1,2
4,7,54,68,1,2,BT21,1,2
4,8,1,1,1,1,’ ’,1,2
5
6
1,3,50,34,1,1,’IMPLIED MATERIAL - BOLTS’
1,5,2,3,1,1,’Qty’
1,5,8,8,1,1,’Size’
1,5,19,16,1,1,’Length’
1,5,38,5,1,1,’Std. Note’
1,5,46,16,1,1,’Commodity Code’
1,5,65,67,1,1,’Material Description’
1,6,1,66,1,1,’——————————————————————’
1,6,67,66,1,1,’——————————————————————’
4,7,2,3,2,2,BZ,1,2
4,7,8,8,1,2,BX4,1,2
4,7,19,8,1,2,BX5,1,2
4,7,38,5,2,2,BX18,1,2
4,7,46,16,1,2,BX12,1,2
4,7,65,67,1,2,BX20,1,2
4,8,1,1,1,1,’ ’,1,2
5
6
1,3,50,34,1,1,’IMPILIED MATERIALS’
1,4,29,10,1,1,’NUTS’
1,6,25,3,1,1,’Qty’
1,6,31,8,1,1,’Size’
1,4,84,10,1,1,’WELDS’
1,6,80,3,1,1,’Qty’
1,6,86,8,1,1,’Diam.’
1,7,1,66,1,1,’——————————————————————’
1,7,67,66,1,1,’——————————————————————’
4,8,25,3,2,2,B*C,1,1
4,8,31,8,1,2,B*A3,1,1

281
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

4,8,80,3,2,2,B*F,1,1
4,8,86,8,1,2,B*D3,1,1
5
6
1,3,50,34,1,1,’IMPILIED ALPHANUMERIC MATERIALS’
1,5,1,16,1,1,’Qty’
1,5,20,16,1,1,’Commodity’
1,5,40,80,1,1,’Fabrication Category’
1,5,125,4,1,1,’Note’
1,6,20,110,1,1,’Short Material Description’
1,7,1,66,1,1,’——————————————————————’
1,7,67,66,1,1,’——————————————————————’
4,8,1,16,1,2,B**O,1,3
4,8,20,16,1,2,B**J7,1,3
4,8,40,80,1,2,B**J9,1,3
4,8,125,4,2,2,B**J10,1,3
4,9,20,110,1,2,B**M1,1,3
4,10,1,1,1,1,’ ’,1,3
5
6
1,3,50,34,1,1,’STANDARD NOTES’
1,4,2,5,1,1,’Note’
1,5,2,5,1,1,’ #’
1,5,10,122,1,1,’Standard Note’
1,6,1,66,1,1,’——————————————————————’
1,6,67,66,1,1,’——————————————————————’
4,7,2,5,2,2,B*Z2,1,2
4,7,10,122,1,2,B*Z3,1,2
4,8,1,1,1,1,’ ’,1,2
5
6
1,3,1,34,1,1,’GRAND TOTALS’
1,6,1,20,1,1,’Piping Components’
1,6,25,15,1,1,’Instruments’
1,6,45,10,1,1,’Pipes’
1,6,60,15,1,1,’Pipe Supports’
1,6,80,10,1,1,’Gaskets’
1,6,95,10,1,1,’Bolts’
1,6,105,10,1,1,’Nuts’
1,6,120,10,1,1,’Welds’
1,7,1,66,1,1,’——————————————————————’
1,7,67,66,1,1,’——————————————————————’
1,8,8,4,2,2,BST
1,8,30,4,2,2,B*OT
1,8,47,4,2,2,BRT
1,8,65,4,2,2,B*RT
1,8,83,4,2,2,BVT
1,8,96,4,2,2,BZT
1,8,106,4,2,2,B*CT
1,8,121,4,2,2,B*FT

282
________________ Appendix A: Sample MTO Output (piping_e.rpt)

Sample MTO Output (piping_e.rpt)

Date-Time : 22-Feb-93 10:41 PDS MTO REPORT

Corporate Headquarters intoes_1 Integration Testing


Intergraph Corporation 1234-5678
Huntsville, Alabama 35894-0001 Intergraph
(205)730-2000 Huntsville

PIPING COMPONENTS
Qty New Item Name 1st Size 1st Rat 1st End
Tag Number 2nd Size 2nd Rat 2nd End Std. Note
Commodity Code Material Description
————————————————————————————————————————————

and Output
A. Format Files
1 6" CL150 RFFE 0
CAT-101 6" CL150 RFFE
*

6 E90LR 6" BE 0
6" BE
WAAAAAWAAA 90 deg LR elbow, S-STD, BE, ASTM-A234-WPB, ANSI-B16.9

2 FWN 4" CL150 RFFE 0


4" CL150 BE
FAAABAWAAA Flange, CL150, RFFE/BE, ASTM-A105, ANSI-B16.5, WN, S-STD bore

9 FWN 6" CL150 RFFE 0


6" CL150 BE
FAAABAWAAA Flange, CL150, RFFE/BE, ASTM-A105, ANSI-B16.5, WN, S-STD bore

1 GAT 6" CL150 RFFE 0


GAT-001 6" CL150 RFFE
VAABAHCCAA Gate valve, CL150, RFFE, BB, OS&Y, ASTM-A216-WCB, trim 8, Crane 47

1 GAT 6" CL150 RFFE 0


GAT-002 6" CL150 RFFE
VAABAHCCAA Gate valve, CL150, RFFE, BB, OS&Y, ASTM-A216-WCB, trim 8, Crane 47

1 GAT 6" CL150 RFFE 0


GAT-003 6" CL150 RFFE
VAABAHCCAA Gate valve, CL150, RFFE, BB, OS&Y, ASTM-A216-WCB, trim 8, Crane 47

2 REDE 6" BE 0
4" BE
WRBAAAWAAA Eccentric reducer, S-STD x S-STD bore, BE, ASTM-A234-WPB, ANSI-B16.9

1 T 6" BE 0
6" BE
WTAAAAWAAA Tee, S-STD, BE, ASTM-A234-WPB, ANSI-B16.9

PIPES-TUBES-HOSES

Length Size Std. Commodity Code Material Description


————————————————————————————————————————————
21’-10" 6" 0 PAAAAAWAAA Pipe, S-STD, BE, ASTM-A53-B Type S

IMPLIED MATERIAL - GASKETS

Qty Size End Std. Commodity Code Material Description


————————————————————————————————————————————
2 4" RFFE 0 XDAABZZQSG Gasket, CL150, G653, 0.125" thk, 304 spiral wnd, graph filled, CS
center ring, API-601
9 6" RFFE 0 XDAABZZQSG Gasket, CL150, G653, 0.125" thk, 304 spiral wnd, graph filled, CS
center ring, API-601

283
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Sample MTO Format (piping_f.fmt)


report_type=689 ! Piping Components MTO Report
1,1,1,13,1,1,’Date/Time :’
1,1,14,23,1,3
1,1,50,40,1,1,’PDS MTO REPORT’
1,1,120,6,1,1,’Page: ’
1,1,127,3,2,4
2,3,10,40,1,1,’Corporate Headquarters’
2,4,10,40,1,1,’Intergraph Corporation’
2,5,10,40,1,1,’Huntsville, Alabama 35894-0001’
2,6,10,40,1,1,’(205)730-2000’
2,3,90,20,1,2,B**Q9
2,3,110,20,1,2,B**Q5
2,4,90,20,1,2,B**Q6
2,5,90,20,1,2,B**Q7
2,6,90,20,1,2,B**Q8
1,8,40,15,1,1,’LINE NUMBER:’
4,8,55,30,1,2,BI2G1,45,2
7
4,8,55,30,1,2,BB2G1,45,2
7
4,8,55,30,1,2,B*I2G1,45,2
7
4,8,55,30,1,2,BT1G1,45,2
7
4,8,55,30,1,2,BX1G1,45,2
7
4,8,55,30,1,2,B**K2G1,45,2
7
4,8,55,30,1,2,B*S2G1,45,2
8

1,10,1,25,1,1,’Commodity Code’
1,10,27,16,1,1,’Qty/Length’
1,10,45,10,1,1,’1st Size’
1,10,57,10,1,1,’2nd Size’
1,10,69,63,1,1,’Material Description’
1,11,1,66,1,1,’——————————————————————’
1,11,67,66,1,1,’——————————————————————’

4,12,1,25,1,2,BG8S2,45,2
4,12,27,16,2,2,BS,45,2
4,12,45,10,1,2,BN49S3,45,2
4,12,57,10,1,2,BN-49S4,45,2
4,12,69,63,1,2,BM1S5,45,2
7
4,12,1,25,1,2,BA12S2,45,2
4,12,27,16,1,2,BA39,45,2
4,12,45,10,1,2,BA7S3,45,2
4,12,69,63,1,2,BF1S4,45,2
7
4,12,1,25,1,2,B*G2S2,45,2
4,12,27,16,2,2,B*O,45,2
4,12,45,10,1,2,B*L55S3,45,2
4,12,57,10,1,2,B*L-55S4,45,2
4,12,69,63,1,2,B*K1S5,45,2
7
4,12,1,25,1,2,BT13S2,45,2
4,12,27,16,2,2,BV,45,2
4,12,45,10,1,2,BT2S3,45,2
4,12,57,10,1,2,BT23,45,2
4,12,69,63,1,2,BT21S4,45,2
7
4,12,1,25,1,2,BX12S2,45,2
4,12,27,16,2,2,BZ,45,2
4,12,45,10,1,2,BX4S3,45,2
4,12,57,10,1,2,BX5S4,45,2
4,12,69,63,1,2,BX20S5,45,2
7
4,12,1,25,1,2,B**J7S2,45,2
4,12,27,16,1,2,B**O,45,2
4,12,69,63,1,2,B**M1S3,45,2
7
4,12,1,25,1,2,B*P12S2,45,2

284
________________
Appendix A: Sample MTO Format (piping_f.fmt)

4,12,27,16,2,2,B*R,45,2
4,12,45,10,1,2,B*S11S3,45,2
4,12,69,63,1,2,B*U1S4,45,2

5
1,3,1,13,1,1,’Date/Time :’
1,3,14,23,1,3
1,3,50,40,1,1,’PDS MTO REPORT’
1,3,120,6,1,1,’Page: ’
1,3,127,3,2,4
1,11,1,34,1,1,’GRAND TOTALS’
1,13,1,15,1,1,’Components’
1,13,20,15,1,1,’Pipes’
1,13,40,15,1,1,’Instruments’
1,13,60,15,1,1,’Gaskets’
1,13,80,15,1,1,’Bolts’
1,13,100,15,1,1,’Pipe Supports’

1,14,1,15,2,2,BST
1,14,20,15,2,2,BRT

and Output
A. Format Files
1,14,40,15,2,2,B*OT
1,14,60,15,2,2,BVT
1,14,80,15,2,2,BZT
1,14,100,15,2,2,B*RT

285
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Sample MTO Output (piping_f.rpt)


Date/Time : 22-Feb-93 10:49 PDS MTO REPORT Page: 1

Corporate Headquarters intoes_1 Integration Testing


Intergraph Corporation 1234-5678
Huntsville, Alabama 35894-0001 Intergraph
(205)730-2000 Huntsville

LINE NUMBER: MMA0104-4"-1C0031-N

Commodity Code Qty/Length 1st Size 2nd Size Material Description


————————————————————————————————————————————
FAAABAWAAA 2 4" 4" Flange, CL150, RFFE/BE, ASTM-A105, ANSI-B16.5, WN, S-STD bore

XDAABZZQSG 2 4" - Gasket, CL150, G653, 0.125" thk, 304 spiral wnd, graph filled,
CS center ring, API-601
YZZZHZZFFF 16 5/8" 3 1/2" B31, ASTM-A193-B7 studs w/ASTM-A194-2H hvy hex nuts

Date/Time : 22-Feb-93 10:49 PDS MTO REPORT Page: 2

LINE NUMBER: MMA0104-6"-1C0031-N

Commodity Code Qty/Length 1st Size 2nd Size Material Description


————————————————————————————————————————————
1 6" 6" *

FAAABAWAAA 9 6" 6" Flange, CL150, RFFE/BE, ASTM-A105, ANSI-B16.5, WN, S-STD bore

VAABAHCCAA 3 6" 6" Gate valve, CL150, RFFE, BB, OS&Y, ASTM-A216-WCB, trim 8, Crane
47
WAAAAAWAAA 6 6" 6" 90 deg LR elbow, S-STD, BE, ASTM-A234-WPB, ANSI-B16.9

WRBAAAWAAA 2 6" 4" Eccentric reducer, S-STD x S-STD bore, BE, ASTM-A234-WPB,
ANSI-B16.9
WTAAAAWAAA 1 6" 6" Tee, S-STD, BE, ASTM-A234-WPB, ANSI-B16.9

PAAAAAWAAA 6" Pipe, S-STD, BE, ASTM-A53-B Type S

XDAABZZQSG 9 6" - Gasket, CL150, G653, 0.125" thk, 304 spiral wnd, graph filled,
CS center ring, API-601
YZZZHZZFFF 72 3/4" 4" B31, ASTM-A193-B7 studs w/ASTM-A194-2H hvy hex nuts

Date/Time : 22-Feb-93 10:49 PDS MTO REPORT Page: 3

GRAND TOTALS

Components Pipes Instruments Gaskets Bolts Pipe Supports


24 8 0 11 88 0

.*****. REPORT ERROR LOG CREATION TIME: Monday 02/22/93 10:49

1 - ERROR - key ’CAT-101’ was not found in SPECIALTY material description library.

2 - ERROR - key ’FA1’ was not found in SPECIALTY material description library.

@#, 180, 34, 27, 29, 12, 9, 29

286
________________
Appendix A: Sample MTO Format (piping_g.fmt)

Sample MTO Format (piping_g.fmt)


report_type=689 ! Piping Components MTO Report
1,1,1,-13,1,1,’Date/Time :’
1,1,14,-23,1,5
1,1,50,-40,1,1,’PDS MTO REPORT’
1,1,120,-6,1,1,’Page: ’
1,1,127,-3,2,4
2,3,10,-40,1,1,’Corporate Headquarters’
2,4,10,-40,1,1,’Intergraph Corporation’
2,5,10,-40,1,1,’Huntsville, Alabama 35894-0001’
2,6,10,-40,1,1,’(205)730-2000’
2,3,90,-20,1,2,B**Q5
2,3,110,-20,1,2,B**Q9
2,4,90,-20,1,2,B**Q6
2,5,90,-20,1,2,B**Q7
2,6,90,-20,1,2,B**Q8

and Output
A. Format Files
1,8,1,-25,1,-1,’Commodity Code’
1,8,27,-16,1,-1,’Qty/Length’
1,8,45,-10,1,-1,’1st Size’
1,8,57,-10,1,-1,’2nd Size’
1,8,69,-63,1,-1,’Material Description’

9
4,10,55,-50,’LINE NUMBER: [A30]’,-2,BI2G1,45,2
7
4,10,55,-50,’LINE NUMBER: [A30]’,-2,BB2G1,45,2
7
4,10,55,-50,’LINE NUMBER: [A30]’,-2,B*I2G1,45,2
7
4,10,55,-50,’LINE NUMBER: [A30]’,-2,BT1G1,45,2
7
4,10,55,-50,’LINE NUMBER: [A30]’,-2,BX1G1,45,2
7
4,10,55,-50,’LINE NUMBER: [A30]’,-2,B**K2G1,45,2
7
4,10,55,-50,’LINE NUMBER: [A30]’,-2,B*S2G1,45,2
8
4,12,1,-25,1,2,BG8S2,45,2
4,12,27,-16,2,2,BS,45,2
4,12,45,-10,1,2,BN49S3,45,2
4,12,57,-10,1,2,BN-49S4,45,2
4,12,69,63,1,2,BM1S5,45,2
7
4,12,1,-25,1,2,BA12S2,45,2
4,12,27,-16,1,2,BA22,45,2
4,12,45,-10,1,2,BA7S3,45,2
4,12,69,63,1,2,BF1S4,45,2
7
4,12,1,-25,1,2,B*G2S2,45,2
4,12,27,-16,2,2,B*O,45,2
4,12,45,-10,1,2,B*L55S3,45,2
4,12,57,-10,1,2,B*L-55S4,45,2
4,12,69,63,1,2,B*K1S5,45,2
7
4,12,1,-25,1,2,BT13S2,45,2
4,12,27,-16,2,2,BV,45,2
4,12,45,-10,1,2,BT2S3,45,2
4,12,57,-10,1,2,BT23,45,2
4,12,69,63,1,2,BT21S4,45,2
7
4,12,1,-25,1,2,BX12S2,45,2
4,12,27,-16,2,2,BZ,45,2
4,12,45,-10,1,2,BX4S3,45,2
4,12,57,-10,1,2,BX5S4,45,2
4,12,69,63,1,2,BX20S5,45,2
7
4,12,1,-25,1,2,B**J7S2,45,2
4,12,27,-16,1,2,B**O,45,2
4,12,69,63,1,2,B**M1S3,45,2
7
4,12,1,-25,1,2,B*P12S2,45,2
4,12,27,-16,2,2,B*R,45,2
4,12,45,-10,1,2,B*S11S3,45,2
4,12,69,63,1,2,B*U1S4,45,2
10

287
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

5
1,3,1,-13,1,1,’Date/Time :’
1,3,14,-23,1,5
1,3,50,-40,1,1,’PDS MTO REPORT’
1,3,120,-6,1,1,’Page: ’
1,3,127,-3,2,4
1,11,1,-34,1,-1,’GRAND TOTALS’
1,13,1,-15,1,-1,’Components’
1,13,20,-15,1,-1,’Pipes’
1,13,40,-15,1,-1,’Instruments’
1,13,60,-15,1,-1,’Gaskets’
1,13,80,-15,1,-1,’Bolts’
1,13,100,-15,1,-1,’Pipe Supports’

1,14,1,-15,2,2,BST
1,14,20,-15,2,2,BRT
1,14,40,-15,2,2,B*OT
1,14,60,-15,2,2,BVT
1,14,80,-15,2,2,BZT
1,14,100,-15,2,2,B*RT

288
________________ Appendix A: Sample MTO Output (piping_g.rpt)

Sample MTO Output (piping_g.rpt)


Date/Time : 22-Feb-93 PDS MTO REPORT Page: 1

Corporate Headquarters Integration Testing intoes_1


Intergraph Corporation 1234-5678
Huntsville, Alabama 35894-0001 Intergraph
(205)730-2000 Huntsville

Commodity Code Qty/Length 1st Size 2nd Size Material Description______________ __________ ________ ______

LINE NUMBER: MMA0104-4"-1C0031-N __________

FAAABAWAAA 2 4" 4" Flange, CL150, RFFE/BE, ASTM-A105, ANSI-B16.5, WN, S-STD bore

XDAABZZQSG 2 4" - Gasket, CL150, G653, 0.125" thk, 304 spiral wnd, graph filled,
CS center ring, API-601

and Output
A. Format Files
YZZZHZZFFF 16 5/8" 3 1/2" B31, ASTM-A193-B7 studs w/ASTM-A194-2H hvy hex nuts

LINE NUMBER: MMA0104-6"-1C0031-N __________

1 6" 6" *

FAAABAWAAA 9 6" 6" Flange, CL150, RFFE/BE, ASTM-A105, ANSI-B16.5, WN, S-STD bore

VAABAHCCAA 3 6" 6" Gate valve, CL150, RFFE, BB, OS&Y, ASTM-A216-WCB, trim 8, Crane
47
WAAAAAWAAA 6 6" 6" 90 deg LR elbow, S-STD, BE, ASTM-A234-WPB, ANSI-B16.9

WRBAAAWAAA 2 6" 4" Eccentric reducer, S-STD x S-STD bore, BE, ASTM-A234-WPB,
ANSI-B16.9
WTAAAAWAAA 1 6" 6" Tee, S-STD, BE, ASTM-A234-WPB, ANSI-B16.9

PAAAAAWAAA 21’-10" 6" Pipe, S-STD, BE, ASTM-A53-B Type S

XDAABZZQSG 9 6" - Gasket, CL150, G653, 0.125" thk, 304 spiral wnd, graph filled,
CS center ring, API-601
YZZZHZZFFF 72 3/4" 4" B31, ASTM-A193-B7 studs w/ASTM-A194-2H hvy hex nuts

Date/Time : 22-Feb-93 PDS MTO REPORT Page: 2

GRAND TOTALS____________

Components Pipes Instruments Gaskets Bolts Pipe Supports__________ _____


24 8 0 11 88 0

289
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Sample MTO Format (weight.fmt)


report_type=689 ! Piping Components MTO Report
1,1,1,13,1,1,’Date/Time :’
1,1,14,23,1,3
1,1,50,40,1,1,’PDS MTO REPORT’
1,1,120,6,1,1,’Page: ’
1,1,127,3,2,4
2,3,10,40,1,1,’Corporate Headquarters’
2,4,10,40,1,1,’Intergraph Corporation’
2,5,10,40,1,1,’Huntsville, Alabama 35894-0001’
2,6,10,40,1,1,’(205)730-2000’
2,3,90,20,1,2,B**Q9
2,3,110,20,1,2,B**Q5
2,4,90,20,1,2,B**Q6
2,5,90,20,1,2,B**Q7
2,6,90,20,1,2,B**Q8
1,8,40,15,1,1,’LINE NUMBER:’
!
! Remember that using the 7 field type
! still requires that all related output
! fields still put the same number of
! outputs per page.
!
4,8,55,30,1,2,BI2G1,45,3
7
4,8,55,30,1,2,BB2G1,45,3
7
4,8,55,30,1,2,B*I2G1,45,3
7
4,8,55,30,1,2,BT1G1,45,3
7
4,8,55,30,1,2,BX1G1,45,3
7
4,8,55,30,1,2,B**K2G1,45,3
7
4,8,55,30,1,2,B*S2G1,45,3
8

1,10,1,25,1,1,’Commodity Code’
1,10,27,16,1,1,’Qty/Length’
1,10,45,10,1,1,’1st Size’
1,10,57,10,1,1,’2nd Size’
1,10,69,45,1,1,’Material Description’
1,9,114,10,1,1,’Weight’
1,10,113,10,1,1,’Multiple’
1,9,121,12,1,1,’Dry/Wet Wt.’
1,10,123,8,1,2,B**Q3
1,11,1,66,1,1,’——————————————————————’
1,11,67,66,1,1,’——————————————————————’

4,12,1,25,1,2,BG8S2,45,3
4,12,27,16,2,2,BS,45,3
4,12,45,10,1,2,BN49S3,45,3
4,12,57,10,1,2,BN-49S4,45,3
4,12,69,45,1,2,BM1S5,45,3
4,12,116,5,2,2,BSS6,45,3
4,13,121,11,5,2,BM5,45,3
4,12,121,11,5,2,BM3,45,3
7
4,12,1,25,1,2,BA12S2,45,3
4,12,27,16,1,2,BA22,45,3
4,12,45,10,1,2,BA7S3,45,3
4,12,69,45,1,2,BF1S4,45,3
4,12,116,5,2,2,BRS5,45,3
4,13,121,11,5,2,BF5,45,3
4,12,121,11,5,2,BF3,45,3
7
4,12,1,25,1,2,B*G2S2,45,3
4,12,27,16,2,2,B*O,45,3
4,12,45,10,1,2,B*L55S3,45,3
4,12,57,10,1,2,B*L-55S4,45,3
4,12,69,50,1,2,B*K1S5,45,3
4,12,116,5,2,2,B*OS6,45,3
4,13,121,11,5,2,B*K4,45,3

290
________________
Appendix A: Sample MTO Format (weight.fmt)

4,12,121,11,5,2,B*K2,45,3
7
4,12,1,25,1,2,BT13S2,45,3
4,12,27,16,2,2,BV,45,3
4,12,45,10,1,2,BT2S3,45,3
4,12,57,10,1,2,BT23,45,3
4,12,69,45,1,2,BT21S4,45,3
7
4,12,1,25,1,2,BX12S2,45,3
4,12,27,16,2,2,BZ,45,3
4,12,45,10,1,2,BX4S3,45,3
4,12,57,10,1,2,BX5S4,45,3
4,12,69,45,1,2,BX20S5,45,3
4,12,121,11,5,2,BX22,45,3
7
4,12,1,25,1,2,B**J7S2,45,3
4,12,27,16,1,2,B**O,45,3
4,12,69,45,1,2,B**M1S3,45,3
7
4,12,1,25,1,2,B*P12S2,45,3

and Output
A. Format Files
4,12,27,16,2,2,B*R,45,3
4,12,45,10,1,2,B*S11S3,45,3
4,12,69,45,1,2,B*U1S4,45,3
4,12,116,5,2,2,B*RS5,45,3
4,12,121,11,5,2,B*P15,45,3
8

5
1,1,1,13,1,1,’Date/Time :’
1,1,14,23,1,3
1,1,50,40,1,1,’PDS MTO REPORT’
1,1,120,6,1,1,’Page: ’
1,1,127,3,2,4
1,10,1,25,1,1,’Equipment Name’
1,10,40,16,1,1,’Class’
1,10,69,40,1,1,’Equipment Description’
1,9,121,11,1,1,’Dry/Wet Wt.’
1,11,1,66,1,1,’——————————————————————’
1,11,67,66,1,1,’——————————————————————’

4,12,1,25,1,2,B**A2,45,3
4,12,40,16,1,2,B**A6,45,3
4,12,69,40,1,2,B**A3,45,3
4,13,69,40,1,2,B**A4,45,3
4,12,121,11,5,2,B**A7,45,3
4,13,121,11,5,2,B**A8,45,3

5
1,3,1,13,1,1,’Date/Time :’
1,3,14,23,1,3
1,3,50,40,1,1,’PDS MTO REPORT’
1,3,120,6,1,1,’Page: ’
1,3,127,3,2,4
1,11,1,34,1,1,’GRAND TOTALS’
1,13,1,15,1,1,’Components’
1,13,20,15,1,1,’Pipes’
1,13,40,15,1,1,’Instruments’
1,13,60,15,1,1,’Gaskets’
1,13,80,15,1,1,’Bolts’
1,13,100,15,1,1,’Pipe Supports’

1,14,1,15,2,2,BST
1,14,20,15,2,2,BRT
1,14,40,15,2,2,B*OT
1,14,60,15,2,2,BVT
1,14,80,15,2,2,BZT
1,14,100,15,2,2,B*RT

1,25,1,35,1,1,’GRAND TOTAL DRY WEIGHT, :’


1,25,25,8,1,2,B**Q3
1,25,37,20,1,2,B**P1
1,23,70,35,1,1,’ (Uses Specific Gravity 1)’
1,25,70,35,1,1,’GRAND TOTAL WET WEIGHT, :’
1,25,95,8,1,2,B**Q3
1,25,106,20,1,2,B**P3
1,27,1,35,1,1,’ DRY CENTER OF GRAVITY :’
1,28,10,50,1,2,B**P6
1,29,10,50,1,2,B**P7

291
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

1,30,10,50,1,2,B**P8
1,27,70,35,1,1,’ WET CENTER OF GRAVITY :’
1,28,80,50,1,2,B**P12
1,29,80,50,1,2,B**P13
1,30,80,50,1,2,B**P14

Sample MTO Output (weight.rpt)


Date/Time : 22-Feb-93 11:24 PDS MTO REPORT Page: 1

Corporate Headquarters intoes_1 Integration Testing


Intergraph Corporation 1234-5678
Huntsville, Alabama 35894-0001 Intergraph
(205)730-2000 Huntsville

LINE NUMBER: MMA0104-4"-1C0031-N


Weight Dry/Wet Wt.
Commodity Code Qty/Length 1st Size 2nd Size Material Description Multiple lb
————————————————————————————————————————————
FAAABAWAAA 2 4" 4" Flange, CL150, RFFE/BE, ASTM-A105, 2 0
ANSI-B16.5, WN, S-STD bore 0

XDAABZZQSG 2 4" - Gasket, CL150, G653, 0.125" thk, 304 spiral


wnd, graph filled, CS center ring, API-601

YZZZHZZFFF 16 5/8" 3 1/2" B31, ASTM-A193-B7 studs w/ASTM-A194-2H hvy 2.4359


hex nuts

Date/Time : 22-Feb-93 11:24 PDS MTO REPORT Page: 2

LINE NUMBER: MMA0104-6"-1C0031-N


Weight Dry/Wet Wt.
Commodity Code Qty/Length 1st Size 2nd Size Material Description Multiple lb
————————————————————————————————————————————
1 6" 6" * 1 0
0

FAAABAWAAA 9 6" 6" Flange, CL150, RFFE/BE, ASTM-A105, 9 0


ANSI-B16.5, WN, S-STD bore 0

VAABAHCCAA 3 6" 6" Gate valve, CL150, RFFE, BB, OS&Y, 3 0


ASTM-A216-WCB, trim 8, Crane 47 0

WAAAAAWAAA 6 6" 6" 90 deg LR elbow, S-STD, BE, ASTM-A234-WPB, 6 0


ANSI-B16.9 0

WRBAAAWAAA 2 6" 4" Eccentric reducer, S-STD x S-STD bore, BE, 2 0


ASTM-A234-WPB, ANSI-B16.9 0

WTAAAAWAAA 1 6" 6" Tee, S-STD, BE, ASTM-A234-WPB, ANSI-B16.9 1 0


0

PAAAAAWAAA 1’-6" 6" Pipe, S-STD, BE, ASTM-A53-B Type S 2 1.2975


1.2975

PAAAAAWAAA 1’-0" 6" Pipe, S-STD, BE, ASTM-A53-B Type S 1 1.73


1.73

PAAAAAWAAA 1’-5 3/16" 6" Pipe, S-STD, BE, ASTM-A53-B Type S 1 2.47786
2.47786

PAAAAAWAAA 1’-8 9/16" 6" Pipe, S-STD, BE, ASTM-A53-B Type S 1 2.96443
2.96443

PAAAAAWAAA 5’-0 1/4" 6" Pipe, S-STD, BE, ASTM-A53-B Type S 1 8.68604
8.68604

PAAAAAWAAA 5’-3 3/8" 6" Pipe, S-STD, BE, ASTM-A53-B Type S 1 9.13656
9.13656

PAAAAAWAAA 5’-10 5/8" 6" Pipe, S-STD, BE, ASTM-A53-B Type S 1 10.1818
10.1818

292
________________
Appendix A: Sample MTO Format (weight.fmt)

XDAABZZQSG 9 6" - Gasket, CL150, G653, 0.125" thk, 304 spiral


wnd, graph filled, CS center ring, API-601

and Output
A. Format Files

293
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Sample MTO Format (equip_a.fmt)


report_type=661 ! Equipment Orientations
1,1, 1,-13,1, 1,’Date/Time :’
1,1, 14,-23,1, 5
1,1, 50,-40,1, 1,’PDS MTO REPORT’
1,1,120, -6,1, 1,’Page: ’
1,1,127, -3,2, 4
2,3, 10,-40,1, 1,’Corporate Headquarters’
2,4, 10,-40,1, 1,’Intergraph Corporation’
2,5, 10,-40,1, 1,’Huntsville, Alabama 35894-0001’
2,6, 10,-40,1, 1,’(205)730-2000’
2,3, 90,-20,1, 2,B**Q5
2,3,110,-20,1, 2,B**Q9
2,4, 90,-20,1, 2,B**Q6
2,5, 90,-20,1, 2,B**Q7
2,6, 90,-20,1, 2,B**Q8
1,8, 4,-30,1, 1,’EQUIPMENT NO’
1,8, 45,-40,1, 1,’DESCRIPTION’
1,8, 90,-15,1, 1,’INS THCK’
1,9, 9,-10,1,-1,’NOZZLE NO’
1,9, 20, -8,1,-1,’DIAM’
1,9, 29, -8,1,-1,’RATING’
1,9, 38, -9,1,-1,’END PREP’
1,9, 48,-24,1,-1,’TS’
1,9, 73,-23,1,-1,’ORIENTATION/SERVICE’
1,9,105,-27,1,-1,’POSITION IN SITE’
! Setup desired MTO options
0,1,1,1,1,2,B*Z4
0,1,1,1,1,2,B*Z6
9
4,11, 4,-30,1, -2, B**A2G1,48,4
7
4,11, 4,-30,1,-2,B**F2G1,48,4
8
!
4,12, 45,-40,1, 2, B**A3, 48,4
4,13, 45,-40,1, 2, B**A4, 48,4
4,12, 90,-15,’[F5.2]’, 2,B**A10, 48,4
4,13,105,-27,1, 2, B**B2, 48,4
4,14,105,-27,1, 2, B**B3, 48,4
4,12,105,-27,1, 2, B**B1, 48,4
7
!
4,12, 9,-10,1, 2, B**E2,48,4
4,12, 20, -8,1, 2, B**E4,48,4
4,12, 29, -8,1, 2, B**E5,48,4
4,12, 38, -9,1, 2, B**E6,48,4
4,12, 48,-24,1, 2, B**E16,48,4
4,12, 73,-23,1, 2, B**G1,48,4
4,13, 73,-20,1, 2, B**E17,48,4
4,12,105,-27,1, 2, B**G2,48,4
4,13,105,-27,1, 2, B**G3,48,4
4,14,105,-27,1, 2, B**G4,48,4
10
!
5
1, 3, 1,-13,1, 1,’Date/Time :’
1, 3, 14,-23,1, 3
1, 3, 50,-40,1, 1,’PDS Equip/Nozzle Report’
1, 3,120, -6,1, 1,’Page: ’
1, 3,127, -3,2, 4
1,11, 1,-34,1,-1,’GRAND TOTALS’
1,13, 1,-15,1,-1,’Equipment’
1,13, 20,-15,1,-1,’Nozzles’
1,14, 1,-15,2, 2,B**DT
1,14, 20,-15,2, 2,B**IT

294
________________ Appendix A: Sample MTO Output (equip_a.rpt)

Sample MTO Output (equip_a.rpt)


Date/Time : 12-Aug-94 PDS MTO REPORT Page: 1

Corporate Headquarters custom


Intergraph Corporation
Huntsville, Alabama 35894-0001
(205)730-2000

EQUIPMENT NO DESCRIPTION INS THCK


NOZZLE NO DIAM RATING END PREP TS ORIENTATION/SERVICE POSITION IN SITE _________ ____ __

38E-101A ________
SHELL & TUBE EXCHANGER 0.00 *
*
*

and Output
A. Format Files
N1 6 300 RFFE Default UP East 1316’ 7" Site
North 450’ 3 5/8" Site
Elev 16’ 8" Site

N11 6 300 RFFE Default UP East 1316’ 7" Site


North 448’ 4 1/8" Site
Elev 16’ 8" Site

N3 6 300 RFFE Default DOWN East 1316’ 7" Site


North 450’ 3 5/8" Site
Elev 12’ 10" Site

N4 6 300 RFFE Default DOWN East 1316’ 7" Site


North 431’ 0 5/8" Site
Elev 12’ 10" Site

38E-101B ______________________________
SHELL & TUBE EXCHANGER 0.00 *
*
*

N1 6 300 RFFE Default UP East 1316’ 7" Site


North 450’ 3 5/8" Site
Elev 20’ 5" Site

N10 6 300 RFFE Default DOWN East 1316’ 7" Site


North 448’ 4 1/8" Site
Elev 16’ 8" Site

N2 6 300 RFFE Default UP East 1316’ 7" Site


North 431’ 0 5/8" Site
Elev 20’ 5" Site

N3 6 300 RFFE Default DOWN East 1316’ 7" Site


North 450’ 3 5/8" Site
Elev 16’ 8" Site

Date/Time : 12-Aug-93 PDS MTO REPORT Page: 2

EQUIPMENT NO DESCRIPTION INS THCK


NOZZLE NO DIAM RATING END PREP TS ORIENTATION/SERVICE POSITION IN SITE _________ ____ __

38E-101C ______________________________
SHELL & TUBE EXCHANGER 0.00 *
*
*

N1 6 300 RFFE Default UP East 1322’ 7" Site


North 450’ 3 5/8" Site
Elev 16’ 8" Site

N10 6 300 RFFE Default DOWN East 1322’ 7" Site


North 431’ 0 5/8" Site
Elev 20’ 5" Site

N11 6 300 RFFE Default UP East 1322’ 7" Site


North 448’ 4 1/8" Site
Elev 16’ 8" Site

295
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

N3 6 300 RFFE Default DOWN East 1322’ 7" Site


North 450’ 3 5/8" Site
Elev 12’ 10" Site

38E-101D ______________________________
SHELL & TUBE EXCHANGER 0.00 *
*
*

N1 6 300 RFFE Default UP East 1322’ 7" Site


North 450’ 3 5/8" Site
Elev 20’ 5" Site

N10 6 300 RFFE Default DOWN East 1322’ 7" Site


North 448’ 4 1/8" Site
Elev 16’ 8" Site

N2 6 300 RFFE Default UP East 1322’ 7" Site


North 431’ 0 5/8" Site
Elev 20’ 5" Site

N3 6 300 RFFE Default DOWN East 1322’ 7" Site


North 450’ 3 5/8" Site
Elev 16’ 8" Site

Date/Time : 12-Aug-93 PDS MTO REPORT Page: 3

EQUIPMENT NO DESCRIPTION INS THCK


NOZZLE NO DIAM RATING END PREP TS ORIENTATION/SERVICE POSITION IN SITE _________ ____ __

38E-101E ______________________________
SHELL & TUBE EXCHANGER 0.00 *
*
*

N1 6 300 RFFE Default UP East 1322’ 7" Site


North 450’ 3 5/8" Site
Elev 24’ 2" Site

N2 6 300 RFFE Default UP East 1322’ 7" Site


North 448’ 4 1/8" Site
Elev 24’ 2" Site

N3 6 300 RFFE Default DOWN East 1322’ 7" Site


North 450’ 3 5/8" Site
Elev 20’ 5" Site

38E-102 _______
Kettle Exchanger 0.00 *
*
*

S1 8 150 RFFE Default DOWN East 1351’ 7" Site


North 445’ 0 5/8" Site
Elev 31’ 0 1/4" Site

S2 10 150 RFFE Default UP East 1351’ 7" Site


North 439’ 10 1/8" Site
Elev 38’ 6 1/4" Site

S3 10 150 RFFE Default UP East 1351’ 7" Site


North 429’ 10 1/8" Site
Elev 38’ 6 1/4" Site

S4 6 150 RFFE Default DOWN East 1350’ 6 1/2" Site


North 424’ 3 1/8" Site
Elev 30’ 6" Site

T1 8 300 RFFE Default UP East 1351’ 7" Site


North 447’ 9 1/8" Site
Elev 36’ 10 3/4" Site

T2 4 300 RFFE Default DOWN East 1351’ 7" Site


North 447’ 9 1/8" Site
Elev 30’ 11 3/4" Site

296
________________ Appendix A: Sample MTO Output (equip_a.rpt)

Date/Time : 12-Aug-93 PDS MTO REPORT Page: 4

EQUIPMENT NO DESCRIPTION INS THCK


NOZZLE NO DIAM RATING END PREP TS ORIENTATION/SERVICE POSITION IN SITE _________ ____ __

38E-103 _______
FIN FAN COOLING TOWER 0.00 *
*
*

N1 6 300 RFFE Default UP East 1314’ 4" Site


North 381’ 6 9/16" Site
Elev 27’ 5 1/16" Site

N2 6 300 RFFE Default UP East 1320’ 7" Site


North 381’ 6 9/16" Site
Elev 27’ 5 1/16" Site

N3 6 300 RFFE Default DOWN East 1314’ 4" Site


North 381’ 6 9/16" Site

and Output
A. Format Files
Elev 24’ 11 9/16" Site

N4 6 300 RFFE Default DOWN East 1320’ 7" Site


North 381’ 6 9/16" Site
Elev 24’ 11 9/16" Site

38E-104 _______
FIN FAN COOLING TOWER 0.00 *
*
*

N1 4 300 RFFE Default UP East 1306’ 5 1/4" Site


North 381’ 5 1/2" Site
Elev 27’ 5 1/16" Site

N2 4 300 RFFE Default UP East 1309’ 5 3/8" Site


North 381’ 5 1/2" Site
Elev 27’ 5 1/16" Site

N3 4 300 RFFE Default DOWN East 1306’ 5 1/4" Site


North 381’ 5 1/2" Site
Elev 24’ 11 9/16" Site

N4 4 300 RFFE Default DOWN East 1309’ 5 3/8" Site


North 381’ 5 1/2" Site
Elev 24’ 11 9/16" Site

Date/Time : 12-Aug-93 PDS MTO REPORT Page: 5

EQUIPMENT NO DESCRIPTION INS THCK


NOZZLE NO DIAM RATING END PREP TS ORIENTATION/SERVICE POSITION IN SITE _________ ____ __

38E-105 _______
FIN FAN COOLING TOWER 0.00 *
*
*

N1 4 300 RFFE Default UP East 1299’ 7 3/4" Site


North 381’ 5 1/2" Site
Elev 27’ 10 7/8" Site

N2 4 300 RFFE Default UP East 1304’ 2 3/4" Site


North 381’ 5 1/2" Site
Elev 27’ 10 7/8" Site

N3 4 300 RFFE Default DOWN East 1299’ 7 3/4" Site


North 381’ 5 1/2" Site
Elev 24’ 10 7/8" Site

N4 4 300 RFFE Default DOWN East 1304’ 2 3/4" Site


North 381’ 5 1/2" Site
Elev 24’ 10 7/8" Site

38P-101A ________
Horizontal Centrifugal Pump 0.00 *
*
*

297
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

N1 4 300 RFFE Default N East 1363’ 1" Site


North 420’ 11 3/8" Site
Elev 13’ 5 1/2" Site

N2 3 300 RFFE Default UP East 1363’ 7 1/4" Site


North 420’ 3 5/8" Site
Elev 14’ 3 1/2" Site

38P-101B ________
Horizontal Centrifugal Pump 0.00 *
*
*

N1 4 300 RFFE Default N East 1369’ 7" Site


North 420’ 11 3/8" Site
Elev 13’ 5 1/2" Site

Date/Time : 12-Aug-93 PDS MTO REPORT Page: 6

EQUIPMENT NO DESCRIPTION INS THCK


NOZZLE NO DIAM RATING END PREP TS ORIENTATION/SERVICE POSITION IN SITE _________ ____ __

38P-101B ________
N2 3 300 RFFE Default UP East 1370’ 1 1/4" Site
North 420’ 3 5/8" Site
Elev 14’ 3 1/2" Site

38P-103A ______________________________
Horizontal Centrifugal Pump 0.00 *
*
*

N1 4 300 RFFE Default N East 1332’ 1" Site


North 420’ 11 3/8" Site
Elev 13’ 5 1/2" Site

N2 3 300 RFFE Default UP East 1332’ 7 1/4" Site


North 420’ 3 5/8" Site
Elev 14’ 3 1/2" Site

38P-103B ______________________________
Horizontal Centrifugal Pump 0.00 *
*
*

N1 4 300 RFFE Default N East 1343’ 1" Site


North 420’ 11 3/8" Site
Elev 13’ 5 1/2" Site

N2 3 300 RFFE Default UP East 1343’ 7 1/4" Site


North 420’ 3 5/8" Site
Elev 14’ 3 1/2" Site

38P-104A ______________________________
Horizontal Centrifugal Pump 0.00 *
*
*

N1 4 300 RFFE Default N East 1307’ 7" Site


North 420’ 11 3/8" Site
Elev 13’ 5 1/2" Site

Date/Time : 12-Aug-93 PDS MTO REPORT Page: 7

EQUIPMENT NO DESCRIPTION INS THCK


NOZZLE NO DIAM RATING END PREP TS ORIENTATION/SERVICE POSITION IN SITE _________ ____ __

38P-104A ______________________________
N2 3 300 RFFE Default UP East 1308’ 1 1/4" Site
North 420’ 3 5/8" Site
Elev 14’ 3 1/2" Site

38P-104B ______________________________
Horizontal Centrifugal Pump 0.00 *
*
*

298
________________ Appendix A: Sample MTO Output (equip_a.rpt)

N1 4 300 RFFE Default N East 1323’ 1" Site


North 420’ 11 3/8" Site
Elev 13’ 5 1/2" Site

N2 3 300 RFFE Default UP East 1323’ 7 1/4" Site


North 420’ 3 5/8" Site
Elev 14’ 3 1/2" Site

38TW-102 ________
Sour Water Stripper 0.00 *
*
*

N2 3 300 RFFE Default S East 1335’ 7" Site


North 431’ 10 3/4" Site
Elev 25’ 11 5/16" Site

M5 20 150 RFFE Default N East 1335’ 7" Site


North 440’ 2 3/4" Site
Elev 32’ 0" Site

and Output
A. Format Files
N10 6 150 RFFE Default E 45 S East 1338’ 2 29/32" Site
North 433’ 7 23/32" Site
Elev 30’ 6" Site

N11 8 150 RFFE Default E East 1339’ 4 1/8" Site


North 436’ 3 5/8" Site
Elev 38’ 5" Site

N13 8 150 RFFE Default W 30 S East 1332’ 3 13/16" Site


North 434’ 5 9/32" Site
Elev 126’ 0 9/16" Site

Date/Time : 12-Aug-93 PDS MTO REPORT Page: 8

EQUIPMENT NO DESCRIPTION INS THCK


NOZZLE NO DIAM RATING END PREP TS ORIENTATION/SERVICE POSITION IN SITE _________ ____ __

38TW-102 ________
N14 6 300 RFFE Default W 15 S East 1331’ 11 13/32" Site
North 435’ 3 31/32" Site
Elev 145’ 3" Site

N18 6 300 BE Default S 45 E East 1338’ 2 29/32" Site


North 433’ 7 23/32" Site
Elev 117’ 1" Site

N6 6 150 RFFE Default UP East 1335’ 7" Site


North 436’ 3 5/8" Site
Elev 150’ 0" Site

N7 6 150 RFFE Default S East 1335’ 7" Site


North 431’ 1 5/8" Site
Elev 26’ 7 5/16" Site

N9 12 150 RFFE Default S 15 E East 1336’ 7 7/32" Site


North 432’ 6 3/32" Site
Elev 37’ 6" Site

38V-101 _______
Horizontal Drum 0.00 *
*
*

MW 20 150 RFFE Default W East 1357’ 8" Site


North 445’ 9 5/8" Site
Elev 26’ 4" Site

N3 6 150 RFFE Default DOWN East 1364’ 6 31/32" Site


North 429’ 9 5/8" Site
Elev 19’ 7" Site

N4 10 150 RFFE Default UP East 1364’ 7" Site


North 447’ 3 5/8" Site
Elev 33’ 3" Site

299
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

N5 4 150 RFFE Default UP East 1364’ 7" Site


North 433’ 9 5/8" Site
Elev 33’ 0" Site

Date/Time : 12-Aug-93 09:27 PDS Equip/Nozzle Report Page: 9

GRAND TOTALS____________

Equipment Nozzles_________ _______


17 63

300
________________
Appendix A: Sample MTO Format (weldno.fmt)

Sample MTO Format (weldno.fmt)


1,3,3,13,1,1,’Date/Time :’
1,3,14,23,1,3
1,3,50,40,1,1,’WELD NUMBER REPORT’
1,3,120,6,1,1,’Page: ’
1,3,127,3,2,4
1,5,10,40,1,1,’Corporate Headquarters’
1,6,10,40,1,1,’Intergraph Corporation’
1,7,10,40,1,1,’Huntsville, Alabama 35894-0001’
1,8,10,40,1,1,’(205)730-2000’
1,5,90,-20,1,2,B**Q5
1,5,110,-20,1,2,B**Q9
1,6,90,-20,1,2,B**Q6
1,7,90,-20,1,2,B**Q7
1,8,90,-20,1,2,B**Q8

and Output
A. Format Files
1,10,3,10,1,-1,’Model Code’
1,10,15,7,1,-1,’CP1 NPD’
1,10,23,7,1,-1,’Weld No’
1,10,35,9,1,-1,’Weld Type’
1,10,48,7,1,-1,’CP2 NPD’
1,10,58,7,1,-1,’Weld No’
1,10,68,10,1,-1,’Weld Type’
1,10,80,7,1,-1,’CP3 NPD’
1,10,90,7,1,-1,’Weld No’
1,10,99,10,1,-1,’Weld Type’
1,10,112,8,1,-1,’Comp No.’

9
4,12,3,-50,’LINE NUMBER: [A30]’,-2,BI2G1,50,1
7
4,12,3,-50,’LINE NUMBER: [A30]’,-2,B*I2G1,50,1
7
4,12,3,-50,’LINE NUMBER: [A30]’,-2,BB2G1,50,1
8

4,13,3,-6,1,2,BG4,50,1
4,13,15,-6,1,2,BG49,50,1
4,13,23,-8,1,2,BG55,50,1
4,13,35,-10,1,2,BG56,50,1
4,13,48,-6,1,2,BG62,50,1
4,13,58,-8,1,2,BG68,50,1
4,13,68,-10,1,2,BG69,50,1
4,13,80,-6,1,2,BG75,50,1
4,13,90,-8,1,2,BG81,50,1
4,13,99,-10,1,2,BG82,50,1
4,13,112,-19,1,2,BG2,50,1
7
4,13,3,-6,1,2,B*G3,50,1
4,13,15,-6,1,2,B*G55,50,1
4,13,23,-8,1,2,B*G61,50,1
4,13,35,-10,1,2,B*G62,50,1
4,13,48,-6,1,2,B*G68,50,1
4,13,58,-8,1,2,B*G74,50,1
4,13,68,-10,1,2,B*G75,50,1
4,13,80,-6,1,2,B*G81,50,1
4,13,90,-8,1,2,B*G87,50,1
4,13,99,-10,1,2,B*G88,50,1
4,13,112,-19,1,2,B*G2,50,1
7
4,13,3,-6,1,2,BA4,50,1
4,13,15,-6,1,2,BA7,50,1
4,13,23,-10,1,2,BA42,50,1
4,13,35,-10,1,2,BA43,50,1
4,13,48,-6,1,2,BA7,50,1
4,13,58,-10,1,2,BA50,50,1
4,13,68,-10,1,2,BA51,50,1
4,13,80,-19,1,2,BA2,50,1
8
10

301
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Sample MTO Output (weldno.rpt)

Date/Time :22-Feb-93 11:26 WELD NUMBER REPORT Page: 1

Corporate Headquarters Integration Testing intoes_1


Intergraph Corporation 1234-5678
Huntsville, Alabama 35894-0001 Intergraph
(205)730-2000 Huntsville

Model Code CP1 NPD Weld No Weld Type CP2 NPD Weld No Weld Type CP3 NPD Weld No Weld Type Comp No. __________ _______ _______

LINE NUMBER: MMA0104-4"-1C0031-N ________________________________


FWN 4" 4" Shop Weld -

LINE NUMBER: MMA0104-6"-1C0031-N ________________________________


6" 6" - CAT-101
E90LR 6" Shop Weld 6" Shop Weld -
FWN 6" 6" Shop Weld -
GAT 6" 6" - GAT-001
GAT 6" 6" - GAT-002
GAT 6" 6" - GAT-003
REDE 6" Shop Weld 4" Shop Weld -
T 6" Shop Weld 6" Shop Weld 6" Shop Weld
PIPE 6" Shop Weld Shop Weld SPOOL-1
PIPE 6" Shop Weld Shop Weld SPOOL-8
PIPE 6" Shop Weld Shop Weld SPOOL-2
PIPE 6" Shop Weld Shop Weld SPOOL-3
PIPE 6" Shop Weld Shop Weld SPOOL-5
PIPE 6" Shop Weld Shop Weld SPOOL-6
PIPE 6" Shop Weld Shop Weld SPOOL-7
PIPE 6" Shop Weld Shop Weld SPOOL-4

Date/Time :22-Feb-93 11:26 WELD NUMBER REPORT Page: 2

Corporate Headquarters Integration Testing intoes_1


Intergraph Corporation 1234-5678
Huntsville, Alabama 35894-0001 Intergraph
(205)730-2000 Huntsville

Model Code CP1 NPD Weld No Weld Type CP2 NPD Weld No Weld Type CP3 NPD Weld No Weld Type Comp No. __________ _______ _______

302
________________ Appendix A: Sample MTO Format (14_equip.fmt)

Sample MTO Format (14_equip.fmt)


!Piping Report 14_EQUIP.FMT
!By=MKM Ckd By=MKM Rev=0 Date=25-Jul-1995
report_type=682
0,1,1,1,1,2,B*Z4
0,1,1,1,1,2,B*Z6
1,4,9,40,’[A40]’,2,B**Q7
1,4,68,15,1,1,’PDS PIPING TASK’
1,4,112,7,1,1,’PROJECT’
1,4,120,12,’[A12]’,2,B**Q9
1,5,9,40,’[A40]’2,B**Q8
1,5,112,4,1,1,’PAGE’
1,5,124,4,2,4
! 1,6,55,40,1,2,[USER REPORT TITLE]
1,6,112,3,1,1,’REV’
! 1,6,124,2,1,2,[REV NO]

and Output
A. Format Files
1,7,9,40,’[A40]’,2,B**Q5
1,7,67,16,1,1,’EQUIPMENT REPORT’
1,7,112,4,1,1,’DATE’
1,7,120,11,1,5
1,9,9,12,1,1,’EQUIPMENT NO’
1,9,25,14,1,1,’EQUIPMENT NAME’
1,9,62,11,1,1,’DGN AREA NO’
1,9,74,10,1,1,’INSULATION’
1,9,85,19,1,1,’PP POSITION IN SITE’
1,10,9,15,1,-1,’FORM NO ’
1,10,25,36,1,-1,’LAST REV DATE ’
1,10,62,11,1,-1,’MODEL NO ’
1,10,74,10,1,-1,’ ’
1,10,85,27,1,-1,’ ’
4,11,9,-15,1,2,B**A2,51,4
4,11,25,-36,1,2,B**A3,51,4
! 4,11,62,-10,?,?,?,51,4 (DGN AREA NO)
4,11,74,4,’[F4.2]’,2,B**A10,51,4
4,11,85,-27,1,2,B**B1,51,4
4,12,9,9,1,2,B**A5,51,4
! 4,12,25,?,?,? (LAST REV DATE FOR FORM)
4,12,62,-9,1,2,B**B22,51,4
4,12,85,-27,1,2,B**B2,51,4
4,13,85,-27,1,2,B**B3,51,4
5
1,4,9,40,’[A40]’,2,B**Q7
1,4,68,15,1,1,’PDS PIPING TASK’
1,4,112,7,1,1,’PROJECT’
1,4,120,12,’[A12]’2,B**Q9
1,5,9,40,’[A40]’,2,B**Q8
1,5,112,4,1,1,’PAGE’
1,5,124,4,2,4
! 1,6,55,40,1,2,[USER REPORT TITLE]
1,6,112,3,1,1,’REV’
! 1,6,124,2,1,2,[REV NO]
1,7,9,40,’[A40]’,2,B**Q5
1,7,64,23,1,1,’EQUIPMENT NOZZLE REPORT’
1,7,112,4,1,1,’DATE’
1,7,120,11,1,5
1,9,9,14,1,-1,’EQUIPMENT NO= ’
1,10,9,10,1,-1,’NOZZLE NO ’
1,10,20,8,1,-1,’DIAM ’
1,10,29,9,1,-1,’END PREP ’
1,10,39,10,1,-1,’RATING/THK’
1,10,50,24,1,-1,’TS ’
1,10,75,23,1,-1,’ORIENTATION/SERVICE ’
1,10,99,27,1,-1,’NOZZLE CP POSITION IN SITE ’
4,9,23,-12,1,-2,B**F2C1,51,4
4,11,9,-10,1,2,B**E2S2,51,4
4,11,20,-8,1,2,B**E4,51,4
4,11,29,-9,1,2,B**E6,51,4
4,11,39,-8,1,2,B**E5,51,4
4,11,50,-24,1,2,B**E16,51,4
4,11,75,-23,1,2,B**G1,51,4
4,12,39,-5,1,2,B**E18,51,4
4,12,75,-20,1,2,B**E17,51,4
4,11,99,-27,1,2,B**G2,51,4
4,12,99,-27,1,2,B**G3,51,4
4,13,99,-27,1,2,B**G4,51,4

303
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Sample MTO Output (14_equip.rpt)


Intergraph PDS PIPING TASK PROJECT proj6
Power PAGE 1
project for mto report EQUIPMENT REPORT DATE 17-Oct-95

EQUIPMENT NO EQUIPMENT NAME DGN AREA NO INSULATION PP POSITION IN SITE


FORM NO LAST REV DATE MODEL NO
_______________ ____________________________________ ___________ __________ ___________________________
38-ISO .00 East 1251’ 11 1/4" Site
E330 eqp_m0_38 North 381’ 5 1/2" Site
Elev 26’ 4 7/8" Site

38E-101A SHELL & TUBE EXCHANGER .00 *


refeqp *
*

38E-101B SHELL & TUBE EXCHANGER .00 *


refeqp *
*

38E-101C SHELL & TUBE EXCHANGER .00 *


refeqp *
*

38E-101D SHELL & TUBE EXCHANGER .00 *


refeqp *
*

38E-101E SHELL & TUBE EXCHANGER .00 *


refeqp *
*

38E-102 Kettle Exchanger .00 *


refeqp *
*

38E-103 FIN FAN COOLING TOWER .00 *


refeqp *
*

38E-103 .00 East 1317’ 11 1/2" Site


E330 eqp_m0_38 North 381’ 6 9/16" Site
Elev 26’ 2 5/16" Site

38E-104 FIN FAN COOLING TOWER .00 *


refeqp *
*

38E-104 .00 East 1307’ 11 5/16" Site


E330 eqp_m0_38 North 381’ 5 1/2" Site
Elev 26’ 2 5/16" Site

38E-105 FIN FAN COOLING TOWER .00 *


refeqp *
*

38E-105 .00 East 1301’ 11 1/4" Site


E330 eqp_m0_38 North 381’ 5 1/2" Site
Elev 26’ 4 7/8" Site

304
________________ Appendix A: Sample MTO Format (16_classes.fmt)

Sample MTO Format (16_classes.fmt)


!Piping Report 16_CLASSES.FMT
!By=MKM Ckd By=MKM Rev=0 Date=25-Jul-1995
0,1,1,1,1,2,AZ4
0,1,1,1,1,2,AH3S2
0,1,1,1,1,2,AH11S-3
1,4,9,40,’[A40]’,2,B**Q7
1,4,68,15,1,1,’PDS PIPING TASK’
1,4,112,7,1,1,’PROJECT’
1,4,120,12,’[A12]’,2,B**Q9
1,5,9,40,’[A40]’,2,B**Q8
1,5,112,4,1,1,’PAGE’
1,5,124,4,2,4
! 1,6,55,40,1,2,[USER REPORT TITLE]
1,6,112,3,1,1,’REV’
! 1,6,124,2,1,2,[REV NO]

and Output
A. Format Files
1,7,9,40,’[A40]’,2,B**Q5
1,7,65,21,1,1,’PIPING CLASSES REPORT’
1,7,112,4,1,1,’DATE’
1,7,120,11,1,5
1,9,9,6,1,-1,’CLASS ’
1,9,16,25,1,-1,’LINE NO ’
1,9,42,25,1,-1,’LINE NO ’
1,9,68,25,1,-1,’LINE NO ’
1,9,94,25,1,-1,’LINE NO ’
9
4,10,9,-6,1,2,AH12C1,54,1
4,10,9,-6,1,2,AH12C1,54,1
4,10,9,-6,1,2,AH12C1,54,1
4,10,9,-6,1,2,AH12C1,54,1
4,10,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,10,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,10,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,10,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,11,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,11,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,11,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,11,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,12,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,12,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,12,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,12,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,13,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,13,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,13,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,13,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,14,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,14,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,14,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,14,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,15,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,15,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,15,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,15,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,16,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,16,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,16,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,16,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,17,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,17,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,17,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,17,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,18,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,18,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,18,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,18,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,19,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,19,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,19,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,19,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,20,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,20,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,20,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,20,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1

305
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

4,21,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,21,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,21,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,21,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,22,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,22,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,22,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,22,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,23,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,23,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,23,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,23,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,24,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,24,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,24,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,24,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,25,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,25,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,25,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,25,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,26,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,26,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,26,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,26,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,27,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,27,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,27,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,27,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,28,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,28,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,28,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,28,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,29,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,29,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,29,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,29,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,30,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,30,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,30,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,30,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,31,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,31,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,31,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,31,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,32,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,32,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,32,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,32,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,33,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,33,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,33,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,33,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,34,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,34,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,34,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,34,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,35,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,35,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,35,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,35,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,36,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,36,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,36,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,36,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,37,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,37,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,37,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,37,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,38,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,38,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,38,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,38,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,39,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,39,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,39,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,39,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,40,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,40,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1

306
________________
Appendix A: Sample MTO Format (16_classes.fmt)

4,40,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,40,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,41,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,41,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,41,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,41,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,42,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,42,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,42,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,42,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,43,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,43,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,43,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,43,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,44,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,44,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,44,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,44,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,45,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,45,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1

and Output
A. Format Files
4,45,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,46,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,46,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,46,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,46,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,47,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,47,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,47,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,47,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,48,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,48,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,48,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,48,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,49,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,49,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,49,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,49,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,50,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,50,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,50,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,50,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,51,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,51,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,51,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,51,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,52,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,52,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,52,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,52,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,53,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,53,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,53,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,53,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,54,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,54,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,54,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,54,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,55,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,55,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,55,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,55,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,56,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,56,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,56,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,56,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,57,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,57,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,57,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,57,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,58,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,58,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,58,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,58,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,59,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,59,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,59,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,59,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,60,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1

307
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

4,60,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,60,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,60,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,61,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,61,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,61,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,61,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,62,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,62,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,62,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,62,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,63,16,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,63,42,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,63,68,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
4,63,94,-25,1,2,AH2,1,1
10

Sample MTO Output (16_classes.rpt)


Intergraph PDS PIPING TASK PROJECT proj60
Power PAGE 1
REV
project for mto report PIPING CLASSES REPORT DATE 17-Oct-95

CLASS LINE NO LINE NO LINE NO LINE NO

1C0031 **WC390101-6"-1C0031-N **WC390101-4"-1C0031-N **WC390105-6"-1C0031-H **WC390105-6"-1C0031-N


**WC390105-1"-1C0031-H **WC390105-1/2"-1C0031-N **WC390207-6"-1C0031-N **W390307-6"-1C0031-HF
**W390307-6"-1C0031-N **WC390308-4"-1C0031-H **WC390308-4"-1C0031-HF **RF390322-6"-1C0031-HF
**RF390501-36"-1C0031-HF **RF390501-6"-1C0031-HF A0101-6"-1C0031-HF A0101-6"-1C0031-N
AC180101-10"-1C0031- AC180101-6"-1C0031- AC180101-4"-1C0031- AC180104-6"-1C0031-
AC180104-4"-1C0031- AC180104-1"-1C0031- AC180105-6"-1C0031- AC180105-4"-1C0031-
AC180105-3"-1C0031- AC180105-1"-1C0031- AC180105-1/2"-1C0031- AC180111-6"-1C0031-
AC180207-6"-1C0031- AC180207-4"-1C0031- AC180207-3"-1C0031- AC180306-6"-1C0031-
AC180306-4"-1C0031- AC180306-3"-1C0031- AC180306-1/2"-1C0031- AC180307-6"-1C0031-
AC180307-4"-1C0031- AC180308-6"-1C0031- AC180308-4"-1C0031- AC180308-3"-1C0031-
AC180313-8"-1C0031- AC180314-12"-1C0031- AC180314-10"-1C0031- AC180315-6"-1C0031-
AC180316-8"-1C0031- AC180316-4"-1C0031- W180316-8"-1C0031- AC180401-6"-1C0031-
AC180401-3"-1C0031- AC180401-1"-1C0031- WC380105-24"-1C0031-N WC380105-20"-1C0031-N
WC380105-16"-1C0031-N WC380105-12"-1C0031-N WC380105-8"-1C0031-N WC380105-4"-1C0031-N
WC380105-3"-1C0031-N WC380105-2"-1C0031-N WC380105-1"-1C0031-N WC380105-3/4"-1C0031-N
RF3900112-6"-1C0031-N WC390207-6"-1C0031-N AC400306-6"-1C0031- AC400306-4"-1C0031-
AC400306-3"-1C0031- AC400306-3/4"-1C0031- AC400306-1/2"-1C0031-

Intergraph PDS PIPING TASK PROJECT proj60


Power PAGE 2
REV
project for mto report PIPING CLASSES REPORT DATE 17-Oct-95

CLASS LINE NO LINE NO LINE NO LINE NO

2C0032 **W390311-6"-2C0032-N **W390311-4"-2C0032-N **W390311-1/2"-2C0032-N **WC390401-6"-2C0032-HF


**WC390401-6"-2C0032-P **WC390402-4"-2C0032-P **WC390403-6"-2C0032-N **WC390403-4"-2C0032-N
**W390408-4"-2C0032-N A0101-6"-2C0032-N A0101-4"-2C0032-N AC180104-4"-2C0032-
AC180105-3"-2C0032- AC180207-6"-2C0032- AC180303-6"-2C0032- AC180305-6"-2C0032-
AC180307-4"-2C0032- AC180308-6"-2C0032- AC180308-3"-2C0032- AC180310-6"-2C0032-
AC180310-4"-2C0032- AC180311-4"-2C0032- W180311-6"-2C0032- W180311-4"-2C0032-
W180311-3"-2C0032- W180311-1/2"-2C0032- AC180316-4"-2C0032- AC180318-8"-2C0032-
AC180318-1"-2C0032- AC180318-3/4"-2C0032- AC180401-6"-2C0032- AC180401-4"-2C0032-
AC180401-3"-2C0032- AC180401-1"-2C0032- W180404-4"-2C0032- W180407-4"-2C0032-
AC180408-4"-2C0032- AC183804-6"-2C0032- AC183804-4"-2C0032- AC183804-3"-2C0032-
WC380105-24"-2C0032-N WC380105-20"-2C0032-N W390408-4"-2C0032-N

Intergraph PDS PIPING TASK PROJECT proj60


Power PAGE 3
REV
project for mto report PIPING CLASSES REPORT DATE 17-Oct-95

CLASS LINE NO LINE NO LINE NO LINE NO

Report Number: 16_classes.rpt


Report Title: 16_classes.rpt
Report Creation/Revision Date: Tue Oct 17 09:51:33 1995

308
________________ Appendix A: Sample MTO Format (16_classes.fmt)

Report File Specification: 16_classes.rpt


Report File Location:
ptFormat Number: 16_classes.fmt
Network Address: hxiu eporty
dex
Path Name: f:roj60
Format Description: 16_classes.fmt
Format File Specification: 16_classes.fmt
Format File Location:
Network Address: hxiu eporty
dextDiscrimination Number: proj.dis
Path Name: f:roj60
Discrimination Data Description: proj.dis
Discrimination Data File Specification: proj.dis
Discrimination Data File Location:
Network Address: hxiu eportis
Path Name: f:roj60
Model Number: cp_m02
Ranges:
W 88069’ 4 1/2" Plant E 88069’ 4 1/2" Plant
S 88069’ 4 1/2" Plant N 88069’ 4 1/2" Plant
El -88069’ 4 1/2" Plant El 88069’ 4 1/2" Plant

and Output
A. Format Files
Model Number: model01
Ranges:
W 88069’ 4 1/2" Plant E 88069’ 4 1/2" Plant
S 88069’ 4 1/2" Plant N 88069’ 4 1/2" Plant
El -88069’ 4 1/2" Plant El 88069’ 4 1/2" Plant

Model Number: model02


Ranges:
W 88069’ 4 1/2" Plant E 88069’ 4 1/2" Plant
S 88069’ 4 1/2" Plant N 88069’ 4 1/2" Plant
El -88069’ 4 1/2" Plant El 88069’ 4 1/2" Plant

Model Number: model03


Ranges:
W 88069’ 4 1/2" Plant E 88069’ 4 1/2" Plant
S 88069’ 4 1/2" Plant N 88069’ 4 1/2" Plant
El -88069’ 4 1/2" Plant El 88069’ 4 1/2" Plant

Model Number: model_03


Ranges:
W 88069’ 4 1/2" Plant E 88069’ 4 1/2" Plant
S 88069’ 4 1/2" Plant N 88069’ 4 1/2" Plant
El -88069’ 4 1/2" Plant El 88069’ 4 1/2" Plant

Model Number: model_04


Ranges:
W 88069’ 4 1/2" Plant E 88069’ 4 1/2" Plant
S 88069’ 4 1/2" Plant N 88069’ 4 1/2" Plant
El -88069’ 4 1/2" Plant El 88069’ 4 1/2" Plant

309
________________
Report Manager User’s Guide - April 2002

Sample MTO Format (17_seglist.fmt)


!Piping Report 17_SEGLIST.FMT
!By=MKM Ckd By=MKM Rev=0 Date=25-Jul-1995
report_type=687
0,1,1,1,1,2,AZ4
0,1,1,1,1,2,AZ10
1,4,9,40,’[A40]’,2,B**Q7
1,4,68,15,1,1,’PDS PIPING TASK’
1,4,112,7,1,1,’PROJECT’
1,4,120,12,’[A12]’,2,B**Q9
1,5,9,40,’[A40]’,2,B**Q8
1,5,112,4,1,1,’PAGE’
1,5,124,4,2,4
! 1,6,55,40,1,2,[USER REPORT TITLE]
1,6,112,3,1,1,’REV’
! 1,6,124,2,1,2,[REV NO]
1,7,9,40,’[A40]’,2,B**Q5
1,7,65,20,1,1,’PIPING SEGMENTS LIST’
1,7,112,4,1,1,’DATE’
1,7,120,11,1,5
1,9,9,4,1,1,’DIAM’
1,9,22,5,1,1,’CLASS’
1,9,31,11,1,1,’DGN AREA NO’
1,9,43,7,1,1,’P&ID NO’
1,9,64,29,1,1,’NOR OP P/T ALT OP P/T STM OUT’
1,9,99,20,1,1,’HEAT TRACING COATING’
1,10,9,7,1,1,’LINE ID’
1,10,22,8,1,1,’OVER THK’
1,10,31,8,1,1,’MODEL NO’
1,10,43,14,1,1,’P&ID NODES 1-2’
1,10,64,31,1,1,’NOR DN P/T ALT DN P/T CONSTR ST’
1,10,99,10,1,1,’INSULATION’
1,10,112,8,1,1,’CLEANING’
1,11,9,12,1,-1,’ ’
1,11,22,8,1,-1,’ ’
1,11,31,11,1,-1,’UNIQUE NO ’
1,11,43,20,1,-1,’AN FILE NO ’
1,11,64,21,1,-1,’TESTING ’
1,11,86,12,1,-1,’APPVL/HLD ST’
1,11,99,12,1,-1,’ ’
1,11,112,8,1,-1,’ ’
4,12,9,-8,1,2,AH11S-3,51,4
4,12,22,-6,1,2,AH12S4,51,4
4,12,31,10,1,2,AH36S1,51,4
4,12,43,-20,1,2,AH1000,51,4
4,12,64,-5,’[F6.0]’,2,AH24,51,4
4,12,70,-4,’[F5.0]’,2,AH25,51,4
4,12,75,-5,’[F6.0]’,2,AH26,51,4
4,12,81,-4,’[F5.0]’,2,AH27,51,4
4,12,86,-4,’[F5.0]’,2,AH32,51,4
4,12,99,-3,1,2,AH17,51,4
4,12,103,-3,1,2,AH18,51,4
4,12,107,-4,’[F5.0]’,2,AH19,51,4
4,12,112,-8,1,2,AH40,51,4
4,13,9,-12,1